76179 Power Market Structure Power Market Structure Revisiting Policy Options Maria Vagliasindi and John Besant-Jones © 2013 International Bank for Reconstruction and Development / The World Bank 1818 H Street NW Washington DC 20433 Telephone: 202-473-1000 Internet: www.worldbank.org Some rights reserved 1 2 3 4 16 15 14 13 This work is a product of the staff of The World Bank with external contributions. Note that The World Bank does not necessarily own each component of the content included in the work. The World Bank therefore does not warrant that the use of the content contained in the work will not infringe on the rights of third parties. The risk of claims resulting from such infringement rests solely with you. The findings, interpretations, and conclusions expressed in this work do not necessarily reflect the views of The World Bank, its Board of Executive Directors, or the governments they represent. The World Bank does not guarantee the accuracy of the data included in this work. The boundaries, colors, denom- inations, and other information shown on any map in this work do not imply any judgment on the part of The World Bank concerning the legal status of any territory or the endorsement or acceptance of such boundaries. Nothing herein shall constitute or be considered to be a limitation upon or waiver of the privileges and immunities of The World Bank, all of which are specifically reserved. Rights and Permissions This work is available under the Creative Commons Attribution 3.0 Unported license (CC BY 3.0) http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0. Under the Creative Commons Attribution license, you are free to copy, distribute, transmit, and adapt this work, including for commercial purposes, under the fol- lowing conditions: Attribution—Please cite the work as follows: Vagliasindi, Maria, and John Besant-Jones. 2013. Power Market Structure: Revisiting Policy Options. Directions in Development. Washington, DC: World Bank. doi:10.1596/978-0-8213-9556-1. License: Creative Commons Attribution CC BY 3.0 Translations—If you create a translation of this work, please add the following disclaimer along with the attribution: This translation was not created by The World Bank and should not be considered an official World Bank translation. The World Bank shall not be liable for any content or error in this translation. All queries on rights and licenses should be addressed to the Office of the Publisher, The World Bank, 1818 H Street NW, Washington, DC 20433, USA; fax: 202-522-2625; e-mail: pubrights@worldbank.org. ISBN (paper): 978-0-8213-9556-1 ISBN (electronic): 978-0-8213-9557-8 DOI: 10.1596/978-0-8213-9556-1 Cover photo: iStockphoto.com/Michael Bodmann Library of Congress Cataloging-in-Publication Data Vagliasindi, Maria. Power market structure : revisiting policy options/Maria Vagliasindi, John Besant-Jones.   p. cm.   Includes bibliographical references.   ISBN 978-0-8213-9556-1—ISBN 978-0-8213-9557-8 (electronic) 1. Energy policy—Developing countries. 2. Electric power systems—Developing countries. 3. Electric utilities—Developing countries. I. Besant-Jones, John, 1941- II. Title.   HD9502.D442V343 2012  333.7909172’4—dc23 2012030219 Contents Acknowledgmentsxix Abbreviationsxxi Executive Summary 1 Objectives and Background 1 Analytical Framework and Approach 3 Conclusions 7 Part 1 Power Market Structure and Performance: Evidence from a Global Database 15 Chapter 1 Power Market Structure and Performance: Analytical Framework 17 Introduction 17 What Does Theory Suggest on the Costs and Benefits of Alternative Market Structures? 19 What Does Empirical Evidence Suggest on the Costs and Benefits of Alternative Market Structures? 21 What Do We Know about the Taxonomy of Market Structures? 23 v   vi       Contents Objectives 26 Methodology 29 Analytical Approach 40 Testing the Hypotheses 44 Evidence of Reform Outcomes from the Country Case Studies 53 Conclusions 70 Directions for New Research 77 Annex A 78 Annex B 78 Notes 92 References 92 Part 2 Case Studies: Large System Size and High GDP per Capita Economies 95 Chapter 2 Argentina 97 Reform History 97 Impact on Sector Structure 102 Impact on Sector Performance 103 Chapter 3 Brazil 115 Reform History 115 Impact on Sector Structure 120 Impact on Sector Performance 122 Chapter 4 Chile 133 Reform History 133 Impact on Sector Structure 136 Impact on Sector Performance 136 Chapter 5 Czech Republic 147 Reform History 147 Impact on Sector Structure 149 Impact on Sector Performance 151 Reference 159 Chapter 6 Arab Republic of Egypt 161 Reform History 161 Egypt’s Private Power Generation Projects 163 The Return to Publicly Financed Power Projects 165 Contents       vii Impact on Sector Structure 166 Impact on Sector Performance 167 Notes 174 Reference 174 Chapter 7 Indonesia 175 Reform History 176 2005 Government Regulation on Public-Private Projects 180 Impact on Sector Structure and Performance 182 Notes 192 Chapter 8 Republic of Korea 193 Reform History 193 Impact on Sector Structure 194 Impact on Sector Performance 194 Chapter 9 Peru 205 Reform History 207 Impact on Sector Structure 211 Impact on Sector Performance 212 Notes 219 Chapter 10 South Africa 221 Reform History 222 Impact on Sector Structure 223 Impact on Sector Performance 224 Reference 232 Chapter 11 Turkey 233 Reform History 234 Impact on Sector Structure 238 Impact on Sector Performance 239 References 247 Part 3 Case Studies: Intermediate Economies 249 Chapter 12 Botswana 251 Reform History 251 Impact on Sector Structure 252 Impact on Sector Performance 252 viii       Contents Chapter 13 Andhra Pradesh 259 Reform History 260 Impact on Sector Structure 266 Impact on Sector Performance 266 Notes 274 References 275 Chapter 14 Gujarat 277 Reform History 277 Impact on Sector Performance 278 Reference 282 Chapter 15 West Bengal 283 Reform History 284 Impact on Sector Performance 285 Reference 294 Chapter 16 Jordan 295 Reform History 295 Impact on Sector Structure 296 Impact on Sector Performance 297 Note 306 Chapter 17 Vietnam 307 Reform History 307 Impact on Sector Structure 311 Impact on Sector Performance 311 Notes 318 Chapter 18 Zambia 319 Reform History 320 Impact on Sector Structure 321 Impact on Sector Performance 321 Reference 328 Part 4 Case Studies: Small System Size and Low GDP per Capita Economies 329 Chapter 19 Kenya 331 Reform History 331 Impact on Sector Structure 332 Impact on Sector Performance 332 Note 342 Contents       ix Chapter 20 Tanzania 345 Reform History 345 Impact on Sector Structure 346 Impact on Sector Performance 346 Note 355 Reference 355 Chapter 21 Uganda 357 Reform History 357 Impact on Sector Structure 358 Impact on Sector Performance 358 Box 8.1 Challenges of Korea’s Wholesale Electricity Market 196 Figures ES.1 Power Sector Performance Indicators over Time 13 1.1 A Holistic Approach to the Governance Evaluation Framework at the Enterprise Level 18 1.2 Distribution of Stages of Reforms and Market Structures in the Power Sector by Region 25 1.3 Stylized Framework of Market Structure in the Power Sector 28 1.4 System Size and Income for Unbundled and Vertically Integrated Systems 32 1.5 Distribution of Stages of Reforms in the Power Sector by System Size and Income 34 1.6 Scatter Plot of the Sample of Countries in the Initial Period, 1989 39 1.7 Scatter Plot of the Sample of Countries in the Intermediate Period, 1998 39 1.8 Scatter Plot of the Sample of Countries in the Final Period, 2008 40 1.9 Links between Performance and Vertical Unbundling 46 1.10 Links between Performance and Disaggregation 47 1.11 Links between Performance and Regulation 48 1.12 Links between Performance and Privatization 49 1.13 Links between Performance and Power System Size and GDP per Capita 50 1.14 Power Sector Performance Indicators over Time 51 x       Contents 1.15 Differential Impact of Performance Indicators Depending on Reforms for Group A 52 1.16 Differential Impact of Performance Indicators Depending on Reforms for Group D 53 1.17 Milestones of Power Sector Reform in Four Group A Countries 55 1.18 Milestones of Power Sector Reform in Four Group D Countries 59 1.19 Country Performance for Access to Electricity by Households in Groups A and D 63 1.20 Country Performance for Labor Productivity in Groups A and D 66 1.21 Country Performance for Tariffs in Groups A and D 68 1.22 Country Performance for CO2 Emissions in Groups A and D 71 1B.1 Vertical Unbundling 81 1B.2 Disaggregation in Generation 83 1B.3 Disaggregation in Distribution 85 1B.4 Autonomous Regulator 86 1B.5 Private Ownership 88 1B.6 Installed Capacity 89 1B.7 GDP per Capita 91 2.1 Argentina: Taxonomy of Power Sector before Reform (1990) 98 2.2 Argentina: Taxonomy of Power Sector after Reform (1998) 100 2.3 Milestones of Power Sector Reform in Argentina 106 2.4 Argentina: Access to Residential Electricity 107 2.5 Argentina: Quality of Electric Service 107 2.6 Argentina: System Energy Losses 108 2.7 Argentina: System Load Factor 108 2.8 Argentina: Electricity Generation by Source and Carbon Emissions 109 2.9 Argentina: Energy Security and Capital Expenditure 109 2.10 Argentina: Average Tariff and Operating Costs 110 2.11 Argentina: Labor Productivity 110 2.12 Argentina: Capacity Utilization 111 2.13 Argentina: Cost Recovery Index 111 2.14 Argentina: Market Concentration 112 2.15 Argentina: Private Ownership 112 2.16 Argentina: Private Management 113 Contents       xi 2.17 Argentina: Degree of Vertical Integration 113 3.1 Brazil: Taxonomy of Power Sector before Reform (1990) 116 3.2 Brazil: Taxonomy of Power Sector after First Reform (1998) 118 3.3 Brazil: Taxonomy of Power Sector after Second Reform (2008) 121 3.4 Milestones of Power Sector Reform in Brazil 125 3.5 Brazil: Access to Residential Electricity 126 3.6 Brazil: Quality of Electric Service 126 3.7 Brazil: System Losses and Operating Costs 127 3.8 Brazil: Electricity Generation by Source and Carbon Emissions 127 3.9 Brazil: Energy Security and Capital Expenditure 128 3.10 Brazil: Average Tariff and Operating Costs 128 3.11 Brazil: Labor Productivity 129 3.12 Brazil: Capacity Utilization 129 3.13 Brazil: Cost Recovery Index 130 3.14 Brazil: Market Concentration 130 3.15 Brazil: Private Ownership 131 3.16 Brazil: Private Management 131 4.1 Chile: Taxonomy of Power Sector before Reform (1990) 134 4.2 Chile: Taxonomy of Power Sector after Reform (1998) 135 4.3 Chile: Taxonomy of Power Sector after Reform (2008) 137 4.4 Milestones of Power Sector Reform in Chile 140 4.5 Chile: Access to Residential Electricity 141 4.6 Chile: Quality of Electric Service 141 4.7 Chile: System Losses and Operating Costs 141 4.8 Chile: Electricity Generation by Source and Carbon Emissions 142 4.9 Chile: Energy Security and Capital Expenditure 142 4.10 Chile: Average Tariff and Operating Costs 143 4.11 Chile: Labor Productivity 143 4.12 Chile: Capacity Utilization 144 4.13 Chile: Cost Recovery Index 144 4.14 Chile: Market Concentration 145 4.15 Chile: Private Ownership 145 4.16 Chile: Private Management 146 4.17 Chile: Degree of Vertical Integration 146 5.1 Milestones in Power Sector Reform in the Czech Republic 153 5.2 Czech Republic: Access to Residential Electricity 154 xii       Contents 5.3 Czech Republic: Quality of Electric Service 154 5.4 Czech Republic: Quality of Electric Service (PRE) 155 5.5 Czech Republic: System Energy Losses 155 5.6 Czech Republic: Electricity Generation by Source and Carbon Emissions 156 5.7 Czech Republic: Energy Security and Capital Expenditure 156 5.8 Czech Republic: Average Tariff and Operating Costs (Cˇ EZ) 156 5.9 Czech Republic: Average Tariff and Operating Costs (PRE) 157 5.10 Czech Republic: Capacity Utilization 157 5.11 Czech Republic: Cost Recovery Index (C ˇ EZ) 157 5.12 Czech Republic: Cost Recovery Index (PRE) 158 5.13 Czech Republic: Market Concentration 158 5.14 Czech Republic: Private Ownership 158 5.15 Czech Republic: Private Management 159 5.16 Czech Republic: Degree of Vertical Integration 159 6.1 Structure of the Egyptian Power Sector 167 6.2 Milestones of Power Sector Reform in Egypt 169 6.3 Egypt: Access to Residential Electricity 170 6.4 Egypt: Quality of Electric Service 170 6.5 Egypt: System Losses and Operating Costs 171 6.6 Egypt: Electricity Generation by Source and Carbon Emissions 171 6.7 Egypt: Energy Security and Capital Expenditure 172 6.8 Egypt: Average Tariff and Operating Costs 172 6.9 Egypt: Capacity Utilization 172 6.10 Egypt: Market Concentration 173 6.11 Egypt: Private Ownership 173 6.12 Egypt: Private Management 173 6.13 Egypt: Degree of Vertical Integration 174 7.1 Milestones of Power Sector Reform in Indonesia 185 7.2 Indonesia: Access to Residential Electricity 186 7.3 Indonesia: System Energy Losses 186 7.4 Indonesia: Electricity Generation by Source and Carbon Emissions Index 187 7.5 Indonesia: Energy Security and Capital Expenditure 187 7.6 Indonesia: Average Tariff and Operating Costs 188 7.7 Indonesia: Labor Productivity 188 Contents       xiii 7.8 Indonesia: Capacity Utilization 189 7.9 Indonesia: Cost Recovery Index 189 7.10 Indonesia: Market Concentration 190 7.11 Indonesia: Private Ownership 190 7.12 Indonesia: Private Management 191 7.13 Indonesia: Degree of Vertical Integration 191 8.1 Korea’s Current Market Structure 195 8.2 Milestones of Power Sector Reform in Korea 197 8.3 Korea: Access to Residential Electricity 198 8.4 Korea: Quality of Electric Service 198 8.5 Korea: System Energy Losses 199 8.6 Korea: System Load Factor 199 8.7 Korea: Electricity Generation by Source and Carbon Emissions 200 8.8 Korea: Energy Security and Capital Expenditure 200 8.9 Korea: Average Tariff and Operating Costs 201 8.10 Korea: Labor Productivity 201 8.11 Korea: Capacity Utilization 202 8.12 Korea: Cost Recovery Index 202 8.13 Korea: Market Concentration 203 8.14 Korea: Private Ownership 203 8.15 Korea: Private Management 204 8.16 Korea: Degree of Vertical Integration 204 9.1 Peru: Taxonomy of Power Sector before Reform (1990) 206 9.2 Peru: Taxonomy of Power Sector after Reform (1998) 208 9.3 Organization of the Peruvian Electricity Market 209 9.4 Peru: Taxonomy of Power Sector after Reform (2008) 211 9.5 Milestones of Power Sector Reform in Peru 214 9.6 Peru: Access to Residential Electricity 215 9.7 Peru: Quality of Electric Service 215 9.8 Peru: System Energy Losses 216 9.9 Peru: Electricity Generation by Source and Carbon Emissions 216 9.10 Peru: Energy Security and Capital Expenditure 217 9.11 Peru: Average Tariff and Operating Costs 217 9.12 Peru: Capacity Utilization 218 9.13 Peru: Cost Recovery Index 218 9.14 Peru: System Load Factor 219 10.1 South Africa Power Market Structure 223 10.2 Milestones of Power Sector Reform in South Africa 225 xiv       Contents 10.3 South Africa: Access to Residential Electricity 226 10.4 South Africa: Quality of Electric Service 226 10.5 South Africa: System Losses and Operating Costs 227 10.6 South Africa: Electricity Generation by Source and Carbon Emissions 227 10.7 South Africa: Energy Security and Capital Expenditure 228 10.8 South Africa: Average Tariff and Operating Costs 228 10.9 South Africa: Capacity Utilization 229 10.10 South Africa: Cost Recovery Index 229 10.11 South Africa: Labor Productivity 230 10.12 South Africa: Market Concentration 230 10.13 South Africa: Private Ownership 230 10.14 South Africa: Private Management 231 10.15 South Africa: Degree of Vertical Integration 231 10.16 South Africa: System Load Factor 231 11.1 Transitional Electricity Market Structure in Turkey 239 11.2 Milestones of Power Sector Reform in Turkey 241 11.3 Turkey: Access to Residential Electricity 242 11.4 Turkey: Quality of Electric Service 242 11.5 Turkey: System Losses and Operating Costs 243 11.6 Turkey: Electricity Generation by Source and Carbon Emissions 243 11.7 Turkey: Energy Security and Capital Expenditure 244 11.8 Turkey: System Load Factor 244 11.9 Turkey: Capacity Utilization 244 11.10 Turkey: Average Tariff and Operating Costs 245 11.11 Turkey: Labor Productivity (Distribution) 245 11.12 Turkey: Market Concentration 246 11.13 Turkey: Private Ownership 246 11.14 Turkey: Private Management 247 11.15 Turkey: Degree of Vertical Integration 247 12.1 Milestones of Power Sector Reform in Botswana 254 12.2 Botswana: Access to Residential Electricity 255 12.3 Botswana: System Losses and Operating Costs 255 12.4 Botswana: Electricity Generation by Source and Carbon Emissions 255 12.5 Botswana: Energy Security and Capital Expenditure 256 12.6 Botswana: Average Tariff and Operating Costs 256 12.7 Botswana: Capacity Utilization 256 12.8 Botswana: Cost Recovery Index 257 Contents       xv 12.9 Botswana: Market Concentration 257 12.10 Botswana: Private Ownership 257 12.11 Botswana: Private Management 258 12.12 Botswana: Degree of Vertical Integration 258 13.1 Milestones of Power Sector Reform in Andhra Pradesh 268 13.2 Andhra Pradesh: Access to Residential Electricity 269 13.3 Andhra Pradesh: Quality of Electric Service and Operating Costs 269 13.4 Andhra Pradesh: System Energy Losses and Operating Costs 270 13.5 Andhra Pradesh: Electricity Generation by Source and Carbon Emissions 270 13.6 Andhra Pradesh: Energy Security 271 13.7 Andhra Pradesh: System Load Factor 271 13.8 Andhra Pradesh: Capacity Utilization 271 13.9 Andhra Pradesh: Labor Productivity 272 13.10 Andhra Pradesh: Cost Recovery Index 272 13.11 Andhra Pradesh: Market Concentration 273 13.12 Andhra Pradesh: Private Ownership 273 13.13 Andhra Pradesh: Private Management 273 13.14 Andhra Pradesh: Degree of Vertical Integration 274 14.1 Gujarat: Access to Residential Electricity 279 14.2 Gujarat: Quality of Electric Service 279 14.3 Gujarat: System Energy Losses 279 14.4 Gujarat: Electricity Generation by Source and Carbon Emissions 280 14.5 Gujarat: Average Tariff and Operating Costs 280 14.6 Gujarat: Labor Productivity 280 14.7 Gujarat: Capacity Utilization 281 14.8 Gujarat: Private Ownership 281 14.9 Gujarat: Private Management 281 14.10 Gujarat: Market Concentration 282 14.11 Gujarat: Degree of Vertical Integration 282 15.1 Milestones of Power Sector Reform in West Bengal 290 15.2 West Bengal: Access to Residential Electricity 291 15.3 West Bengal: Quality of Electric Service 291 15.4 West Bengal: System Energy Losses and Operating Costs 292 15.5 West Bengal: Electricity Generation by Source and Carbon Emissions 292 15.6 West Bengal: Average Tariff and Operating Costs 293 xvi       Contents 15.7 West Bengal: Labor Productivity 293 15.8 West Bengal: Capacity Utilization 293 15.9 West Bengal: Cost Recovery Index 294 16.1 Milestones of Power Sector Reform in Jordan 300 16.2 Jordan: Access to Residential Electricity 301 16.3 Jordan: Quality of Electric Service 301 16.4 Jordan: System Losses and Operating Costs 302 16.5 Jordan: Electricity Generation by Source and Carbon Emissions 302 16.6 Jordan: Energy Security and Capital Expenditure 303 16.7 Jordan: System Load Factor 303 16.8 Jordan: Capacity Utilization 303 16.9 Jordan: Average Tariff and Operating Costs 304 16.10 Jordan: Labor Productivity 304 16.11 Jordan: Cost Recovery Index 305 16.12 Jordan: Market Concentration 305 16.13 Jordan: Private Ownership 305 16.14 Jordan: Private Management 306 16.15 Jordan: Degree of Vertical Integration 306 17.1 Milestones of Power Sector Reform in Vietnam 313 17.2 Vietnam: Access to Residential Electricity 314 17.3 Vietnam: Quality of Electric Service 314 17.4 Vietnam: System Energy Losses 315 17.5 Vietnam: Electricity Generation by Source and Carbon Emissions 315 17.6 Vietnam: Energy Security and Capital Expenditure 315 17.7 Vietnam: Labor Productivity 316 17.8 Vietnam: Capacity Utilization 316 17.9 Vietnam: Market Concentration 316 17.10 Vietnam: Private Ownership 317 17.11 Vietnam: Private Management 317 17.12 Vietnam: Degree of Vertical Integration 317 17.13 Vietnam: System Load Factor 318 18.1 Milestones of Power Sector Reform in Zambia 324 18.2 Zambia: Access to Residential Electricity 325 18.3 Zambia: System Losses and Operating Costs 325 18.4 Zambia: Electricity Generation by Source and Carbon Emissions 326 18.5 Zambia: Energy Security and Capital Expenditure 326 Contents       xvii 18.6 Zambia: Average Tariff and Operating Costs 326 18.7 Zambia: Labor Productivity 327 18.8 Zambia: Capacity Utilization 327 18.9 Zambia: Cost Recovery Index 327 18.10 Zambia: Market Concentration 328 18.11 Zambia: Private Ownership 328 18.12 Zambia: Private Management 328 19.1 Milestones of Power Sector Reform in Kenya 335 19.2 Kenya: Access to Residential Electricity 336 19.3 Kenya: Quality of Electric Service 336 19.4 Kenya: System Losses and Operating Costs 337 19.5 Kenya: Cost Recovery Index 337 19.6 Kenya: Average Tariff and Operating Costs 338 19.7 Kenya: Energy Security and Capital Expenditure 338 19.8 Kenya: Electricity Generation by Source and Carbon Emissions 339 19.9 Kenya: Labor Productivity 339 19.10 Kenya: Capacity Utilization 340 19.11 Kenya: System Load Factor 340 19.12 Kenya: Market Concentration 341 19.13 Kenya: Private Ownership 341 19.14 Kenya: Private Management 342 19.15 Kenya: Degree of Vertical Integration 342 20.1 Milestones of Power Sector Reform in Tanzania 348 20.2 Tanzania: Access to Residential Electricity 349 20.3 Tanzania: Quality of Electric Service 349 20.4 Tanzania: System Energy Losses 350 20.5 Tanzania: System Load Factor 350 20.6 Tanzania: Electricity Generation by Source and Carbon Emissions 350 20.7 Tanzania: Energy Security and Capital Expenditure 351 20.8 Tanzania: Average Tariff and Operating Costs 351 20.9 Tanzania: Labor Productivity 352 20.10 Tanzania: Capacity Utilization 352 20.11 Tanzania: Cost Recovery Index 353 20.12 Tanzania: Market Concentration 353 20.13 Tanzania: Private Ownership 354 20.14 Tanzania: Private Management 354 20.15 Tanzania: Degree of Vertical Integration 355 xviii       Contents 21.1 Milestones of Power Sector Reform in Uganda 361 21.2 Uganda: Access to Residential Electricity 362 21.3 Uganda: Quality of Electric Service 362 21.4 Uganda: System Energy Losses and Operating Costs 362 21.5 Uganda: System Load Factor 363 21.6 Uganda: Electricity Generation by Source and Carbon Emissions 363 21.7 Uganda: Energy Security and Capital Expenditure 363 21.8 Uganda: Average Tariff and Operating Costs 364 21.9 Uganda: Labor Productivity 364 21.10 Uganda: Capacity Utilization 364 21.11 Uganda: Cost Recovery Index 365 21.12 Uganda: Market Concentration 365 21.13 Uganda: Private Ownership 365 21.14 Uganda: Private Management 366 Tables ES.1 Sample Selection for Econometric and Case Studies Analysis 5 ES.2 Summary of Analytical Evidence Positive and Negative Results in Groups A and D 12 1.1 Taxonomy of Case Studies 38 1.2 Selected Power Sector Performance Indicators 41 1.3 Explanatory Sectoral Policy Variables Influencing Power Sector Performance (expected relationship) 42 1.4 Other Explanatory Variables Influencing Power Sector Performance (expected relationship) 43 1.5 Summary of Analytical Evidence 73 1A.1 Performance Indicators 79 3.1 Concentration Limits in the Brazilian Power Market 118 3.2 Companies’ Share of Generation Capacity 122 3.3 Control of Transmission Lines 123 3.4 Distribution Companies’ Market Share 123 15.1 Key Players in the Power Sector of West Bengal before Restructuring 285 15.2 Power Sector of West Bengal before Restructuring 286 Acknowledgments The report was developed by a team led by Maria Vagliasindi, lead econo- mist, and John Besant-Jones, lead energy adviser, Energy Anchor, with input from Federico Goñi, Vera Kehayova, and Evgenia Shumilkina. Ashaya Basnyat and Yvonne Wang Ying provided research support. The report has been partially funded by the Energy Sector Management Assistance Program (ESMAP) and the Public-Private Infrastructure Advisory Facility (PPIAF), whose financial support and partnership are gratefully acknowledged. We are most grateful to Aberdare Engineering Limited (Kenya, Tanzania, and Uganda), Enrique Crousillat and Enrique Tucto Lavado (Peru), Carlos Romero (Argentina), Mohamed Salah Elsobky (Arab Republic of Egypt), Tuan Anh Nguyen (Vietnam), Mercados de Energia Consultoria Ltd. (Brazil), and PA Consulting Group (Argentina, Barbados, Brazil, Chile, and Peru) for collecting data through detailed surveys and interviews with local stakeholders and for producing background reports for selected countries indicated in parentheses. The report would not have been possible without the invaluable advice, comments, and suggestions of the Expert Advisory, including Emmanuelle Auriol, professor of economics, University of Toulouse, France; John Besant-Jones, lead energy adviser, World Bank; Pasquale xix   xx       Acknowledgments Cirillo, lecturer and fellow in econometrics and risk analysis, Institute of Mathematical Statistics, University of Bern, Switzerland; Istvan Dobozi, lead energy economist, ESMAP; Antonio Estache; Jose Luis Guasch; Paul Grout, professor of political economy, Department of Economics and Centre for Market and Public Organisation, University of Bristol, and Ofgem adviser, United Kingdom; Clive Harris; and Jaime Millan, former principal energy economist, Infrastructure and Financial Markets, Sustainable Development Department, Inter-American Development Bank. The main results of the report and the individual case studies have been presented at a number of internal and external learning events, including Energy Week 2011, which was held March 14–16, and a half- day workshop on June 9. Abbreviations ANEEL Brazilian Electricity Regulatory Agency APDRP  Accelerated Power Development and Reform Programme (Andhra Pradesh) APERC Andhra Pradesh Electricity Regulatory Commission APGENCO Andhra Pradesh Power Generation Corporation APSEB Andhra Pradesh State Electricity Board APTRANSCO Transmission Corporation of Andhra Pradesh AT&C aggregate technical and commercial BABBENAS National Development Board (Indonesia) BO build-operate (Turkey) BOO build-operate-own (Turkey) BOOT build-operate-own-transfer (Peru, Turkey) BOT build-operate-transfer (Turkey) BPC Botswana Power Corporation CAMMESA  Compañía Administradora del Mercado Mayorista Eléctrico S. A. (Argentina) capex capital expenditures CCEE Electric Energy Commercialization Chamber (Brazil) CCGT combined cycle gas turbine CDEC  Centro de Despacho Económico de Carga del Sistema Interconectado Central (Chile) xxi   xxii       Abbreviations CEC Copperbelt Energy Corporation (Zambia) CEGCO Central Electric Generating Company (Jordan) CESC  Calcutta Electric Supply Corporation (West Bengal, Gujarat) CESP Companhia Energética de São Paulo (Brazil) CHILECTRA Compañía Chilena de Electricidad (Chile) CNPE National Energy Policy Council (Brazil) COES  Comité de Operación Económica del Sistema Interconectado (Peru) Copel Companhia Paranaense de Energia (Brazil) CTEEP  Companhia de Transmissão de Energia Elétrica Paulista (Brazil) DEMR Ministry of Energy and Mineral Resources (Indonesia) DISCOs distribution companies DME Department of Minerals and Energy (South Africa) DPL Durgapur Projects Limited (West Bengal) DPSC Disergarh Power Supply Corporation (West Bengal) DSO distribution system operators (Czech Republic) DT distribution transformer DVC Damodar Valley Corporation (West Bengal) ECA Europe and Central Asia EDCO Electricity Distribution Company (Jordan) EDELAP Empresa Distribuidora La Plata (Argentina) Edelnor  Empresa de Distribución Eléctrica de Lima Norte (Peru) EDESUR Empresa Distribuidora Sur (Argentina) EDENOR Empresa Distribuidora Norte (Argentina) EEA Egyptian Electricity Authority EEHC Egyptian Electricity Holding Company EETC Egyptian Electric Transmission Company EHV extra-high voltage EML Electricity Market Law (Turkey) EMRA Energy Market Regulatory Authority ENDESA  Empresa Nacional de Electricidad (generation, transmission, and distribution company, Chile) E.ON Energy On (Czech Republic) ERA  Electric Utility and Consumer Protection Regulatory Agency (Egypt) ERB Energy Regulation Board (Zambia) ERC Electricity Regulatory Commission (Jordan) Abbreviations       xxiii ERO Energy Regulatory Office (Czech Republic) ESCELSA Espírito Santo Centrais Elétricas (Brazil) ETAM electricity tariff adjustment mechanism (Indonesia) EU European Union EUAS Electricity Generation Company of Turkey EVN Electricity of Vietnam G&T generation and transmission GEB Gujarat Electricity Board (India) GENCOs generation companies GNI gross national income GoAP state government of Andhra Pradesh (India) GWh gigawatt-hour HHI Herfindahl-Hirschman Index IDA  International Development Association of the World Bank Group IDECO Irbid District Electrical Company (Jordan) IMF International Monetary Fund IPP independent power producer JEA Jordanian Electricity Authority JEPCO Jordanian Electric Power Company KenGen Kenya Electricity Generating Company KEPCO Korean Electric Power Corporation km kilometer KPLC Kenya Power and Lighting Company kV kilovolts kWh kilowatt-hour LAC Latin America and the Caribbean LEC Electric Concessions Law (Peru) MAE Wholesale Electric Energy Market (Brazil) MEM  Mercado Eléctrico Mayorista (wholesale electricity market, Argentina) MNA Middle East and North Africa MOEE Ministry of Electricity and Energy (Egypt) MOF Ministry of Finance (Indonesia) MOIT Ministry of Industry and Trade (Vietnam) MOU memorandum of understanding MSOE Ministry of State-Owned Enterprises (Indonesia) MVA megavolt amperes MW megawatts MWh megawatt-hour xxiv       Abbreviations NEPCO National Electric Power Company (Jordan) NLDC National Load Dispatching Center (Vietnam) NPTC National Power Transmission Corporation NSE Nairobi Stock Exchange (Kenya) ONS system operator (Brazil) opex operational expenditures/costs OSINERGMIN Organismo Supervisor de la Inversión en Energía y Minería (Peru) PA Privatisation Administration (Turkey) PLN Perusahaan Listrik Negara (Indonesia) PPA power purchase agreement PPSP Purulia Pump Storage Project (West Bengal) PRE Pražská Energetika (Czech Republic) SAIDI System Average Interruption Duration Index SAIFI System Average Interruption Frequency Index SEGBA Servicios Eléctricos del Gran Buenos Aires (Argentina) SEPGCO Samra Electric Power Company (Jordan) SLDC State Load Dispatch Centre (West Bengal) SO system operator T and D transmission and distribution TANESCO Tanzania Electric Supply Company TEAS Turkish Electricity Generation Transmission Company TEDAS Turkish Electricity Distribution Company TEIAS Turkish Electricity Transmission Company TEK Turkish Electricity Authority TETAS Turkish Electricity Trading and Contracting Company TOOR transfer of operating rights (Turkey) TSO transmission system operator (Czech Republic) TWh terawatt-hours UEB Uganda Electricity Board UEDCL Uganda Electricity Distribution Company UEGCL Uganda Electricity Generation Company UETCL Uganda Electricity Transmission Company WBPDCL West Bengal Power Development Corporation Limited WBSEB West Bengal State Electricity Board WBSEDCL West Bengal State Electricity Distribution Company WBSETCL West Bengal State Electricity Transmission Company WCM wholesale competitive market (Vietnam) ZESCO Zambia Electricity Supply Corporation Executive Summary Objectives and Background The objectives of this study are threefold: 1. To develop a taxonomy of the existing power market structures, as shown by the extent of vertical and horizontal unbundling found among restructured power systems across developing countries; 2. To design an analytical framework for assessing the desirability of unbundling under the variety of economic conditions found among developing countries; and 3. To propose insights for operational guidance on alternative market structures based on relevant criteria, in particular on the initial conditions of a country and its power sector. Unbundling is not an end itself, but rather a means to achieve better performance. Accordingly, the key objective of the analytical framework is to explore the links between alternative market structures and perfor- mance (in terms of access, price, quality, and technical and financial performance). The results are crucial for providing policy advice by offer- ing alternative options to policy makers based on the lessons learned 1   2       Power Market Structure from the taxonomy of different market structures, tailored to fit different national needs. The study specifically examines whether power system size and coun- try per capita income can be reliable indicators of initial conditions for guiding policy on power market structure. This guidance is needed to address issues such as whether there are solid foundations for recom- mending vertical unbundling for small power systems in low-income countries, particularly in the absence of short-term privatization prospects. The proposed policy recommendations therefore have to be tailored to the specific taxonomy of market structures that characterize the electric- ity sector in developing countries. The existing variety of power supply structures reflects differing views and a degree of theoretical ambiguity in the economic literature on the effectiveness of unbundling and competition in network industries on issues such as gains from competition versus economies of coordination in vertically integrated systems. In practice, the benefits of each reform and restructuring must more than compensate for the increase in transac- tion costs of unbundling vertically integrated systems. Reform to date, however, is unevenly spread among regions. The coun- tries that have progressed the most are in Latin America and the Caribbean (LAC) and in Europe and Central Asia. In Africa, the Middle East, and South Asia, progress to date is generally limited to long-term contracts by independent power producers (IPPs) to supply incumbent utilities. Some countries in East Asia, for example, have made tentative steps to further their reforms. The current distribution of power markets around intermediate struc- tures between full integration and full unbundling suggests that there has not been a linear path to reform in practice. Instead, many developing countries may retain intermediate structures for the foreseeable future. This possibility exposes a large gap in understanding about power market structures, since most theoretical work has focused on the two extreme structures and the evidence on the impact of unbundling is limited for developing countries. The study reports the evidence from econometric analysis and case studies on the (relative) success of achieving the objectives of unbundling. These objectives may be to enhance transparency and governance, attract private sector investment, and/or to create a competitive market and ultimately to further its impact on performance. In some cases restructur- ing had the purpose of creating an enabling environment to attract private sector investment, taking some level of market risks and/or commitments Executive Summary       3 to efficiency improvements. Transferring market risks to the private inves- tor requires greater transparency and predictability, which may be more difficult to obtain in a sector with an integrated monopoly power utility to which the private generator is obliged to sell. Analytical Framework and Approach The approach adopted for this study is, first, to map the existing approach to vertical and horizontal unbundling of power sectors adopted by devel- oping countries and, second, to undertake econometric analysis and detailed case studies to better understand and assess the desirability of unbundling the sector under developing country conditions. The study applies the “ceteris paribus” (all other things being equal) approach, while recognizing the potential influence of additional issues pertaining to the broader set of reforms in the power sector. As the form and extent of unbundling determines the market structure, particular attention is devoted to the analysis of key decisions through the lens of structure/ownership vis-à-vis contracts/market rules. In other words, the analysis separates within each market structure the key decisions that have been “internalized” within the power company through the existing structure/ownership from the decisions that have been delegated to out- side contracts/market rules, depending on the transaction costs involved. The study proposes an analytical approach to model market structure, together with ownership and regulation, controlling for several variables as determinants of performance across several indicators of performance, including access, operational and financial performance, and environmen- tal sustainability. The study uses the following indicators of power sector performance indicators for this regression analysis: • Access. Residential access to electricity (percentage of population) • Operational efficiency. Energy sold per employee (megawatt-hour [MWh] per employee) • Financial efficiency. Tariff level ($ cent per kilowatt-hour [kWh]) • Environmental sustainability. Carbon emissions index (CO2 ton per kilowatt-hour (kWh) This methodology adopts a novel approach to specifying variables with respect to most empirical studies. To date, empirical work including market structure variables in the analysis has been limited, particularly in the case of developing countries. Only a selected number of variables of 4       Power Market Structure performance have been used in the literature, and there is no evidence reported on the impact of reforms in terms of environmental sustain- ability. The study uses the following main explanatory variables that influence power sector performance for this analysis: • Degree of vertical unbundling. Partial vertical unbundling or full vertical unbundling: = 1 from the year of separation of generation from trans- mission and distribution; = 0 otherwise. • Degree of disaggregation. The reverse of the Herfindahl-Hirschman Index (HHI), computed separately for the generation, transmission, and distribution segments; in the case of generation, it is expressed in installed generating capacity in megawatts (MW); in the case of trans- mission, expressed in terms of kilometer (km) line length without dis- crimination between transmission voltage levels; and in the case of distribution, expressed in terms of total retail sales (MWh). • Share of private sector participation. The percentage of private sector participation expressed in installed generating capacity (MW) in the generation segment; expressed in terms of km line length in the trans- mission segment; and expressed in terms of total retail sales (MWh) in the distribution segment. • Introduction of a regulatory agency: = 1 from the year of establishment of a regulatory agency; = 0 otherwise. The study uses gross domestic product (GDP) per capita and installed capacity as control variables. As it is a priori difficult to make assumptions about the explanatory power of the selected independent variables, including different indicators of unbundling and other sector reforms on the dependent variables, the study runs the specifications of the model using both fixed effects and random effects regressions. The dataset is based on a panel of 22 countries for a period beginning in 1989 and extending through 2009. The maximum total number of maximum observations is 440. The selected countries and their power sectors are summarized in the following paragraphs. A series of 20 country case studies is also carried out to support the analytical approach described above. The selected countries cover all six of the World Bank’s regions and reflect broad regional features such as Africa’s low access rates and underdeveloped transmission networks; Europe and Central Asia’s (ECA) full access rates, highly developed trans- mission interconnections, historically surplus generating capacity, and the strong influence from the European Union (EU) and Russia; Latin America Executive Summary       5 and the Caribbean’s (LAC) leadership in market reform and large amounts of hydropower capacity; East Asia’s and South Asia’s high growth in power demand and therefore the need for generation capacity; and Middle East and North Africa’s (MNA) emergence as a strategic crossroads in energy trade. The case studies are predicated on the hypothesis that power system size and per capita income appear to influence the choice of power mar- ket structure in developing countries. A clear empirical threshold for unbundling power systems currently appears to separate developing coun- tries into groups; the threshold is defined in terms of power system size of 1,000 MW and annual per capita income of $900. Most of the developing countries with unbundled power systems lie above both of these thresh- olds. On the other hand, most of the developing countries with vertically integrated power systems lie below both of these thresholds. The performance of countries with unbundled power sectors is com- pared to the counterfactual of countries that have a vertically integrated structure. This comparison is undertaken within each group of countries determined by the threshold levels of system size and country annual per capita income. The four groups of countries are referred to as Groups A through D. Group A consists of countries in which both power system size and per capita income are above the threshold levels; Groups B and C are those for which either power system size or per capita income is below one of the threshold levels; and the countries in Group D have power system size and per capita income below the threshold levels. The case studies proposed for each of the groups are shown in table ES.1. Table ES.1  Sample Selection for Econometric and Case Studies Analysis Country Group Region Group A (large system size and high GDP per capita) Indonesia East Asia and the Pacific Korea, Rep. Czech Republic Europe and Central Asia Turkey Argentina Latin America and the Caribbean Brazil Chile Peru Egypt, Arab Rep. Middle East and North Africa South Africa Sub-Saharan Africa (continued next page) 6       Power Market Structure Table ES.1  (continued) Groups B and C (intermediate cases) Vietnam (↑ Group A) East Asia and the Pacific Cyprus Europe and Central Asia Barbados Latin America and the Caribbean Jordan (↑ Group A) Middle East and North Africa Indian State of Andhra Pradesh South Asia Indian State of Gujarat (↑ Group A) Indian State of West Bengal (↑ Group A) Botswana Sub-Saharan Africa Zambia Group D (small system size and low GDP per capita) Kenya (↑ Group B) Sub-Saharan Africa Tanzania Uganda Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: The entries in italic are countries that moved from one group to another during the data period. • Group A: The following ten countries fall into this group: Argentina, Brazil, Chile, Czech Republic, the Arab Republic of Egypt, Indonesia, the Republic of Korea, Peru, South Africa, and Turkey. The performance of Czech Republic, Egypt, Korea, Indonesia, and South Africa (all of which display either a vertically integrated structure or, in the case of Czech Republic and Egypt, simply legal unbundling, under a holding structure in the case of Egypt) are compared with Argentina, Brazil, Chile, Peru, and Turkey, which instead have moved reforms forward by introducing a competitive wholesale market. • Groups B and C: The performance of countries that have kept a vertically integrated structure, including Barbados, Botswana, Cyprus, and Zambia, is compared with Vietnam, some of the Indian power sector regional structures (Andhra Pradesh, Gujarat, and West Bengal) that went further in the process of unbundling, and Jordan, which unbundled its power sector and privatized most of it. • Group D: Kenya and Tanzania are compared with Uganda, the only Sub-Saharan African country where a single buyer model has been introduced. Tanzania undertook a management contract from 2002 to 2006. Overall vertical integration in the sector has not changed much in Kenya, with transmission and distribution now bundled and genera- tion unbundled into a few suppliers. The proportion of total installed Executive Summary       7 generating capacity under private ownership in Kenya increased from 16 percent in 2001 to 46 percent in 2007. Conclusions The results of the analysis carried out for this study confirm the following conclusions for policy guidance on power market restructuring for devel- oping countries: • Unbundling delivers results in terms of several performance indicators when used as an entry point to implement broader reforms, particularly introducing a sound regulatory framework, reducing the degree of concentration of the generation and distribution segments of the market by attracting additional public and private players and greater private sector participation. • There seems to be a credible empirical basis for selecting a threshold power system size and per capita income level below which unbun- dling of the power supply chain is not expected to be worthwhile. Partial forms of vertical unbundling do not appear to drive improve- ments. The most likely reason is that the owner was able to continue exercising control over the affairs of the sector and hinder the develop- ment of competitive pressure within the power market. The analysis with the regression model used for the study produces the following main findings. Vertical Unbundling • The level of access is positively linked to full vertical unbundling, even if not significantly so. Partial unbundling is negatively and significantly associated with lower levels of access. • The level of labor productivity (expressed in terms of energy sold per employee) is significantly reduced by both partial and full vertical unbundling. • Full unbundling significantly enhances the level of tariffs, whereas par- tial unbundling has no significant impact on tariffs. • Partial and vertical unbundling is associated with higher carbon emis- sions, but only partial unbundling is significantly so. Differential Impact of Vertical Unbundling in Groups A and D • Vertical unbundling (either partial or full or full only) when interacted with Group A is significantly associated with enhanced access and 8       Power Market Structure more sustainable levels of CO2 emissions generated by fossil fuels, reflecting both economic and environmental benefits to power users due to increased efficiency of use of fossil fuels. The opposite result holds for Group D. • There is no significant link between vertical unbundling and enhanced operational or financial efficiency for Group A, whereas there is a pos- itive and significant link for Group D. This result implies that for Group A the high prevailing level of labor productivity offers decreasing returns to scale, or that there is an increasing use of outsourcing. For Group D the benefits of unbundling may be reflected mainly through restructuring and laying off of redundant employees. Degree of Disaggregation • The level of access is positively and significantly linked to the increase of disaggregation in generation. This result can be interpreted as noting that developing countries have been able to scale up access after attract- ing more players and investment in generation. • Labor productivity is enhanced by the increase of disaggregation in distribution. More players in distribution are expected to drive effi- ciency gains through means such as benchmark competition. • More disaggregation in distribution drives electricity tariffs down, most likely as a result of benchmark competition and less collusion between players in the market. • Higher competition in generation is significantly associated with higher sustainable environmental outcomes, reducing the carbon emissions from fossil fuels. Differential Impact of Disaggregation in Groups A and D • Higher disaggregation of the generation segment of the market when interacted with Group A is significantly associated with enhanced access and more sustainable levels of CO2 emissions generated by fossil fuels. This result reflects the benefits to the users as well as to the environment due to increased efficiency of use of fossil fuels when more players are introduced. For Group D a trade-off emerges between reduced access, but a more sustainable level of CO2 emissions generated by fossil fuels. • Reduction in the concentration of the distribution segment of the market for the countries belonging to Group A is positively and sig- nificantly linked with enhanced operational efficiency, but there are no links with enhanced financial efficiency. This result implies that Executive Summary       9 for Group A countries their level of tariff is already so high that there are decreasing returns to scale. Reduction in the concentration of the distribution segment of the market for the countries belonging to Group D is negatively linked with operational and financial effi- ciency, but not significantly so. Regulation • The introduction of an autonomous regulator is significantly and posi- tively associated with higher access, confirming that regulators can also help ensure that contracts are effectively designed. • The presence of an autonomous regulator has also significantly contrib- uted to higher labor productivity, most likely by creating a more even playing field to attract private participation in distribution. • The presence of an autonomous regulator is also significantly and posi- tively associated with higher tariffs, reflecting the need to insulate cru- cial decisions related to pricing from political interferences. • The presence of an autonomous regulator is also significantly associ- ated with lower carbon emissions, proving that overall environmental considerations have achieved a higher priority compared to the tradi- tional functions of energy policy and regulation, such as to protect con- sumers from high prices and ensure that power companies will be able to recoup their investment. Differential Impact of Regulation in Groups A and D • The introduction of an autonomous regulator when interacted with Group A is significantly associated with enhanced access, higher opera- tional efficiency, lower tariffs, and a more sustainable level of CO2 emissions generated by fossil fuels. These results reflect the benefits to the users, producers, and the environment due to increased efficiency in the use of fossil fuels. In contrast, the introduction of an autonomous regulator when interacted with Group D is significantly associated with reduced access, lower operational efficiency, and higher tariffs, all of which reflect a lack of benefits to users and producers. The introduc- tion of an autonomous regulator is, however, associated with a more sustainable level of CO2 emissions generated from fossil fuels, as well as to the environment. This result underscores the challenges in imple- menting regulatory reforms in this group of countries. Private Sector Participation • The introduction of private sector participation in generation also is sig- nificantly linked to access expansions, proving that IPPs and divestiture 10       Power Market Structure of formerly state-owned generators can deliver positive results. The introduction of private sector participation also helps to significantly enhance operational efficiency and labor productivity in distribution. • A higher share of private sector participation significantly raises the level of tariffs, most likely reflecting the need for higher tariffs to attract private participation in distribution. • Private ownership in generation is also significantly and positively asso- ciated with less environmental sustainable outcomes, raising the carbon emissions from burning fossil fuels. Differential Impact of Private Sector Participation in Groups A and D • The introduction of private sector participation in the generation seg- ment of the market when interacted with Group A is not significantly associated with access or carbon emissions generated from fossil fuels. This finding implies that for Group A countries the achieved level of access is already so high that privatization of generation is not sought to enhance connectivity. There is also no significant evidence of envi- ronmental unsustainability results brought by the private sector in gen- eration. The introduction of private sector participation in the generation segment of the market in Group D countries is significantly associated with reduced level of access, but is not significantly linked to the carbon emissions generated by fossil fuels. • The introduction of private sector participation in the distribution seg- ment of the market for Group A countries is positively and significantly linked with enhanced operational efficiency, but not with enhanced financial efficiency. Instead, the overall link between private sector par- ticipation in distribution and tariff was positive and significant, reflect- ing that to attract the private sector more cost reflective tariffs were needed. This seems to imply that for Group A countries the already achieved level of tariff is enough to attract private sector participation in distribution. The introduction of private sector participation in the distribution segment of the market for Group D countries is negatively and significantly linked with operational efficiency, but not with enhanced financial efficiency. Control Variables • As expected, countries with higher incomes or larger system size are characterized by significantly higher levels of access, labor productivity, and tariffs. The links with environmentally sustainable outcomes are Executive Summary       11 different. Ceteris paribus, as one would expect, higher-income countries are positively associated with higher carbon emissions, whereas coun- tries characterized by larger system size are negatively and significantly associated with lower carbon emissions. The latter result is most likely due to the presence of economies of scale and that smaller and isolated systems are in many cases mostly dependent on oil imports and find it more difficult to diversify sources of energy. • The interacted term between per capita GDP and power system size is negative, revealing decreasing returns to scale by the highest-income countries, such as countries belonging to the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development, which have already achieved close to universal access and face an exponentially increasing cost in connecting each new consumer as they approach full coverage. The explanatory power of these variables is very high, reaching 90 percent in the preferred specification of random effects. Table ES.2 summarizes the analytical evidence for these results. Figure ES.1 compares the average performance levels of all the selected countries as a group with the average levels for the country Groups A and D over the ten-year period 1999–2009 in terms of the four main performance indicators: access, energy sold per employee, tariff, and emissions index. Group A countries consistently outperform Group D countries on all indicators. Yet the trends for all performance indicators are rising—improving—for all country groups over this period. Table ES.2  Summary of Analytical Evidence Positive and Negative Results in Groups A and D 12 Access Labor productivity Tariff Emissions index Group A D A D A D A D Vertical unbundling (either partial or full) Unbundling - - +** +* Unbundling* group +*** -*** - +* - + -** +** Full vertical unbundling Full unbundling + -* +*** + Full unbundling* group +*** -*** - +* -*** +*** -*** +*** Degree of disaggregation Disaggregation +*** + -*** -*** Disaggregation* group +*** -*** +** - + - -*** -*** Regulation Regulation +*** +*** +*** -*** Regulation* group +*** -*** +*** -** -*** +*** +*** -*** Privatization Privatization +*** +*** +** +*** Privatization* group + -* +** -** + - - + Control variables GDP per capita +*** +*** +*** + Installed capacity +*** +*** +*** -*** GDP per capita* capacity -*** -*** -*** +*** Explanatory power Within R2 (fixed effect) 64 90 54 22 Between R2 (random effect) 92 77 52 30 Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: *, **, *** indicate, respectively, level of significance of 10, 5, and 1 percent. Figure ES.1  Power Sector Performance Indicators over Time 100 Access 6,000 Energy sold per employee 90 5,000 80 MWh/employee 70 % population 4,000 60 50 3,000 40 30 2,000 20 1,000 10 0 0 99 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 07 08 09 99 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Tariff Emission index 12 88 86 11 84 CO2 ton/kWh 10 82 $ cents/kWh 80 9 78 8 76 74 7 72 6 70 99 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 99 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Overall Group A Group D 13   Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. PA R T 1 Power Market Structure and Performance: Evidence from a Global Database CHAPTER 1 Power Market Structure and Performance: Analytical Framework Introduction This study represents a crucial component of a work program on how to improve the performance of power sector providers. One of the key objectives of the work program is to explore the links and interaction between internal and external governance and the performance of infra- structure service providers, as illustrated in figure 1.1. Market structure is one of the key external governance mechanisms that can impose disci- pline on infrastructure to improve performance. The design of market structure is often the starting point for overall reform in the power sector, having a major effect in shaping all other key decisions, including the design and structure of the contracts and deci- sions on prices. Accordingly, market structure has a powerful influence on whether and to what extent the electricity sector can achieve improve- ments in performance. Market structure also affects performance in the power sector. If poor decisions are made on the electricity market structure—technology and the timing of investment—cost increases will be passed to consumers with negative consequences for economic performance and social ­ welfare. This 17   18       Power Market Structure Figure 1.1  A Holistic Approach to the Governance Evaluation Framework at the Enterprise Level Internal External governance governance Ownership and shareholder Labor market discipline quality Capital market discipline Corporate governance Market structure Enterprise Accounting and disclosure Hard budget constraints performance Performance monitoring Sector policy Capacity building Access Regulation (transparency, Quality autonomy, accountability, and Operational efficiency tools) Financial performance Control variables (Legal and business environments, income and demographics, path of reform, and other idiosyncratic political economic factors) Source: Vagliasindi 2012. proposal looks in a systematic way at the links between alternative market structures and access, quality, and operational and financial performance in the electricity sector. The institutional model of a p ­ ublicly owned monopoly industry means risks are shifted d ­ isproportionately to consum- ers or taxpayers. Because of information asymmetries, the regulator is unlikely to get a complete picture of costs and potential efficiency gains. Alternative models have emerged for the electricity market. The first is competition for access to the market, including variations of the single- buyer model. The private sector is encouraged to invest in new power generation capacity through tenders or auctions. If well managed, competi- tion can result in improved efficiencies in technology and investment choices. When a comprehensive restructuring of power sectors is not tech- nically feasible or politically desirable, the single-buyer model is the only remaining alternative to attract private capital. Arizu, Gencer, and Maurer (2005) provide an extensive review of how this concept was implemented and changed over time, and what arrangements have been introduced to overcome its drawbacks, while preserving its positive attributes. The second electricity market model involves competition between electricity genera- tors and suppliers to provide power to consumers. In the latter model, competition is managed through a power exchange or bilateral markets or both, and market risks can be managed through derivative financial markets. Power Market Structure and Performance: Analytical Framework       19 Since the early 1990s about half of the 150 developing countries have embarked on reforming their power markets in response to poor t ­ echnical and financial performance and the lack of public financing needed to expand the power supply (Besant-Jones 2006). Most of these countries have restructured their power supply arrangements by at least some or full vertical unbundling of generation, transmission, and distribution. The remaining countries have retained the traditional structure of a full or partial vertically integrated monopoly, in some cases because they felt it impossible or undesirable to embark on any reform strategy that entails opening electricity production or sales to private participants. A new emerging trend in a few developing countries is to revert from an unbun- dled structure toward a vertically integrated one (Vagliasindi and Izaguirre 2007). To better inform the policy dialogue between donors and the World Bank’s client countries, we need to see which alternative market struc- tures performed best. The results of this work are expected to be crucial in providing policy advice by offering alternative options to policy makers based on the lessons learned from the taxonomy of different market structures. Policy makers in the client countries and the international community of experts in energy infrastructure are the primary audience of this work. The project is also intended to provide insights in order to better form policy recommendations/operational guidelines in this area that would be useful for international financial institutions in their policy dialogue with the client countries. What Does Theory Suggest on the Costs and Benefits of Alternative Market Structures? The existing variety of power supply structures reflects differing views and a degree of theoretical ambiguity in the economic literature on the effectiveness of unbundling and competition in network industries on issues such as gains from competition versus economies of coordination in vertically integrated systems. In practice, the benefits of each reform and restructuring must more than compensate for the increase in transac- tion costs of unbundling vertically integrated systems. The traditional economic arguments against unbundling power sys- tems were based on the following concepts: (1) electricity as a public good, as vertical integration will better ensure service reliability and uniform standards and procedure among interconnecting segments of the grid; (2) natural monopoly, as a means to avoid wasteful duplication 20       Power Market Structure of transmission and distribution (T and D) networks; (3) economies of scale, as horizontal integration supports the large size and capital requirement of efficient plants (hydro and coal-based load plants), although such arguments are weakened when smaller combined cycle units became more cost effective; (4) economies of scope, as tight coor- dination (centralized investment and operation) translates into savings in metering, billing, and so forth; (5) economies of transaction costs, due to reduced costs because of asset specificity and incompleteness of con- tracts; and (6) better management of investment and operational risks. But these arguments might not hold in some country and power mar- ket conditions because they are based on specific underlying assumptions that are not valid in these conditions, including the following: (1) capital for the power utility will have a lower cost; (2) the creditworthiness of a power utility requires that it be the sole buyer of generated power; (3) third-party access should be prevented to support cross-subsidies among consumers that are mandated under government policies; and (4) savings coming from competitive pressures (to reduce costs) are minor when compared to economies of scale and scope. They ignore postrestructuring changes, including the introduction of new regulatory policies and market structures that can solve the “problem” of unbun- dling, but whose overall impact might go either way. For example, although integration may increase retail market power, this outcome may not be detrimental; rather, it may preserve or even enhance generation investment incentives (Dupuy 2006). In practice, there may be trade-offs between these objectives in developing countries, notably between eco- nomic efficiency and social objectives, that could be incorporated into operational guidance (World Bank 2004). An alternative view is based on financial risk management rather than economic concepts: namely, that an optimal degree of integration can exist. Such an optimal degree of integration (Chao, Oren, and Wilson 2005, 2008) lies between total integration and total unbun- dling. The degree depends on the mutual interest of generators and retail services providers in mitigating “systemic” risks through the pro- vision of (physical and financial) reserves and contracting under unbun- dling. This view asserts that such risks were not sufficiently taken into account when unbundling began. Retail utilities need this integration even when the cost of energy is passed through because they continue to serve a large contingent of core customers—mostly residential and small consumers—who rely on intertemporal smoothing of supply costs in their retail rates. Power Market Structure and Performance: Analytical Framework       21 What Does Empirical Evidence Suggest on the Costs and Benefits of Alternative Market Structures? The economic literature reviewed in the previous section suggests that there were substantial vertical economies associated with networks. To date, however, there is limited evidence on the (relative) success in the implementation of vertical unbundling and its links with enhanced investment (particularly in transmission) and ultimately with the improvement of power utilities performance, particularly where short- term privatization is out of the realm of possibilities. The (relative) success needs to be assessed against the objectives of unbundling—which could have been to enhance transparency and gov- ernance, attract private sector investment, and/or create a competitive market and ultimately its impact on performance. In some cases restructuring aimed to create an enabling environment to attract ­ private sector investment to take some level of market risks and/or commitments to efficiency improvements. Transferring market risks to the private investor requires greater transparency and predictability, which may be more difficult to obtain in a sector with an integrated monopoly power utility to which, for example, the private generator is obliged to sell. Little analysis of empirical evidence about unbundling in power mar- kets has been published, and what there is focuses on economically advanced countries. Kwoka (2002) studied the U.S. system extensively to measure economies of coordination between generation and distribution for about 150 U.S. electric utilities with a wide range of size and degree of vertical integration that operate in regional power pools. He concluded that the least integrated distributors incur on average significantly higher total costs than the most integrated (6.27 $ cents/kWh [kilowatt-hour] versus 5.35 $ cents/kWh). But this difference increased markedly with utility size. The smallest utilities—those nearer in size to utilities in devel- oping countries—showed small diseconomies of coordination. The largest utilities showed substantial economies of coordination (higher than 50 percent). Two studies report much lower economies of vertical inte- gration. Nemoto and Goto (2004) estimate that the cost efficiency gain from vertical integration in 9 Japanese utilities varies from 0.2 percent to about 3 percent. Based on the sample of Spanish electricity utilities, ­ Jara-Diaz, Ramos-Real, and Martinez-Budria (2004) conclude that about 7 percent of costs can be saved from joint generation and distribution. Despite ­ providing useful insights, these studies are not relevant to 22       Power Market Structure ­eveloping countries, because of the large differences in economic d conditions between advanced and developing countries. ­ Two later studies expand the available empirical analysis of vertical unbundling. Arocena, Coelli, and Saal (2009) studied the economies of integration (economies of scale and of scope) for a group of 116 investor- owned power utilities in the United States based on data for 2001. The results provided a reference for the expected cost of unbundling. The researchers concluded that vertical integration provided a substantial and significant cost saving relative to vertical unbundling and that horizontal integration in the generation sector provided a further—but smaller— cost saving relative to horizontal unbundling. Taken together, global sav- ings from integration amount to as much as 12.5 percent of costs for the sample average firm. Such savings indicate a level of anticipated gains needed to justify unbundling. Meyer (2010) applied a frontier ­ benchmarking approach to measure the economies of scope between the vertical stages of electricity supply in the U.S. electric industry. Meyer’s study concluded that the costs of separating the generation stage from networks and retail stages compared to integration is strongly related to the size of the utility. For the larger utilities in the sample, this type of separation lowers overall costs because the gains exceed synergy losses, whereas for the smaller utilities this type of separation increases overall costs. The threshold size that divides utilities whose costs decrease from those that increase is about 10,000 to 12,000 GWh (gigawatt-hours) of annual generation and distribution. There is also some published evidence about the links between inte- grated power systems and country-level corruption for the European Union (EU). Both for the EU-15 member states and the 10 new member states (NMS-10), the more corrupt the countries, the more likely they are to choose a weak unbundling regime, even though the results are stronger in the EU-15 member states (van Koten and Ortmann 2007). A main unanswered question about unbundling and the establishment of liberalized wholesale markets is whether in the long run they provide adequate investments in capacity. The California electricity crisis of 2000–01 brought this issue powerfully forward. But the basic problem— that generation companies face higher capital costs now than the utilities did in the regulated era—is increasingly important in countries where some generators are in financial distress. In developing countries there is evidence of the benefits brought by unbundling when it is associated with increased investment in genera- tion and transmission. This result holds mainly when the institutional Power Market Structure and Performance: Analytical Framework       23 environment is sufficiently robust to attract credible independent power producers (IPPs). In this context, opening the generation segment of the market to competition may help cash-strapped governments increase investment in generation. The major problem—particularly acute in challenging institutional environments—is the high cost of procuring IPPs, resulting in charges that eat up a large portion of the revenues of the distribution companies that must purchase the electricity generated. Tanzania Electric Supply Company (TANESCO), for example, paid about 70 percent of its total average monthly revenues in 2005 to meet IPP charges; by 2006 these expenses had risen to an astonishing 95 percent (Ghanadan and Eberhard 2007). There is also anecdotal evidence that vertically integrated structures invest less in transmission, but this link needs to be tested. What Do We Know about the Taxonomy of Market Structures? The distinction between integration and unbundling of power supply arrangements is not clear cut in practice, as several different structures exist around the world: • Vertical unbundling without horizontal unbundling (but not the reverse) • Partial vertical unbundling (generation and transmission separated from distribution, generation separated from transmission and distribu- tion, and so forth) • Full vertical and horizontal unbundling in generation (and integration of transmission and distribution) • Vertical unbundling in lesser forms than ownership unbundling, such as accounting, management, and legal (holding company) unbundling • Unbundling of retail supply from distribution, and then some ­ reintegration of generation with supply for risk management, keeping transmission and distribution unbundled • Unbundling of generation services in wholesale power markets In addition, unbundling can take lesser forms than full ownership unbundling. These forms include unbundling by legal/corporate means in holding companies, by internal management structure, and just by accounts. The conventional view is that the potential benefits from unbundling are greatest with full ownership unbundling, and that bene- fits decline with lesser forms of unbundling. Where country and market 24       Power Market Structure conditions cannot support privatization of fully unbundled power suppliers, such as in the highly suboptimal environments found in many ­ developing countries, other forms of unbundling and associated public- private participation have to be adopted as the best solutions in practice, even if second-best in theory. The objectives of unbundling and restructuring vary. In some cases restructuring had the purpose of creating an enabling environment to attract private sector investment taking some level of market risks and/or commitments to efficiency improvements. Transferring risks to the pri- vate investor market requires greater transparency and predictability, which may be more difficult to obtain in a sector with an integrated monopoly power utility to which, for example, the private generator is obliged to sell. So far we do not have a comprehensive taxonomy of all the different forms of horizontal and vertical unbundling. We do, however, know that countries that have embarked on reform have generally progressed to different stages, which can be categorized in ascending extent of reform ­ as follows (for more details, see Besant-Jones 2006): • Vertical integration—a vertically integrated monopolist • Vertical integration with IPPs—a vertically integrated monopolist with independent power producers that sell power to it • Some extent of vertical and horizontal unbundling—a national generation, transmission, or distribution entity; a combined national ­ generation and transmission entity; or a combined transmission and distribution entity acting as the only wholesale power trader (single buyer) with IPPs that sell power to it and regional distribution entities unbundled from the monopolist that buys power from it • Extensive vertical and horizontal unbundling—many distribution enti- ties and generation entities and a transmission entity formed from unbundling the monopolist, in which the transmission entity acts as a single buyer of power from the generators and IPPs and sells power to the distribution entities and large users of power • Power market—an organized market of generation entities, distribution entities, and large users, in which power is traded competitively, sup- ported by a transmission entity, a power system operator, and a power market administrator Reform to date, however, is unevenly spread among regions (see figure 1.2). Countries in Latin America and the Caribbean and in Power Market Structure and Performance: Analytical Framework       25 Figure 1.2  Distribution of Stages of Reforms and Market Structures in the Power Sector by Region Distribution of market Distribution of market structures in EAP region structures in ECA region Vertically integrated IPPs monopolist 3% 4% Power market Vertically integrated Power 19% monopolist market Single 27% 16% buyer Third-party 33% access 9% Single buyer IPPs Third-party 19% 26% access 44% Distribution of market Distribution of market structures in LAC region structures in MNA region Power market Third-party access 0% 0% Vertically integrated monopolist 13% Vertically Single buyer integrated IPPs 33% monopolist Power market 18% 37% 56% Third-party access IPPs 13% 30% Single buyer 0% Distribution of market Distribution of market structures in SAR region structures in SSA region Power market Third-party access Power market Third-party access 0% 0% 0% 0% Vertically integrated Single Single monopolist buyer buyer 15% 16% 26% Vertically integrated IPPs monopolist 29% 55% IPPs 59% Source: An elaboration based on Besant-Jones 2006. Note: EAP = East Asia and the Pacific, ECA = Eastern Europe and Central Asia, LAC = Latin America and the Caribbean, MNA = Middle East and North Africa, SAR = South Asia, SSA = Sub-Saharan Africa. 26       Power Market Structure Europe and Central Asia (ECA) account for all the countries that have progressed to the two most advanced stages. In Africa, South Asia, and ­ the Middle East, progress to date is generally limited to the first two stages with long-term contracts by IPPs to supply incumbent utilities. Some countries in East Asia have made tentative steps to further their reforms. The current distribution of power markets around intermediate struc- tures between full integration and full unbundling suggests that there has not been a linear path to reform in practice. Instead, many developing countries may retain intermediate structures for the foreseeable future. This possibility exposes a large gap in understanding about power market structures, as most theoretical work has focused on the two extreme structures, and we have limited evidence on the impact of unbundling for developing countries. Nagayama (2007) finds that the introduction of IPPs contributes to lowering the industrial prices at least in some devel- oping regions, such as ECA, whereas unbundling of generation from transmission increased industrial and residential prices in the same regions. Basically, it appears that unbundling in most developing countries is undertaken for reasons other than or in addition to the introduction of competition, which is the purpose generally advanced in the theoretical literature. One of the purposes of the proposed task is therefore to obtain a better understanding of these developments and the policy require- ments for successful outcomes under the intermediate market structures in the economic, social, and political conditions of developing countries. More detailed analysis is needed to better understand the costs and ben- efits of unbundling and the characteristics of well-functioning unbundled power systems. Objectives The study has two objectives: first, to map the existing approach to verti- cal and horizontal unbundling adopted by developing countries and, second, to undertake an econometric analysis and detailed case studies to better understand and assess the desirability of unbundling under condi- tions in developing countries. The specifics goals are • To develop a taxonomy of the existing power market structures, as shown by the extent of vertical and horizontal unbundling found among restructured power systems, across developing countries; Power Market Structure and Performance: Analytical Framework       27 • To design an analytical framework for assessing the desirability of unbundling (or once unbundled) and reintegration under the variety of economic conditions found in developing countries by comparing eco- nomic costs and benefits and accounting for transaction costs and finan- cial risk management considerations. The analytical framework will use inter alia specific performance indicators to guide the comparisons across different market structures; • To propose insights to operational guidance on alternative market structures based on relevant criteria, in particular on initial conditions including but not restricted to power system size and income per capita, which can address issues such as whether there are solid founda- ­ tions for recommending vertical unbundling for small power systems in low-income countries, particularly in the absence of short-term priva- tization prospects. The proposed policy recommendations will be tailored to the specific taxonomy of market structures that characterize ­ the electricity sector in developing countries. Key Questions To achieve such objectives, we need to address the following questions: • Is there a credible empirical basis for selecting a threshold power sys- tem size and per capita income level below which market competition is not expected to be worthwhile, and under which alternative agree- ments, such as participatory poverty assessments with IPPs selling to an integrated supplier, may be preferable? • Is there a threshold power system size below which increased transac- tion costs begin to exceed the benefits of unbundling the power supply ­ etermining industry? Is power system size the primary consideration for d whether vertical unbundling of a power supply industry is worthwhile? If not what other considerations are relevant? • Should threshold levels for power system size and per capita national income be adopted as an operational guide to the choice of unbun- dling? In particular, should vertical unbundling be recommended for small power systems in low-income countries, particularly in the absence of short-term privatization prospects? • How should the policy recommendations be adapted for a country that wants to privatize its power supply and transfer market risks to 28       Power Market Structure private generators? Alternatively, how should policy recommenda- tions be adapted for a country where privatization of power supply is not possible? • Which policy instruments could be used to tackle policy issues related to the taxonomy of the different market structures? In particular, what can be done to improve the key decisions on contracts and prices inter- nalized within the power company through the existing structure/ ownership and those that have been delegated to outside contracts/ market rules, depending on the transaction costs involved? Analytical Framework This study examines in detail some selected issues related to market struc- ture in the power sector. While recognizing the potential influence of additional issues pertaining to the broader set of reforms in the power sector, the study applies the ceteris paribus approach. The stylized approach to examine market structure in the power sector is illustrated in figure 1.3. As the form and extent of unbundling determines the market structure, particular attention is devoted to the analysis of key decisions through the structure/ownership lens vis-à-vis contracts/market rules. Figure 1.3  Stylized Framework of Market Structure in the Power Sector Market structure Contracts Power system size per capita income Performance other factors Access Regulatory capacity Quality Institutional capacity Unbundling Operational Cost recovery performance Quality of baseline Financial information performance … Decisions on prices Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Power Market Structure and Performance: Analytical Framework       29 The key decisions that are included in the analytical framework pertain to the contracts between the newly unbundled entities and deci- sions about prices. Unbundling decisions involve the contract provisions that are allowed—or in some cases are compulsory—among the unbun- dled entities in generation, transmission, and distribution. Unbundling implies a decision on prices, related to generation auctions and to the prices charged to wholesalers and whether these are passed through to end users. Other considerations can come into play in determining the market structure. For a switch from one market structure to another, transitional costs may be also a relevant consideration in deciding the market struc- ture. For example, in moving from a single-buyer model to a wholesale market, stranded costs must be evaluated and settled, including genera- tion-related costs that become unrecoverable due to restructuring and retail competition. Finally, the existence of a regional power market may affect the choice of a country’s market structure. Such issues will be con- sidered on a case-by-case basis. Unbundling is not an end itself, but rather a means to achieve better performance. Accordingly, the principal objective of the analytical frame- work is to explore the links between alternative market structures and performance in terms of access, price, quality, and technical and financial performance. The results are crucial for providing policy advice, by offer- ing alternative options to policy makers based on the lessons learned from the taxonomy of different market structures, tailored to different national peculiarities. Methodology Jamasb et al. (2004) classified the approaches to analyzing electricity reforms into three broad categories: econometric methods, efficiency and productivity analysis methods, and comparative case studies. They argue that econometric studies are best suited to the analysis of well-defined issues and the testing of hypotheses through statistical analysis of reform determinants and performance. Efficiency and productivity analyses are suitable for measuring the effectiveness with which inputs are trans- formed into outputs, relative to best practice. They also maintain that single-country or multicountry case studies are suitable when in-depth investigation or qualitative analysis is needed. Within this classification, our study well suits the first and third category. Both an analytical and case study approach is used to investigate the design of market structure 30       Power Market Structure in detail. The analytical approach is used to draw robust links between the alternative market structures and performance. The case study approach is suited to dealing with the strong influence of country-specific effects on power market performance and reform outcomes. A major disadvantage of this approach is that it will be hard to generalize results, in light of the small sample of enterprises, but we try to the extent possible to overcome some of the limitations of the case studies approach through a careful design of the sampling frame. Analytical Approach Our study proposes an analytical approach to model market structure (M), together with ownership (O), regulation (R), controlling for several variables, as determinants of performance across several indicators of performance (P), including access, operational and financial performance, and environmental sustainability. Pt = f (Ot, Mt, Rt, Et) where: P = performance variables (e.g., access, operational and financial effi- ciency, and environmental indicators) O = ownership (e.g., public vs. private ownership) M = market structure (e.g., degree of vertical integration, degree of concentration) R = introduction of an autonomous regulator E = endowment (e.g., size of the system) t = time This methodology represents a novelty with respect to most empirical studies. To date, there has been limited empirical work that includes mar- ket structure variables in the analysis, particularly for developing coun- tries. Only a few variables of performance have been used in the literature, and no evidence has been reported on the impact of reforms in terms of environmental sustainability. Case Study Approach A series of country case studies was conducted to support the analytical approach. The selected countries cover all six developing country regions and reflect broad regional features such as Africa’s low access rates and underdeveloped transmission networks; ECA’s full access rates, highly developed transmission interconnections, ­ historically surplus Power Market Structure and Performance: Analytical Framework       31 ­ enerating capacity, and the strong influence from the EU and Russia; g Latin America and the Caribbean’s (LAC) leadership in m ­ arket reform and large amounts of hydropower capacity; East Asia’s ­ and South Asia’s high growth in power demand and therefore need for g ­ eneration capac- ity; and the Middle East and North Africa’s (MNA) emergence as a stra- tegic crossroads in energy trade. The case studies are predicated on the hypothesis that power sys- tem size and per capita income appear to influence the choice of power market structure in developing countries. A clear empirical threshold for unbundling power systems currently separates d ­ eveloping countries into groups. That threshold is power system size of 1,000 MW (megawatts) and country annual per capita income of $900. The majority of countries, 49 out of 70, with unbundled power systems lies above both of these criteria (see the A quadrant as reported in figure 1.4a). From the distribution of countries for unbundled and vertically integrated power market structure, it can be surmised that ­ power system size has a relatively stronger influence than per capita income on determining the market structures. On the other hand, country income level may have a relatively stronger influence than power system size on the roles of the public and private sectors and market regulation. The performance of countries with unbundled power sectors is com- pared to the counterfactual of countries that have a vertically integrated structure. This comparison is undertaken within each of the four groups of countries determined by the threshold levels of system size and coun- try annual per capita income (figure 1.4). We refer to the four groups of countries as Groups A, B, C, and D. Group A consists of countries in which both power system size and per capita income are above the threshold levels. Groups B and C are those countries in which either power system size or per capita income is below one of the threshold levels. In Group D countries, power system size and per capita income are both below the threshold levels. Additional control variables, includ- ing ownership structure and—more important—governance variables, will be taken into account, including those able to capture institutional and political economy dimensions. Unbundling can also be expected to enhance governance through increased transparency and reduction of the scope for corruption, for example, by making subsidies and cross-subsidies more explicit. In this context we explore the link between unbundling and alternative 32       Power Market Structure Figure 1.4  System Size and Income for Unbundled and Vertically Integrated Systems 10,000 a. Unbundled systems 9,000 8,000 B A ($, constant price, 2000) 7,000 2006 per capita GDP 6,000 5,000 4,000 3,000 2,000 1,000 C 0 D 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ,0 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 2005 installed capacity (MW) b. Vertically integrated systems 10,000 9,000 8,000 ($, constant price, 2000) 7,000 B A 2006 per capita GDP 6,000 5,000 4,000 3,000 2,000 1,000 D C 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 ,0 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 2005 installed capacity (MW) Source: Updated information based on Besant-Jones 2006. Note: GDP = gross domestic product; MW = megawatts. Power Market Structure and Performance: Analytical Framework       33 ­ndicators of country level governance. Significant differences emerge i between country groups: • Sixty-eight countries out of 155 lie above both threshold levels of power system size and per capita income (Group A). They are per- ceived to have a medium level of corruption. The Transparency Inter- national Corruption Perceptions Index average in 2006 is equal to 3.7, which indicates the presence of some degree of corruption. • Forty-three countries lie below both threshold levels of power system size and per capita income (Group D). They are perceived to have a relatively high level of corruption. The Transparency International Cor- ruption Perceptions Index average in 2006 is equal to 2.6, which indi- cates the presence of rampant corruption. More detailed analysis is needed to better understand the costs and benefits of unbundling and the characteristics of well-functioning unbun- dled power systems. The analytical framework defines inter alia specific performance indicators both at the enterprise and country level that are used to compare outcomes across different market structures. The data in figure 1.5 show that all the countries that have advanced at power sector reforms lie in Group A. Of the poor countries characterized by a small system (Group D), about 80 percent are characterized by a vertically integrated structure, fewer than 20 percent have introduced IPPs, and only 2 percent have adopted a single-buyer model. The case studies for each of the groups are as follows: • Group A: To ensure a representative sample for this category, we selected the following ten countries: the Arab Republic of Egypt, donesia, the Republic of Korea, and South Africa, for vertically inte- In­ grated cases; the Czech Republic for some partial form of unbundling; and Argentina, Brazil, Chile, Peru, and Turkey for the unbundled cases. The performance of the Czech Republic, Egypt, Korea, Indonesia, and ­ ertically integrated structure South Africa (all of which display either a v or simply legal unbundling, mainly under a holding structure) is com- pared with that of Argentina, Brazil, Chile, Peru, and Turkey, which have moved reforms forward by introducing a competitive wholesale market. Chile in 1982 unbundled the sector structure into generation and transmission companies and distribution utilities. The distribution utilities were divided according to the service areas, but they were not 34       Power Market Structure Figure 1.5  Distribution of Stages of Reforms in the Power Sector by System Size and Income Distribution of market Distribution of market structures in group A structures in group B Power Single buyer market 0% IPPs 0% Third-party Power market 7% access 0% 19% Vertically integrated monopolist 27% Vertically Single IPPs integrated buyer Third-party 26% monopolist 19% access 93% 9% Distribution of market Distribution of market structures in group C structures in group D Third-party Power market Power market access Single buyer 0% 0% 0% 2% Third-party Single buyer access 12% 0% IPPs Vertically 19% integrated monopolist IPPs 47% Vertically 41% integrated monopolist 79% Source: An elaboration based on Besant-Jones 2006. Note: IPPs = independent power producers. granted exclusive rights. Between 1983 and 1989 Chile’s government privatized most of the generation, ­ transmission, and distribution seg- ments, so that all of these functions were in private sector hands through local and international investors and created a mandatory power pool administered by a system operator, Centro de Despacho Económico de Carga del Sistema Interconectado Central. Argentina implemented Power Market Structure and Performance: Analytical Framework       35 extensive reforms in the early 1990s, including vertical and horizontal unbundling of generation, transmission, and distribution and opening all segments to the private sector. In Peru the structural reform process that started in 1992 led to unbundling of the vertically integrated state monopoly into generation, transmission, and distribution and to the introduction of private operators and free entry and open access. Brazil proceeded in 2005 to the unbundling of Eletrobrás into six holding companies and 14 generation and transmission companies. Eletrobrás retained the ownership of the transmission grid, the Brazilian part of the binational Itaipu Dam and hydroelectric power station, the nuclear power plants, and Centro de Pesquisas de Energia Elétrica’s research and development activities. In Turkey a competitive wholesale electric- ity market went into operation in 2006, after the Turkish Electricity Generating and Transmission Corporation in 2001 was unbundled into three separate state-owned entities: (1) Electricity Generation Company of Turkey for generation; (2) Turkish Electricity Transmis- sion Company (TEIAS) for transmission and dispatch; and (3) ­Turkish Electricity Trading and Contracting Company, which acts as the single buyer of electricity sold under the power purchase agreements (PPAs), and then sells this electricity to the distribution companies. • Groups B and C: The performance of countries that have kept a verti- cally integrated structure, including Barbados, Botswana, Cyprus, and Zambia, is compared with selected countries from East Asia, including Vietnam, some of the Indian power sector regional structures (Andhra Pradesh, Gujarat, and West Bengal) that went further in the process of unbundling, and Jordan from the MNA region, which unbundled the National Electrical Power Company (NEPCO) into three entities. These were (1) a company to own and operate the transmission net- work and system operation and act as a single buyer for bulk power (this company inherited NEPCO’s name); (2) Central Electric Gener- ating Company (CEGCO), which took over all the public generating capacity; and (3) Electricity Distribution Company (EDCO), which took over NEPCO’s distribution activities. This move was followed by a major campaign to transfer the state’s ownership to the private sector that culminated in 2007 with the sale of 51 percent of the shares in CEGCO, the state’s 45 percent shareholding in Irbid District Electric- ity Company (IDECO), and the state’s 100 percent shareholding in EDCO. The first IPP agreement was signed in 2007, and the second IPP in 2009. The case studies proposed subjects for further examination. 36       Power Market Structure Recently, Andhra Pradesh has made the best progress with improv- ing performance under public ownership. Andhra Pradesh’s govern- ment also has taken the lead in combating theft of electricity by allying with the power companies to take measures to control theft and root out corruption between utility employees and customers. In Gujarat the erstwhile Gujarat Electricity Board was unbundled and reorganized into six successor entities in 2005: Gujarat State Electricity Corpora- tion Limited; Gujarat Energy Transmission Corporation Limited; and four distribution companies, including Dakshin Gujarat Vij Company Limited, Madhya Gujarat Vij Company Limited, Uttar Gujarat Vij Company ­ Limited, and Paschim Gujarat Vij Company Limited (PGVCL). Since unbundling in April 2007, West Bengal State Electric- ity Board (WBSEB) was separated in hydro generation (along with neg- ligible generation from diesel and gas); transmission, including State Load Dispatch Centre activities; and distribution, trading, and bulk supply activities. In Zambia, ZESCO (Zambia Electricity Supply Cor- poration) was originally conceived as a step toward privatization; instead, it was instrumental in driving commercialization and technical objectives, while maintaining public ownership. The comparative per- formance of countries with higher income but small system size, includ- ing Barbados, Botswana, and Cyprus, that adopted a vertically integrated structure will allow us to test to what extent vertical integration has been successful in integrated small supplier regions as diverse as LAC, SSA, and ECA and in terms of ownership, with Barbados being private since the outset and Botswana and Cyprus fully state-owned. • Group D: Kenya and Tanzania are compared with Uganda, the only SSA country where a single-buyer model has been introduced. The unbundling of the Uganda Electricity Board (UEB) formally com- menced in April 2001. Successor companies were created and assets and liabilities of UEB were transferred to them as follows: (1) Uganda Electricity Generation Co. Ltd (UEGCL), which owns the two major hydropower plants at Nalubaale (180 MW) and Kiira (200 MW); Uganda Electricity Transmission Co. Ltd. (UETCL), which owns and operates the transmission infrastructure above 33 kV (kilovolts); (2) Uganda Electricity Distribution Co. Ltd. (UEDCL), which owns and operates the distribution network at 33 kV (kilovolts) and below; and (3) UEB, a statutory corporation, which remained in place in order to wind up. Tanzania is one of the few countries that has undertaken a management contract. From 2002 to 2006 Tanzania Electric Supply Power Market Structure and Performance: Analytical Framework       37 Company (TANESCO) was placed under a management contract with the private group NETGroup Solutions. The group doubled cash flow in two years mainly due to improved collections. Its subsequent efforts to extend the gains into other operational areas were unsuc- cessful due to external financial constraints, among other factors. The main problems were poor hydrological conditions that reduced hydropower production and therefore increased purchases of thermal power from IPPs; the high costs of IPP power under the terms of the power purchase agreements; and tariff rates insufficient to allow TANESCO to invest in system improvements. In 2005 Tanzania’s government took TANESCO off the list of utilities for privatization. The addition of two thermal power plants developed by IPPs between 2002 and 2004 changed the primary energy mix from power genera- tion from being nearly 90 percent dependent on hydropower to 60 percent dependent on thermal power. In Kenya overall vertical inte- gration in the sector has not changed much, with transmission and distribution now bundled and generation unbundled into a few sup- pliers. As a result of the public sale of shares in the Kenya Electricity Generating Company (KenGen) and the entry of IPPs to the power market, the proportion of total installed generating capacity under private ownership increased from 16 percent in 2001 to 46 percent since 2007. The taxonomy of the twenty-two proposed case studies is summarized in table 1.1. Figures 1.6, 1.7, and 1.8 show scatter plots of our selected sample in the four groups over time, providing a snapshot for 1989, 1998, and 2008, and distinguishing unbundled systems from vertically integrated systems. The starting time for our samples sees only two Latin American coun- tries (Chile and Brazil) in Group A presenting some form of unbundling. By 1998, five countries in Group A, more than 40 percent of the sample for this group implemented unbundling of the system. A Cautionary Note In cases where power sector restructuring was accompanied by a com- petitive power market, the results show the combined impact of the two policy reforms. It may not always be easy to disentangle which results were caused only by restructuring and which by competition. Similarly, in those cases where restructuring was accompanied by privatization, the 38       Power Market Structure Table 1.1  Taxonomy of Case Studies Group/country Type and year of unbundling Group A (large system size and high GDP per capita) Chile Functional and ownership, 1982 Argentina Functional and ownership, 1992 Peru Functional and ownership, 1993 Brazil Functional and ownership, 1995 Egypt Legal, 2000 Turkey Functional and management, 2001 Czech Republic Legal, 2001 Indonesia No unbundling Korea No unbundling South Africa No unbundling Group B (small system size and high GDP per capita) Jordan (from B to A) Functional and ownership, 1999 Cyprus Legal, 2004 Barbados No unbundling Botswana No unbundling Group C (large system size and low GDP per capita) Indian State of Andhra Pradesh Organization, 2001 Indian State of Gujarat (from C to A) Organization, 2005 Vietnam (from C to A) Organization, 2005 Indian State of West Bengal (from C to A) Organization, 2007 Zambia No unbundling Group D (small system size and low GDP per capita) Kenya (from D to B) Legal, 1999 Tanzania No unbundling Uganda Functional and management, 2002 Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: The entries in italic refer to countries that moved from one group to another during the data period. impact in performance may differ from systems that adopted a compa- rable sector structure but did not introduce private sector participation. The assessment of the different mix of conditions for the same (or very similar) sector structure and system size may not always be possible, but the work tries to overcome such a challenge, if not through the case study approach then through the systematic analysis, subject to data availability. See Zhang, Parker, and Kirkpatrick (2008). They found the joint impact of restructuring with privatization and/or regulation stronger than the individual impact in terms of performance. In what follows we report the evidence from (1) empirical evidence of how performance indicators evolved over time and derivation of the links between unbundling and sectoral reforms on the one hand and Power Market Structure and Performance: Analytical Framework       39 Figure 1.6  Scatter Plot of the Sample of Countries in the Initial Period, 1989 20,000 18,000 GDP per capita (US$, PPP) 16,000 14,000 B A 12,000 10,000 8,000 6,000 4,000 2,000 0 D C 0 10,000 20,000 30,000 40,000 50,000 60,000 Installed capacity (MW) Unbundled systems Vertically integrated systems Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: To separate the countries into different groups, thresholds of 1,178.5 MW (megawatts) for installed capacity and $1,429 for GDP (gross domestic product) per capita were applied. For Group D these thresholds represent approximately the lowest 25 percent of capacity and income of the sample. Figure 1.7  Scatter Plot of the Sample of Countries in the Intermediate Period, 1998 25,000 B A 20,000 GDP per capita (US$, PPP) 15,000 Changes : from B to A (↑system size): Jordan 10,000 from C to A (↑GDP): Gujarat and Vietnam 5,000 D0 C 0 10,000 20,000 30,000 40,000 50,000 60,000 Installed capacity (MW) Unbundled systems Vertically integrated systems Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: To separate the countries into different groups, thresholds of 1,178.5 MW (megawatts) for installed capacity and $1,429 for GDP (gross domestic product) per capita were applied. For Group D these thresholds represent approximately the lowest 25 percent of capacity and income of the sample. PPP = purchasing power parity. 40       Power Market Structure Figure 1.8  Scatter Plot of the Sample of Countries in the Final Period, 2008 30,000 25,000 GDP per capita (US$, PPP) B A Changes : 20,000 from C to A (↑ GDP): Andhra Pradesh and West Bengal from D to B (↑ GDP): Kenya 15,000 10,000 5,000 0 C D0 20,000 40,000 60,000 80,000 100,000 120,000 Installed capacity (MW) Unbundled systems Vertically integrated systems Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: To separate the countries into different groups, thresholds of 1,178.5 MW (megawatts) for installed capacity and $1,429 for GDP (gross domestic product) per capita were applied. For Group D these thresholds represent approximately the lowest 25 percent of capacity and income of the sample. performance indicators on the other; and (2) the case studies for the tax- onomy of countries, reporting the timeline of reforms and the achieved results according to the set of chosen performance indicators. Analytical Approach Data and Definition of Indicators Our dataset is based on a panel of 22 countries for a period beginning in 1989 and extending through 2009. Because the panel dataset includes data on 22 countries for 20 years, the total number of maximum observa- tions is 440. The outcomes used for our econometric and case study analysis are the four indicators of power sector performance (table 1.2) that are used to measure the determinants of power sector performance: residential access to electricity, energy sold per employee of electricity suppliers as an indicator of labor productivity, average electricity tariff level as an indicator of financial efficiency, and the index of carbon dioxide emis- sions as an indicator of environmental sustainability. Annex A reports the full list of variables collected in our database. Added performance indicators are the following: quality, such as the Power Market Structure and Performance: Analytical Framework       41 Table 1.2  Selected Power Sector Performance Indicators Variables Definition Access Residential access =N umber of residential connections divided by the total (% population) ­population Operational efficiency Energy sold per employee  mount of generated power consumed from the =A (MWh per employee) interconnected system divided by the number of employees of the power supply entities for the whole power market (MWh per employee) Financial efficiency Tariff level  verage tariff ($ cent per kWh) =A ($ cent per kWh) Environmental sustainability Carbon Emissions Index (CO2 ton per kWh) =E nergy generated from each energy source weighted with the following coefficients of CO2 emission intensity by weight per unit of electricity generated divided by total amount of energy generated (coal = 1.00; petroleum fuels = 0.94; natural gas = 0.63; renewable energy and nuclear power = zero) Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: kWh = kilowatt-hour; MWh = megawatt-hour. System Average Interruption Duration Index (SAIDI) and the System Average Interruption Frequency Index (SAIFI); operational efficiency, such as capacity utilization and load factor; financial efficiency, such as the cost recovery index; long-run environmentally sustainability indica- tors, such as the share of renewables; and energy endowment, such as reserve capacity and self-sufficiency. Tables 1.3 and 1.4 report the explanatory variables that our model uses to determine power sector performance. Table 1.3 includes a com- prehensive list of policy variables, such as the degree of vertical unbun- dling and the degree of concentration and private sector participation of each segment of the market, as well as the introduction of an autonomous regulator. Table 1.4 introduces the key control variables related to GDP per capita and power system size, with particular attention given to Group A­ and Group D, the interaction between the groups with the policy variables, as well as additional indicators, including the financial crisis ­ for Latin America, capital investment, and the share of fossil fuels in ­generation. 42       Power Market Structure Table 1.3  Explanatory Sectoral Policy Variables Influencing Power Sector Performance (expected relationship) Expected sign Performance Environmental Variables Definition indicators indicators Degree of vertical unbundling Partial vertical =1  from the year of separation of + – unbundling generation from transmission and distribution = 0 otherwise Degree of disaggregation Degree of =t he reverse of the Herfindahl- + – disaggregation Hirschman Index (HHI), computed separately for the generation, transmission, and distribution segments; in the case of generation is expressed in installed generating capacity (MW); in the case of transmission is expressed in terms of kilometer (km) line length without discrimination between transmission voltage levels; in the case of distribution is expressed in terms of total retail sales (MWh) Degree of private sector participation Full vertical = 1from the year of separation of + – unbundling transmission from generation and distribution =0 otherwise Share of =t he percentage of private sector + – private sector participation expressed in installed participation generating capacity (MW) in the generation segment; expressed in terms of km line length in the transmission segment; and expressed in terms of total retail sales (MWh) in the distribution segment Regulation Introduction of  from the year of separation of =1 + + a regulatory transmission from generation and agency distribution  otherwise =0 Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: MW = megawatt; MWh = megawatt-hour. Power Market Structure and Performance: Analytical Framework       43 Table 1.4  Other Explanatory Variables Influencing Power Sector Performance (expected relationship) Expected sign Performance Environmental Variables Definition indicators indicators Basic controls GDP per capita  DP per capita, PPP (constant 2005 =G + + international $) Installed capacity Total installed capacity in the power = + – (MW) system (MW) Power system size group controls Group A =1 if above the threshold GDP per + + capita and installed capacity (determined by the lowest 25 percent of capacity and income of the sample) =0 otherwise Group D =1 if below the threshold GDP per – – capita and installed capacity (determined by the lowest 25 percent of capacity and income of the sample) =0 otherwise Group A* sectoral =Interacted variable between Group A + – reforms and each of the sectoral reforms (competition, privatization, and regulation) Other controls Financial crisis  for the 5 years after 2001 =1 –  otherwise =0 Share of fossil  ercentage of the total installed =P ? fuels (% installed capacity in fossil fuels (oil, coal, and capacity) natural gas Investment  apital expenditure per unit of energy =C + ($/MWh) generated (MWh) Investment  apital expenditure per unit of energy =C + ($/MWh) generated (MWh) Regional control Region Dummies=1 if region 1=EAP, 2=ECA, d_region1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 3=LAC, 4=MNA, 5=SAR, 6=SSA, 0 otherwise Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: GDP = gross domestic product; MW = megawatt; MWh = megawatt-hour; PPP = purchasing power parity; * = interactions between the variables. Regions: EAP = East Asia and Pacific, ECA = Europe and Central Asia, LAC = Latin America and the Caribbean, MNA = Middle East and North Africa, SAR = South Asia, SSA = Sub- Saharan Africa. 44       Power Market Structure Theoretical Hypotheses to Be Tested Hypothesis 1 concerns sectoral reforms and performance and traditional and environmental power sector performance for the overall sample. The implementation of key sectoral reforms, including vertical and horizontal unbundling, privatization, and regulation, is expected to be significantly associated with higher access and better operational and financial perfor- mance of the power sector. Such reforms may, however, be associated with environmentally nonsustainable outcomes. Some reforms, such as unbundling and wholesale competition, are expected to improve all indicators of technical and financial performance, but under some circumstances may tend to discourage low carbon options. The arguments put forward are that integrated firms can coordi- nate the development of the network to accommodate renewable genera- tions and that a single-buyer model allows policy makers to choose a mix of low carbon generators in a centralized and smoother way. The great advantage of a more competitive structure (compared to a vertically inte- grated one) is that new entrants can spot opportunities that incumbents have not exploited. A more competitive structure is generally more con- ducive to better investment decisions and innovative outcomes. Ultimately, which of the two effects will prevail is an empirical question, but one would presume that overall the former effects would dominate the latter. Hypothesis 2 addresses the differential impact of reforms depending on power system size and per capita income in Group A countries. Key sectoral reforms, particularly vertical and horizontal unbundling, are expected to produce the most significant results in the group of countries characterized by high power system size and income per capita. Such reforms are also likely to be associated with environmentally sustainable results for the same category of countries. Hypothesis 3 looks at the same impact of reforms for the countries in Group D. Key sectoral reforms, particularly vertical and horizontal unbundling, are not expected to be effective in the group of countries characterized by low power system size and low per capita income. Such reforms are also likely to be associated with environmentally unsustain- able results for the same category of countries. Testing the Hypotheses To gather from the data whether the hypotheses we moved forward are confirmed, we can calculate the two means between different groups (for example, the proportion of investment for the observations where verti- cal unbundling has been introduced) and compare them to see if one Power Market Structure and Performance: Analytical Framework       45 is greater than the other and, if so, by how much. The significance of differences between two sample means can be assessed using the t-statis- ­ tic calculated as part of the t-test. The t-statistic may be thought of as a scaled difference between the two means, where the absolute difference between means is rescaled using an estimate of the variability of the means. Such tests will be performed for each of the hypotheses. The test for the complete set of variables are reported in Annex B. Testing Hypothesis 1 Vertical unbundling is positively and significantly associated with better performance. Access and labor productivity are respectively 60 percent and 80 percent higher for systems that have introduced some form of vertical unbundling. Tariffs and CO2 emissions are lower by 10 percent and 5 percent, respectively, indicating a higher degree of competitiveness and environmental sustainability (see figure 1.9). Disaggregation in generation is also positively and significantly associ- ated with better performance, even if to a lower extent than vertical unbundling. Access and labor productivity are about 20 percent higher for systems that have reduced concentration in the generation segment of the market. Tariffs and CO2 emissions are lower by 5 percent and 2 per- cent, respectively, indicating a higher degree of competitiveness and environmental sustainability (see figure 1.10a). In general, disaggregation in distribution is also positively and signifi- cantly associated with better performance, with the exception of labor productivity. Access is 50 percent higher for systems that have reduced concentration in the distribution segment of the market. Labor ­ productivity is slightly lower but not significantly so. Tariffs and CO2 emissions are lower by 40 percent and 5 percent, respectively, indicating a higher degree of competitiveness and environmental sustainability (see figure 1.10b). The introduction of an autonomous regulator is positively and sig- nificantly associated with better performance. Access and labor produc- tivity are respectively 50 percent and higher and twice as high for systems that have introduced regulation. Tariffs are higher, indicating a stronger commitment to make tariffs more cost reflective. Finally, higher environmental sustainability is reached, with CO2 emissions lower by 3 percent (see figure 1.11). The introduction of private sector participation shows a trend similar to that for regulation, with the exception of labor productivity. Access is about 40 percent higher for systems that have introduced private par- ticipation. Labor productivity is 30 percent lower. Tariffs are 20 percent 46       Power Market Structure Figure 1.9  Links between Performance and Vertical Unbundling Vertical unbundling 100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 Residential access Energy sold per Tariff Emissions index (% population)*** employee (MWh)*** ($ per MWh)* (CO2 ton per kWh)*** Vertical unbundling Vertical integration Vertical unbundling Vertical integration t Residential access 78.3 49.7 –8.7 (% population)*** (27.7) (33.9) Energy sold per 32.8 18.3 –4.9 employee (MWh)*** (27.89) (17.03) 74.0 53.4 Tariff ($ per MWh)* 1.5 (32.8) (60.1) Emissions index 83.7 86.8 3.5 (CO2 ton per kWh)*** (6.4) (9.3) Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: The following adjustments were made to make the indicators fit in the same figure. Tariffs are measured as $ per MWh rather than as $ cent per kWh. Emissions index is measured by an index ranging from 0 to 100 rather than 0 to 1. Energy sold per employee (measured in MWh per employee) was divided by 100. *, **, *** indicate, respectively, level of significance of 10, 5, and 1 percent. kWh = kilowatt-hour; MWh = megawatt-hour. higher, reflecting the need to make tariffs more cost reflective to attract the private sector. Finally, higher environmental sustainability is reached, with CO2 emissions lower by 5 percent (see figure 1.12). Countries with higher power system-installed capacity are character- ized by significantly better performance than countries with lower installed capacity. Access and labor productivity are respectively 70 per- cent and four times higher for above average power systems. Tariffs and CO2 emissions are lower by 25 percent and 3 percent, respectively, indi- cating a higher degree of competitiveness and environmental sustainabil- ity (see figure 1.13a). Finally, countries with higher GDP per capita are characterized by significantly better performance than countries with lower GDP per capita. Access and labor productivity are respectively Power Market Structure and Performance: Analytical Framework       47 Figure 1.10  Links between Performance and Disaggregation (inverse of concentration) a. Disaggregation in generation 100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 Residential access Energy sold per Tariff ($ per MWh) Emissions index (% population)*** employee (MWh)** (CO ton per kWh)*** 2 Below average Above average t HHI in distribution HHI in distribution Residential access 71.9 48.3 5.6 (% population)*** (28.5) (36.3) Energy sold per 23.4 25.5 –1.2 employee (MWh)** (13.5) (28.5) 58.2 94.2 –5.8 Tariff ($ per MWh)*** (29.3) (49.1) Emissions index 84.8 87.9 –3.6 (CO2 ton per kWh)*** (3.9) (8.2) Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: The following adjustments were made to make the indicators fit in the same figure. Tariffs are measured as $ per MWh rather than as $ cent per kWh. Emissions index is measured by an index ranging from 0 to 100 rather than 0 to 1. Energy sold per employee (measured in MWh per employee) was divided by 100. *, **, *** indicate, respectively, level of significance of 10, 5, and 1 percent. HHI = Herfindahl-Hirschman Index; kWh = kilowatt-hour; MWh = megawatt-hour. b. Disaggregation in distribution 100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 Residential access Energy sold per Tariff Emissions index (% population)*** employee (MWh)** ($ per MWh)*** (CO2 ton per kWh)*** Below average HHI in distribution Above average HHI in distribution (continued next page) 48       Power Market Structure Figure 1.10  (continued) Below average Above average t HHI in generation HHI in generation Residential access 68.3 53.9 3.6 (% population)*** (35.2) (32.5) Energy sold per 27.7 22.2 1.7 employee (MWh)** (26.96) (19.79) 76.5 81.4 Tariff ($ per MWh)*** –0.8 (28.4) (60.1) Emissions index 84.1 86.2 –2.1 (CO2 ton per kWh)*** (5.9) (10.1) Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: The following adjustments were made to make the indicators fit in the same figure. Tariffs are measured as $ per MWh rather than as $ cent per kWh. Emissions index is measured by an index ranging from 0 to 100 rather than 0 to 1. Energy sold per employee (measured in MWh per employee) was divided by 100. *, **, *** indicate, respectively, level of significance of 10, 5, and 1 percent. HHI = Herfindahl-Hirschman Index; kWh = kilowatt-hour; MWh = megawatt-hour. Figure 1.11  Links between Performance and Regulation Regulation 120 100 80 60 40 20 0 Residential Energy sold Tariff ($ per Emissions index access per employee MWh)*** (CO2 ton per kWh)* (% populartion)*** (MWh)*** Autonomous regulator No autonomous regulator Autonomous No autonomous t regulator regulator Residential access 72.1 48.9 –6.7 (% population)*** (30.6) (34.8) Energy sold per 30.9 15.8 –5.1 employee (MWh)*** (25.1) (17.8) 108.7 66.4 Tariff ($ per MWh)*** –3.5 (111.5) (27.1) Emissions index 84.5 86.7 2.5 (CO2 ton per kWh)* (8.4) (8.4) Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: The following adjustments were made to make the indicators fit in the same figure. Tariffs are measured as $ per MWh rather than as $ cent per kWh. Emissions index is measured by an index ranging from 0 to 100 rather ­ nergy sold per employee (measured in MWh per employee) was divided by 100. *, **, *** indicate, than 0 to 1. E respectively, level of significance of 10, 5, and 1 percent. kWh = kilowatt-hour; MWh = megawatt-hour. Power Market Structure and Performance: Analytical Framework       49 Figure 1.12  Links between Performance and Privatization Degree of private ownership 120 100 80 60 40 20 0 Residential access Energy sold per Tariff ($ per Emissions index (% population)*** employee (MWh)** MWh)*** (CO2 ton per kWh)*** Above average private ownership Below average private ownership Above average Below average t private ownership private ownership Residential access 76.1 52.6 –4.7 (% population)*** (30.9) (35.1) Energy sold per 18.7 26.3 1.8 employee (MWh)** (11.9) (28.3) 99.8 83.7 Tariff ($ per MWh)*** –2.2 (52.3) (40.3) Emissions index 83.4 88.3 5.0 (CO2 ton per kWh)*** (7.7) (4.9) Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: The following adjustments were made to make the indicators fit in the same figure. Tariffs are measured as $ per MWh rather than as $ cent per kWh. Emissions index is measured by an index ranging from 0 to 100 rather ­ nergy sold per employee (measured in MWh per employee) was divided by 100. *, **, *** indicate, than 0 to 1. E ­ ignificance of 10, 5, and 1 percent. kWh = kilowatt-hour; MWh = megawatt-hour. respectively, level of s 60 percent and three times higher for above average income. Tariffs and CO2 emissions are 30 percent and 50 percent higher, indicating that utilities are able to charge more cost-oriented tariffs, but the higher gen- eration is reflected in higher pollution (see figure 1.13b). Testing Hypotheses 2 and 3 Figure 1.14 compares the average performance levels of all the selected countries as a group with the average levels for the country Groups A and D from 1999 to 2009 in terms of the four main performance indica- tors: access, energy sold per employee, tariff, and emissions index. Group A countries consistently outperform Group D countries on all indicators. 50       Power Market Structure Figure 1.13  Links between Performance and Power System Size and GDP per Capita a. Total installed capacity b. GDP per capita (PPP) 120 140 100 120 100 80 80 60 60 40 40 20 20 0 0 h) er h) er pl Ene )** s h) er h) x pl ne n)* ss W r h) x M pe n s W de W de W p W p tio ce tio ce p * * * * ** oy rg ** on issio ) ** (M old (M sold ** ** h r k in r k in ($ ($ * la l ac la l ac pe ns pe ns iff iff ee y s W pu tia pu tia e y ar ar on sio M oy rg po en po en T T i s e (% esid (% esid O m O Em E (C E R R 2 t 2t em em (C Above average total capacity Above average GDP per capita Below average total capacity Below average GDP per capita Above average Below average t total capacity total capacity Residential access 80.7 48.1 –9.2 (% population)*** (18.8) (36.4) Energy sold per 46.5 12.3 –15.3 employee (MWh)*** (23.8) (9.6) 73.8 95.9 Tariff ($ per MWh)** 2.0 (42.8) (93.5) Emissions index 83.9 86.6 2.9 (CO2 ton per kWh)** (9.8) (7.5) Above average Below average t GDP per capita GDP per capita Residential access 83.1 42.1 –13.9 (% population)*** (1.5) (2.5) Energy sold per 40.4 11.5 –11.3 employee (MWh)*** (25.2) (9.1) 97.0 90.7 Tariff ($ per MWh) –7.4 (50.9) (118.2) Emissions index 88.3 83.2 –6.2 (CO2 ton per kWh)** (8.9) (7.1) Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: The following adjustments were made to make the indicators fit in the same figure. Tariffs are measured as $ per MWh rather than as $ cent per kWh. Emissions index is measured by an index ranging from 0 to 100 rather than 0 to 1. Installed capacity (measured in MWh), and GDP per capita (measured in $) were d ­ ivided by 100. *, **, *** indicate, respectively, level of significance of 10, 5, and 1 percent. GDP = gross domestic product; kWh = kilowatt-hour; MWh = megawatt-hour; PPP = purchasing p ­ ower parity. Power Market Structure and Performance: Analytical Framework       51 Figure 1.14  Power Sector Performance Indicators over Time a. Access b. Energy sold per employee 100 6,000 90 5,000 (MWh/employee) 80 % population 70 4,000 60 50 3,000 40 30 2,000 20 1,000 10 0 0 20 9 20 0 20 1 20 2 20 9 20 0 20 1 20 2 20 3 20 4 20 5 20 6 20 7 20 8 09 03 20 4 20 5 20 6 20 7 20 8 09 9 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 9 0 0 0 0 19 20 19 Overall Group A Group D Overall Group A Group D c. Tariff d. Emissions index 12 88 86 11 84 (CO2 ton/kWh) $ cents/kWh 10 82 80 9 78 8 76 74 7 72 6 70 20 9 20 0 20 1 20 2 20 3 20 4 20 5 20 6 20 7 20 8 09 99 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 9 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Overall Group A Group D Overall Group A Group D Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: kWh = kilowatt-hour; MWh = megawatt-hour. Yet the trends for all performance indicators are rising—improving—for all country groups over this period. To get an initial indication from the data of whether hypotheses 2 and 3 are confirmed, we can calculate the two means within Group A and Group D of countries that have implemented unbundling together with other reforms (reduction in market concentration, introduction of an autonomous regulator, and introduction of private ownership) and others that have not done so and compare them to see if the levels of access, labor productivity, tariffs, and emissions are greater in one group than in the other, and by how much. The significance of differences between two sample means can be assessed using the t-statistic calculated as part of the t-test. The t-statistic may be thought of as a scaled difference between the two means, where the absolute difference between means is rescaled using an estimate of the variability of the means. Such tests will be per- formed for each of the hypotheses. Annex B reports the results of the t-test for all the variables collected in the database. 52       Power Market Structure The results of t-tests for Group A are presented in figure 1.15 for the selected variables for which we ran the econometric model. The results show that high levels of reforms are associated with higher residential access and lower emissions index. Labor productivity and tariffs do not appear to vary with the level of reforms. The same exercise was conducted for Group D. The results presented in figure 1.16 show no significant differences between the level of resi- dential access, the level of emissions index, and tariffs between the two Figure 1.15  Differential Impact of Performance Indicators Depending on Reforms for Group A Aggregate level of reforms, group A Residential access*** (% population) Energy sold per employee (MWh) Tariff ($ per MWh) Emissions index*** (CO2 ton per kWh) 0 20 40 60 80 100 High level of reforms Low level of reforms/no reforms Low level of High level of reforms t reforms/no reforms Residential access 87.5 70.9 –5.9 (% population)*** (10.7) (19.6) Energy sold per 37.7 39.2 0.3 employee (MWh) (32.2) (20.9) 84.2 83.0 Tariff ($ per MWh) –0.2 (23.3) (48.1) Emissions index 83.9 87.5 2.9 (CO2 ton per kWh)*** (5.3) (8.7) Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: The following adjustments were made to make the indicators fit in the same figure. Tariffs are measured as $ per MWh rather than as $ cent per kWh. Emissions index is measured by an index ranging from 0 to 100 rather than 0 to 1. Energy sold per employee (measured in MWh per employee), installed capacity (measured in MW), and GDP per capita (measured in $US) were divided by 100. *, **, *** indicate level of significance of 10, 5, and 1 percent, respectively. kWh = kilowatt-hour; MWh = megawatt-hour. Power Market Structure and Performance: Analytical Framework       53 Figure 1.16  Differential Impact of Performance Indicators Depending on Reforms for Group D Aggregate level of reforms, group D Residential access (% population) Energy sold per employee (MWh)*** Tariff ($ per MWh) Emissions index (CO2 ton per kWh) 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 High level of reforms Low level of reforms/no reforms High level of Low level of t reforms reforms/No reforms Residential access 5.5 5.9 0.4 (% population) (3.2) (2.5) Energy sold per 9.36 3.94 –8.2 employee (MWh)*** (2.56) (1.47) 69.1 75.6 Tariff ($ per MWh) 0.5 (5.7) (2.2) Emissions index 83.1 85.7 1.0 (CO2 ton per kWh) (0.7) (6.8) Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: The following adjustments were made to make the indicators fit in the same figure. Tariffs are measured as $ per MWh rather than as $ cent per kWh. Emissions index is measured by an index ranging from 0 to 100 rather than 0 to 1. Energy sold per employee (measured in MWh per employee) was divided by 100. *, **, *** indicate level of significance of 10, 5, and 1 percent, respectively. kWh = kilowatt-hour; MWh = megawatt-hour. groups, but do show a significant difference in the levels of labor produc- tivity. Higher levels of reforms are associated with significantly higher labor productivity. Evidence of Reform Outcomes from the Country Case Studies This section presents some snapshots of reform outcomes in four coun- tries selected from Group A—Argentina, Jordan, South Africa, and Indonesia—and four countries selected from Group D—Uganda, Kenya, 54       Power Market Structure Tanzania, and Zambia.1 The countries were selected to facilitate two comparisons of outcomes: one between Group A and Group D, and the other within each group between countries that have completed most of the reform stages and countries that have completed few reform stages. The outcomes used for this comparison are the four indicators of power sector performance (see table 1.2) that are used to measure the determinants of power sector performance analyzed earlier in the chapter: (1) residential access to electricity; (2) energy sold per employee of electricity suppliers as an indicator of labor productivity; (3) average electricity tariff level as an indicator of regulatory quality; and (4) the index of CO2 emissions as an indicator of environmental sustainability. The milestones of power sector reform for these countries are shown in figure 1.17 for the Group A countries and figure 1.18 for the Group D countries. It is evident that all of these countries have tried to improve the performance of their power sectors. Argentina, Jordan, and Uganda made the most progress in the reform process. South Africa, Indonesia, Tanzania, and Zambia made the least progress. According to the hypoth- eses tested in this study among the Group A countries, Argentina and Jordan should have performed better than South Africa and Indonesia in terms of the four indicators. On the other hand, according to these hypotheses, among the Group D countries the performance of Uganda and Kenya is not expected to be better than for Tanzania and Zambia. In short, unbundling and subsequently implemented reform stages are expected to be linked to an improvement in performance in Group A countries but not in Group D countries, after allowing for exogenous fac- tors that affect performance. The trends in these countries’ performance indicators are shown in figures 1.19 to 1.22. Access is shown in figure 1.19. For Argentina and Jordan the access rate increased from about 90 and 65 percent, respec- tively, in the mid-1990s to almost 100 percent by 2008. In South Africa and Indonesia the access rate also increased at a much higher rate to reach up to 80 percent by 2008, from much lower levels than Argentina and Jordan during the same time period. Given the difference in starting levels, all four Group A countries performed credibly on this indicator. For the Group D countries, all four countries had very low access rates, but the comparison is inconclusive because Kenya and Tanzania increased their access rates steadily, and Uganda and Zambia had setbacks in their access rates around 2005, recording little progress thereafter. Figure 1.17  Milestones of Power Sector Reform in Four Group A Countries a. Milestones of power sector reform in Argentina Regulator DISCO (ENRE) privatization and continues wholesale (EDELAP: old GENCOs Political and Energy Gas electricity SEGBA) privatization. economic crisis— imports market Privatization of TRANSENER crisis reduction from (MEM) start TRANSENER buys of gas Bolivia operations TRANSBA supply started 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995–1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2007 2008 2009 Law First DISCO Privatization Devaluation Reduction 24,065— privatization of DISCOs and Emergency of gas New (EDENOR and continues Act passed— exports to regulatory EDESUR: old freezing retail Chile framework— SEGBA). tariffs (public Vertical and First GENCO emergency and horizontal privatizations exchange unbundling (Central Puerto, regime law) Central Costanera: old SEGBA, Thermal plant Alto Valle: old AyEE) Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. 55   Note: The milestones are reported in different shades: white = main external factors; light gray = main government interventions; dark gray = main private sector involvements. AyEE = Agua y Energía Eléctrica; DISCOs = distribution companies; EDELAP = Empresa Distribuidora La Plata; EDENOR = Empresa Distribuidora Norte; EDESUR = Empresa Distribuidora Sur; ENRE = Ente Nacional Regulador de la Electricad; GENCOs = generation companies; MEM = Mercado Eléctrico Mayorista; SEGBA = Servicios Eléctricos del Gran Buenos Aires; TRANSBA = Empresa de Trans- porte de Energía Eléctrica por Distribución Troncal de la Provincia de Buenos Aires; TRANSENER = Compañia de Transporte de Energia Eléctrica en Alta Tensión. (continued next page) Figure 1.17  (continued) 56 b. Milestones of power sector reform in Jordan Jordanian General Electricity General Agreement Agreement cabinet Electricity Regulatory Electricity signed with signed with decides to Law No. 10 Commission Law No. 64 IPP for first IPP for restructure issued. JEA (ERC) passed. project second JEA as a renamed the established Legal basis financed project public National for ERC, its generation financed holding Electric operations plant in generation company Power (licenses, Jordan plant in Company tariffs, etc.) (Amman Jordan (Al (NEPCO) East) Qatrana) <1994 1994 1996 1999 2001 2002 2007 2007 2009 Jordan Electricity NEPCO corporatized and unbundled Samra CEGCO, Authority (JEA) into three companies: Electric IDECO, and dominant supplier— • Transmission, system operation, Power EDCO state-owned monoploy and single buyer Company privatized in generation and • Central Electric Generating (SEPGCO) through sale transmission Company (CEGCO) established of state and some distribution. • Electricity Distribution Company (state owned) shares Two DISCOs: JEPCO (EDCO) (private) and IDECO (public and private) Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: The milestones are reported in different shades: light gray = main government interventions; dark gray = main private sector involvements. CEGCO = Central Electric Generating Company; EDCO = Electricity Distribution Company; IDECO = Irbid District Electricity Company; IPP = independent power producer; JEA = Jordan Electricity Authority; JEPCO = Jordanian Electric Power Company; NEPCO = National Electric Power Company. c. Milestones of power sector reform in South Africa New policy “Managed Eskom emerges: liberalization” “White Paper process of the Eskom Electricity program of Eskom’s on Energy electricity price Control electrifying bonds Policy” supply increases Board 700,000 Eskom down- to allow industry approved established new corporatized rated by competition approved by NERSA households Moody. 1922 1987 1991 1995 1998 2001 2002 2003 2004 2008 National Eskom South Africa Eskom blocks Electricity Electricity issues Conversion exports to Act Regulator corporate Act Botswana, (NER) bonds established which relies on them for 70% of its total supply Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: The milestones are reported in different shades: white = main external factors; light gray = main government interventions. NERSA = National Electricity Regulator of South Africa (previously National Electricity Regulator [NER]). (continued next page) 57   Figure 1.17  (continued) 58 d. Milestones of power sector reform in Indonesia Fast track program to 2003 Law build on SOE— 10,000 • PresidentiaI Government MW of Decree Financial under • Social coal-fired allowing crisis. obligation safety net generating private Devaluation to established plants and entry of compensate • Domestic 10,000 MW Electricity • First IPP Indonesian the losses of fuel prices renewable Law entry currency PLN increase energy 2003 1985 1976 1992 1994 1997 2005 2006 2004 27 PPAs Renegotiation of signed PPA concluded Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: The milestones are reported in different shades: white = main external factors; light gray = main government interventions; dark gray = main private sector involvements. IPP = independent power producer; MW = megawatt; PLN = Perusahaan Listrik Negara; PPA = power purchase agreement; SOE = state-owned enterprise. Figure 1.18  Milestones of Power Sector Reform in Four Group D Countries a. Milestones of power sector reform in Uganda First PPA UEB unbundled signed into generation Second PPA with IPP to (UEGCL), UETCL signed with develop the transmission becomes another IPP Bujagali (UETCL), and the single to develop hydropower distribution buyer of the Bujagali project (IPP (UEDCL) bulk power hydropower withdrew later) companies in Uganda project 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006–07 Cabinet Electricity UEGCL’s UEDCL’s Drought in approves the Regulatory assets are distribution East Africa Power Sector Authority privatized business is region cuts Restructuring (ERA) under a privatized hydropower and Privatization created long-term under a output Strategy (PSRPS). concession concession Electricity Act with UMEME then passed. Source: An elaboration of the Power Market Structure database. Notes: The milestones are reported in different shades: white = main external factors; light gray = main government interventions; dark gray = main private sector involvements. IPP = independent power producer; PPA = power purchase agreement; UEB = Uganda Electricity Board; UEDCL = Uganda Electricity Distribution Company Limited; UEGCL = Uganda Electricity Generation Company Ltd.; UETCL = Uganda Electricity Transmission Company. (continued next page) 59   Figure 1.18  (continued) 60 b. Milestones of power sector reform in Kenya Kenya Electricity Two tariff KPC renamed Transmission increases. as KenGen. Company The two All transmission created. state-owned and distribution First IPP All transmission companies, assets entry by and distribution TRDC and consolidated New Enactment two assets KPC, are under KPLC energy of new private consolidated consolidated Drought policy Energy Act generators under KPLC 1994 1997 1998 1999 2001 2004 2006 2007 2008 2009 1996 Enactment Regulatory Tariff Two-year Electricity Five PPAs of Electric body increase KPLC Regulatory replace Power Act. made management Board the interim Regulatory operational contract transformed PPA body into the Energy between created Regulatory KenGen Commission and KPLC Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: The milestones are reported in different shades: white = main external factors; light gray = main government interventions; dark gray = main private sector involvements. IPP = independent power producer; KenGen = Kenya Electricity Generating Company; KPC = Kenya Pipeline Company; KPLC = Kenya Power and Lighting Company; PPA = power purchase agreement; TRDC = Tana River Development Company. c. Milestones of power sector reform in Tanzania First national IPTL, a diesel-fired • TANESCO Second TANESCO Tariff energy IPP, begins selling management national management increased policy power in 2002. contract energy expires and by framework TANESCO enters renewed for policy- is not EWURA into a two-year another 2.5 framework renewed management years contract with • Songas, a NETGroup natural Solutions of gas IPP, goes South Africa online in July 1992 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 Regulatory 2003–2006: Energy and law severe droughts Water Utilities passed Regulatory Authority (EWURA) established in late 2006 Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: The milestones are reported in different shades: white = main external factors; light gray = main government interventions; dark gray = main private sector involvements. EWURA = Energy and Water Utilities Regulatory Authority; IPP = independent power producer; IPTL = Independent Power Tanzania Limited; TANESCO = Tanzania Electric Supply Company. (continued next page) 61   Figure 1.18  (continued) d. Milestones of power sector reform in Zambia 62 First performance contract between ZESCO and Government ZESCO Tariff Nationwide ZESCO ZESCO Energy government review of defining Energy rescinded files power established converted Regulation Act ZESCO operational Regulation from a tariff outages. into a of 1995 proposal, benchmark Board (ERB) privatization petition DSM limited passed, with an of ZESCO introduced share allowing for over a 3-year, established average company private sector period 60% participation increase 1970 1988 1995 1996 1997 2002 2003 2005 2007 2008 Entry of Lunsemfwa ZESCO Lunsemfwa becomes CEC listed on forced to Hydro operational the stock suspend Power exchange. exports Company NEC licensed as IPP by the ERB to distribute electricity in Lumwana Source: An elaboration of the Power Market Structure database. Note: The milestones are reported in different shades: light gray = main government interventions; dark gray = main private sector involvements. CEC = Copperbelt Energy Corporation; DSM = demand-side management; ERB = Energy Regulation Board; IPP = independent power producer; NEC = Ndola Energy Company; ZESCO = Zambia Electricity Supply Corporation. Figure 1.19  Country Performance for Access to Electricity by Households in Groups A and D Argentina: Access to residential electricity Jordan: Access to residential electricity 45 100 7 100 40 98 90 6 35 80 96 5 70 30 60 Percent Percent Million 94 Million 25 4 50 20 92 3 40 15 30 90 2 10 20 5 88 1 10 0 86 0 0 95 96 97 98 06 99 01 07 00 02 08 03 04 05 95 96 97 98 99 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 19 19 19 19 20 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 19 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 South Africa: Access to residential electricity Indonesia: Access to residential electricity 60 90 250 80 80 70 50 200 70 60 40 60 150 50 Percent Percent Million Million 50 30 40 40 100 30 20 30 20 20 10 50 10 10 0 0 0 0 98 06 07 08 99 98 09 00 01 02 99 00 01 03 04 05 03 02 04 05 06 07 08 09 20 19 19 20 20 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Population without access Residential customers with access Access rate (continued next page) 63   Figure 1.19  (continued) 64 Kenya: Access to residential electricity Uganda: Access to residential electricity 45 16 35 6 40 14 30 5 35 12 25 30 10 4 Percent Percent Million Million 25 20 8 3 20 15 15 6 2 4 10 10 2 5 1 5 0 0 0 0 20 6 09 19 2 19 3 94 19 5 19 6 97 19 8 99 20 0 01 20 2 20 3 04 20 5 07 20 8 1989 19 0 19 1 1992 1993 19 4 1995 19 6 1997 19 8 2099 20 0 20 2 20 4 2001 20 6 2003 2005 2007 20 8 09 0 0 0 9 9 9 9 9 0 0 0 9 9 9 9 9 0 0 0 0 0 19 20 20 20 20 19 19 19 Tanzania: Access to residential electricity Zambia: Access to residential electricity 45 14 14 30 40 12 12 25 35 10 10 30 20 Percent Percent Million Million 25 8 8 15 20 6 6 15 10 4 4 10 2 2 5 5 0 0 0 0 19 0 19 1 19 2 93 19 4 19 5 19 6 19 7 98 20 9 20 0 09 20 1 20 2 20 3 04 20 5 20 6 20 7 20 8 19 0 19 1 19 2 19 3 94 19 5 19 6 19 7 19 8 20 9 00 20 1 20 2 20 3 20 4 05 20 6 20 7 08 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 0 0 0 0 0 0 19 19 19 20 19 19 20 20 Population without access Residential customers with access Access rate Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Power Market Structure and Performance: Analytical Framework       65 Labor productivity improved for all the countries in both groups when measured by an increase in the amount of energy sold per employee of electricity suppliers (figure 1.20). This improvement was achieved by an increase in energy sales for all the countries and a reduction in the num- ber of employees for some of the countries. Because employment level is one of the most contentious issues for power sector reform, it is worth noting that some of the countries that unbundled their power sectors (Argentina and Uganda, for example) reduced the number of employees, but others that unbundled (Jordan, for example) increased the number of employees. Moreover, among the countries that did not unbundle their power sectors, some—South Africa, Indonesia, Tanzania, and Zambia— reduced the number of employees, and none increased the number of employees. Therefore, no clear difference between extent of power sector reform and labor productivity emerges from this snapshot, as in the case of access. Electricity tariffs and employment levels are generally contentious issues for power sector reform. In the four Group A countries, Argentina had very low tariffs, first because of the success of the new wholesale electricity market, and then when capacity became short due to political pressures to keep tariff levels down. South Africa and Indonesia also had very low tariffs under political pressure,2 while Jordan’s tariffs were sufficient to cover the cost of power supply but were not high by global standards. In the four Group D countries, Zambia had extremely low tariffs, and Uganda, Kenya, and Tanzania kept tariffs at a moderate level. No clear difference between the extent of power sector reform and electricity tariff emerges from this snapshot (figure 1.21). Carbon dioxide emissions have not generally been one of the driving performance indicators for power sector reform in these countries. Any change to this indicator is therefore an incidental reform outcome in the sense that an increase in the index value does not necessarily indicate lack of success in achieving reform objectives, but instead shows where envi- ronmental and economic priorities can diverge. One example of this situ- ation is a country that has relied on hydropower increases its power generation from natural gas to reduce exposure to serious droughts and to provide a more economic portfolio of generation assets for meeting the demand for power. Argentina, Kenya, Uganda, and Tanzania fall into this category, and therefore their emissions index increased in the previous decade. Jordan and Zambia reduced their emissions index by switching from oil to natural gas in Jordan’s case and from coal to hydropower in Figure 1.20  Country Performance for Labor Productivity in Groups A and D 66 Argentina: Labor productivity Jordan: Labor productivity 4,500 35,000 1,600 10,000 employee, MWh/employee employee, MWh/employee 1,400 9,000 Number of customers/ Number of employees 4,000 Number of customers/ Number of employees 30,000 8,000 3,500 1,200 25,000 7,000 3,000 1,000 6,000 2,500 20,000 800 5,000 2,000 15,000 4,000 600 1,500 10,000 3,000 1,000 400 2,000 500 5,000 200 1,000 0 0 0 0 95 96 97 98 99 00 01 02 03 04 05 96 97 98 99 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 19 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 South Africa: Labor productivity Indonesia: Labor productivity employee, MWh/employee employee, MWh/employee 9,000 45,000 4,000 54,000 Number of customers/ Number of customers/ Number of employees Number of employees 8,000 40,000 3,500 52,000 7,000 35,000 3,000 50,000 6,000 30,000 2,500 5,000 25,000 48,000 2,000 4,000 20,000 46,000 3,000 15,000 1,500 1,000 44,000 2,000 10,000 1,000 5,000 500 42,000 0 0 0 40,000 09 19 2 93 19 4 95 19 6 19 7 98 20 9 00 20 1 20 2 03 20 4 05 20 6 99 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 7 08 9 9 9 9 9 0 0 0 0 0 20 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Number of employees in electricity sector Energy consumed/employee Number of residential customers/employee 67   Number of customers/ Number of customers/ employee, MWh/employee employee, MWh/employee 0 200 400 600 800 1,000 1,200 0 200 400 600 800 1,000 1,200 19 19 9 1989 19 2 9 1990 19 3 9 1991 19 4 9 1992 19 5 1993 96 19 1994 9 1995 19 7 9 1996 19 8 9 1997 20 9 0 1998 20 0 0 2099 20 1 2000 0 20 2 2001 0 2002 20 3 0 2003 Kenya: Labor productivity 20 4 Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. 0 Tanzania: Labor productivity 20 5 2004 0 2005 20 6 0 2006 20 7 2007 08 08 0 0 1,000 2,000 3,000 4,000 5,000 6,000 7,000 8,000 2,000 4,000 6,000 8,000 10,000 12,000 Number of employees Number of employees Number of customers/ Number of customers/ employee, MWh/employee employee, MWh/employee Energy consumed/employee 0 500 1,000 1,500 2,000 2,500 19 0 200 400 600 800 1,000 1,200 1,400 9 19 19 0 9 9 19 2 19 1 9 1993 19 2 Number of employees in electricity sector 9 1994 Number of residential customers/employee 19 3 94 1995 19 9 1996 19 5 9 1997 19 6 9 1998 19 7 2099 9 19 8 2000 9 20 9 2001 0 20 0 2002 01 20 2003 0 20 2 2004 Zambia: Labor productivity 0 Uganda: Labor productivity 20 3 2005 0 20 4 2006 0 2007 20 5 06 08 0 0 500 1,000 2,000 3,000 4,000 5,000 6,000 1,000 1,500 2,000 2,500 3,000 3,500 4,000 Number of employees Number of employees Figure 1.21  Country Performance for Tariffs in Groups A and D 68 Argentina: Average tariff and operating costs Jordan: Average tariff and operating costs 9.0 9.0 8.0 8.0 7.0 7.0 $ cents/kWh $ cents/kWh 6.0 6.0 5.0 5.0 4.0 4.0 3.0 3.0 2.0 2.0 1.0 1.0 0 0 94 95 96 97 98 99 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 99 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 19 19 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 South Africa: Average tariff and operating costs Indonesia: Average tariff and operating costs 3.5 14.0 3.0 12.0 2.5 10.0 $ cents/kWh $ cents/kWh 2.0 8.0 1.5 6.0 1.0 4.0 0.5 2.0 0 0 19 0 19 1 19 2 93 19 4 19 5 19 6 19 7 19 8 99 20 0 20 1 02 20 3 20 4 20 5 20 6 07 20 8 09 98 99 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 19 19 20 20 20 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Average tariff Total opex per unit consumed Kenya: Average tariff and operating costs Uganda: Average tariff and operating costs 20.0 18.0 18.0 16.0 16.0 14.0 $ cents/kWh 14.0 12.0 $ cents/kWh 12.0 10.0 10.0 8.0 8.0 6.0 6.0 4.0 4.0 2.0 2.0 0 0 19 9 19 0 1991 19 2 1993 19 4 1995 19 6 1997 19 8 20 9 20 0 2001 20 2 20 3 20 4 20 5 20 6 20 7 08 19 2 19 3 94 19 5 19 6 19 7 19 8 20 9 20 0 20 1 20 2 20 3 20 4 20 5 20 6 20 7 08 8 9 9 9 9 9 9 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 19 19 19 Tanzania: Average tariff and operating costs Zambia: Average tariff and operating costs 12.0 3.0 10.0 2.5 $ cents/kWh $ cents/kWh 8.0 2.0 6.0 1.5 4.0 1.0 2.0 0.5 0 0 19 0 19 1 19 2 19 3 19 4 19 5 19 6 19 7 19 8 20 9 20 0 20 1 20 2 20 3 20 4 20 5 20 6 20 7 08 95 96 97 98 99 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 19 19 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Average tariff Total opex per unit consumed Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: Opex = operational expenditures/costs. 69   70       Power Market Structure Zambia’s case. No clear difference between extent of power sector reform and carbon dioxide emissions emerges from this snapshot (­ figure 1.22). Conclusions Table 1.5 summarizes the analytical evidence for the results of the analy- sis carried out for this study. The results confirm the following conclu- sions for policy guidance on power market restructuring for developing countries: • Vertical unbundling delivers results in terms of several performance indicators when used as an entry point to implement broader reforms, particularly by introducing a sound regulatory framework, attracting private sector participation, and reducing the degree of concentration of the generation and distribution segments of the market by attracting additional numbers of public and private players. • There seems to be a credible empirical basis for selecting a threshold power system size and per capita income level below which unbun- dling of the power supply chain is not expected to be worthwhile. • Partial forms of unbundling do not appear to drive improvements, probably because the owner was able to continue exercising control over the affairs of the sector and hinder the development of competi- tive pressure within the power market. The analysis with the regression model used for the study produces the following main findings for each of the reform indicators (Vagliasindi 2012). Vertical Unbundling • The level of access is positively linked to full vertical unbundling, even if not significantly so. Partial unbundling is negatively and significantly associated with lower levels of access. • The level of labor productivity (expressed in terms of energy sold per employee) is significantly reduced by both partial and full vertical unbundling. • Full unbundling significantly enhances the level of tariffs, whereas par- tial unbundling has no significant impact on tariffs. • Partial and vertical unbundling is associated with higher carbon emis- sions, but only partial unbundling significantly so. Figure 1.22  Country Performance for CO2 Emissions in Groups A and D Argentina: Electricity generation by source and Jordan: Electricity generation by source and carbon emissions index carbon emissions index 120,000 0.6 16,000 0.95 100,000 0.5 14,000 0.90 CO2 ton/kWh 12,000 CO2 ton/kWh 80,000 0.4 0.85 10,000 GWh GWh 60,000 0.3 8,000 0.80 40,000 0.2 6,000 0.75 4,000 20,000 0.1 2,000 0.70 0 0 0 0.65 19 1 19 2 19 3 19 4 19 5 19 6 19 7 19 8 99 20 0 20 1 02 20 3 20 4 20 5 20 6 20 7 08 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 2099 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 08 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 19 20 20 19 Hydro Thermal Nuclear Carbon emissions index Natural gas Petroleum fuels Carbon emissions index South Africa: Electricity generation by source and Indonesia: Electricity generation by source and carbon emissions index carbon emissions index 300,000 120,000 0.8 1.00 0.98 100,000 0.7 250,000 0.6 CO2 ton/kWh CO2 ton/kWh 0.96 80,000 200,000 0.94 0.5 GWh GWh 150,000 0.92 60,000 0.4 0.90 40,000 0.3 100,000 0.88 0.2 50,000 0.86 20,000 0.1 0 0.84 0 0 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 2099 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 08 99 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Nuclear Coal Hydro Carbon emissions index Steam Gas turbine Diesel Carbon emissions index (continued next page) 71   Figure 1.22  (continued) 72 Kenya: Electricity generation by source Uganda: Electricity generation by source 6,000 and carbon emissions index 0.35 2,500 and carbon emissions index 0.25 5,000 0.30 2,000 0.20 Drought CO2 ton/kWh CO2 ton/kWh 0.25 4,000 GWh 1,500 0.15 GWh 0.20 3,000 0.15 1,000 0.10 2,000 0.10 1,000 500 0.05 0.05 0 0 0 0 19 9 19 0 19 1 19 2 19 3 19 4 19 5 19 6 19 0 19 1 19 2 19 3 19 4 19 5 19 6 19 7 19 8 20 9 20 0 20 1 20 2 97 19 8 20 9 20 0 20 1 02 20 3 20 4 20 5 06 20 7 08 03 20 4 20 5 20 6 20 7 08 8 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 0 0 0 9 9 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 19 19 19 20 20 20 Hydro Geothermal Thermal Carbon emissions index Hydro Geothermal Thermal Carbon emissions index Tanzania: Electricity generation by source Zambia: Electricity generation by source 5,000 0.50 12,000 0.010 and carbon emissions index and carbon emissions index 0.009 4,500 0.45 4,000 10,000 0.008 0.40 CO2 ton/kWh 0.007 CO2 ton/kWh 3,500 0.35 8,000 3,000 0.30 0.006 GWh GWh 2,500 0.25 6,000 0.005 2,000 0.20 0.004 0.15 4,000 0.003 1,500 1,000 0.10 2,000 0.002 500 0.05 0.001 0 0 0 0 19 0 19 1 19 2 19 3 19 4 19 5 19 6 19 7 19 8 20 9 20 0 20 1 2002 20 3 20 4 20 5 20 6 20 7 20 8 09 19 9 19 0 19 1 19 2 19 3 19 4 19 5 19 6 19 7 19 8 20 9 20 0 20 1 20 2 20 3 20 4 20 5 20 6 20 7 08 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 9 9 8 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 19 19 Renewable sources (hydro, biogas) Hydro Geothermal Thermal Carbon emissions index Nonrenewable sources (gas, fiesel, coal, HFO) Carbon emissions index Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: GWh = gigawatt-hour; HFO = heavy fuel oil. Power Market Structure and Performance: Analytical Framework       73 Table 1.5  Summary of Analytical Evidence Labor Access productivity Tariff Emissions index Group A D A D A D A D Vertical unbundling (either partial or full) Unbundling – – +** +* Unbundling* +*** –*** – +* – + –** +** group Full vertical unbundling Full unbundling + –* +*** + Full unbundling* +*** –*** – +* –*** +*** –*** +*** group Degree of disaggregation Disaggregation +*** + –*** –*** Disaggregation* +*** –*** +** – + - –*** –*** group Regulation Regulation +*** +*** +*** –*** Regulation* Group +*** –*** +*** –** –*** +*** +*** –*** Privatization Privatization +*** +*** +** +*** Privatization* + –* +** –** + – – + group Control variables GDP per capita +*** +*** +*** + Installed capacity +*** +*** +*** –*** GDP per capita* –*** –*** –*** +*** capacity Explanatory power Within R2 64 90 54 22 (fixed effect) Between R2 92 77 52 30 (random effect) Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: GDP = gross domestic product. *, **, *** indicate, respectively, level of significance of 10, 5, and 1 percent. The differential impact of vertical unbundling in Groups A and D is as follows: • Vertical unbundling (in both specifications, namely either partial or full or full only) when applied to Group A countries is significantly associ- ated with enhanced access and more sustainable levels of CO2 ­emissions 74       Power Market Structure generated by fossil fuels, reflecting economic and environmental ben- efits to power users due to the increased efficiency of use of fossil fuels. The opposite result holds for Group D countries. • There is no significant link between vertical unbundling and enhanced operational or financial efficiency for Group A, but the link is positive and significant for Group D. This result implies that for Group A the high prevailing level of labor productivity offers decreasing returns to scale, or there is an increasing use of outsourcing. For Group D the benefits of unbundling may be reflected mainly through restructuring and laying off of redundant employees. Degree of Disaggregation • The level of access is positively and significantly linked to the increase of disaggregation in generation. This result can be interpreted noting that developing countries have been able to scale up access after attract- ing more players and investment in generation. • Labor productivity is enhanced by the increase of disaggregation in distribution. More players in distribution are expected to drive effi- ciency gains through means such as benchmark competition. • More disaggregation in distribution drives electricity tariffs down, most likely as a result of benchmark competition and less collusion between players in the market. • Higher competition in generation is significantly associated with higher sustainable environmental outcomes, reducing the carbon emissions from fossil fuels. The differential impact of disaggregation in Groups A and D is as ­follows: • Higher disaggregation of the generation segment of the market when interacted with Group A is significantly associated with enhanced access and more sustainable levels of CO2 emissions generated by fos- sil fuels, reflecting the benefits to the users as well as to the environ- ment, due to increased efficiency of the use of fossil fuels when more players are introduced. For Group D a trade-off emerges between reduced access and a more sustainable level of CO2 emissions gener- ated by fossil fuels. Power Market Structure and Performance: Analytical Framework       75 • Reduction in the concentration of the distribution segment of the mar- ket for the countries belonging to Group A is positively and significantly linked with enhanced operational efficiency, but there are no links with enhanced financial efficiency. This implies that for countries where the achieved level of tariff is already high there are decreasing returns to scale. Reduction in the concentration of the distribution segment of the market for the countries belonging to Group D is negatively linked with operational and financial efficiency, but not significantly so. Regulation • The introduction of an autonomous regulator is significantly and posi- tively associated with higher access, confirming that regulators can also play an important role in ensuring that contracts are effectively designed. • The presence of an autonomous regulator has significantly contributed to higher labor productivity, most likely by creating a more even play- ing field to attract private participation in distribution. • The presence of an autonomous regulator is significantly and positively associated with higher tariffs, reflecting the need to insulate crucial decisions related to pricing from political interference. • The presence of an autonomous regulator is significantly associated with lower carbon emissions, proving that environmental consider- ations started to be given a relatively higher priority compared to the traditional functions of energy policy and regulation, such as to protect consumers from high prices and ensure that power firms will be able to recoup their investment. The differential impact of regulation in Groups A and D is as follows: • The introduction of an autonomous regulator when interacted with Group A is significantly associated with enhanced access, higher opera- tional efficiency, lower tariffs, and a more sustainable level of CO2 emissions generated by fossil fuels, reflecting the benefits to users, pro- ducers, and the environment because of increased efficiency in the use of fossil fuels. • The introduction of an autonomous regulator in Group D is signifi- cantly associated with reduced access, lower operational efficiency, 76       Power Market Structure and higher tariffs, all of which reflect a lack of benefits to users and producers. It is, however, associated with a more sustainable level of CO2 emissions generated from fossil fuels. This result underscores the challenges in implementing regulatory reforms in this group of countries. Private Sector Participation • The introduction of private sector participation in generation is signifi- cantly linked to access expansions, proving that independent power producers and divestiture of formerly state-owned generators can deliver positive results. The introduction of private sector participation also helped to significantly enhance operational efficiency and labor productivity in distribution. • A higher share of private sector participation significantly raises the level of tariffs, most likely reflecting the need to raise tariffs to attract private participation in distribution. • Private ownership in generation is significantly and positively associ- ated with less environmental sustainable outcomes, raising the carbon emissions from burning fossil fuels. The differential impact of private sector participation in Groups A and D is as follows: • The introduction of private sector participation in the generation seg- ment of the market when interacted with Group A is not significantly associated with access or carbon emissions generated from fossil fuels. This implies that for countries belonging to Group A the achieved level of access is already so high that privatization of generation is not sought to enhance connectivity. There is no significant evidence of environ- mental unsustainability brought by the private sector in generation. The introduction of private sector participation in the generation seg- ment of the market when interacted with Group D is significantly asso- ciated with a reduced level of access but is not significantly linked to the carbon emissions generated by fossil fuels. • The introduction of private sector participation in the distribution seg- ment of the market for the countries belonging to Group A is positively and significantly linked with enhanced operational efficiency, but there Power Market Structure and Performance: Analytical Framework       77 are no links with enhanced financial efficiency. Instead, the overall link between private sector participation in distribution and tariff was posi- tive and significant, suggesting that more cost-reflective tariffs were needed to attract the private sector. This seems to imply that for Group A countries the already achieved level of tariff is enough to attract private sector participation in distribution. The introduction of private sector participation in the distribution segment of the market for the countries belonging to Group D is negatively and significantly linked with operational efficiency, but there are no links with enhanced financial efficiency. Control Variables • As expected, countries characterized either by higher income or larger system size are also characterized by significantly higher levels of access, labor productivity, and tariffs. The links with environmentally sustainable outcomes are different. Ceteris paribus, as one would expect, higher-income countries are positively associated to higher carbon emissions, whereas countries characterized by larger system size are negatively and significantly associated to lower carbon emis- sions. The latter result is most likely due to the presence of economies of scale and the fact that smaller and isolated systems are in many cases mostly dependent on oil imports and find it more difficult to diversify sources of energy. • The interacted term between GDP per capita and power system size is negative, revealing decreasing returns to scale by the highest-income countries—such as the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development countries—which have already achieved close to univer- sal access and face an exponentially increasing cost in connecting each new consumer as they approach full coverage. The explanatory power of these variables is very high, reaching 90 percent in the preferred specification of random effects. Directions for New Research For the purposes of this research the countries in the sample were divided into different categories based on the specific threshold levels of system size and income. The selected thresholds are in line with the previous research (Besant-Jones 2006). A different way of categorizing countries would be to apply a cluster analysis. This technique allows assigning a set 78       Power Market Structure of observations into subsets, such as GDP per capita and power system size, but the subsets differ from each other. The application of the cluster analysis allows obtaining the optimal number of subsets as well as the threshold levels based on the underlying data. Different definitions of the aggregate index of reforms can be used to examine the robustness of the results to the different specifications. More sophisticated dynamic error correction models and the instrumental vari- able approach to allow for potential possible endogenous biases can be used in future research. Finally, additional performance indicators, including indicators of qual- ity (such as SAIDI and SAIFI), operational efficiency (such as capacity utilization and load factor), financial efficiency (such as cost recovery index), and long-run environmentally sustainability indicators (such as the share of renewables) and energy endowment (such as reserve capacity and self-sufficiency) can be studied in more detail with the help of the econometric models. Annex A List of Performance Indicators Included in the Database Whereas the outcomes used for our econometric and case study analysis are selected ones, the database includes indicators of access (namely, residential access to electricity), quality (SAIDI and SAIFI), operational efficiency (such as energy sold per employee of electricity supplied, capacity utilization, load factor), financial efficiency (such as the average level of tariff and the cost recovery index), environmentally sustainability indicators (such as the carbon dioxide emissions index and the share of renewable energy in generation), and energy endow- ment (such as reserve capacity and self-sufficiency), as reported in table 1A.1. Annex B Testing Hypotheses for the Set of Indicators To get an initial indication from the data of whether the hypotheses we moved forward are confirmed, we can calculate the two means between different groups (for example, the proportion of investment for the observations where vertical unbundling has been introduced) and compare them to see if one is greater than the other, and by how much. The significance of differences between two sample means can be Power Market Structure and Performance: Analytical Framework       79 Table 1A.1  Performance Indicators Variables Definition Access Residential access umber of residential connections divided by the total = N (% population) ­population. Quality SAIDI  ystem Average Interruption Duration Index. Average =S (hours per customer) duration of interruptions to power supply experienced ­ by a consumer. SAIFI  ystem Average Interruption Frequency Index. Average =S (number per customer) number of interruptions to power supply experienced by a consumer. Operational efficiency Energy sold per employee  mount of the energy consumed from the =A (MWh per employee) interconnected system divided by the number of employees of the power supply entities for the whole power market. Capacity utilization (%)  mount of energy generated divided by the total =A nominal generating capacity on the interconnected system. Load factor (%)  utput of a power plant divided by the maximum =O output it can produce. Financial efficiency Tariff level ($ cent per kWh) = Average tariff. Cost recovery index (%) =R atio of average revenue yield divided by average supply cost for all distributors as a group. Debt ratio (%) = Utilities’ equity divided by liability. Environmental sustainability Carbon Emissions Index  nergy generated from each fuel weighted with the =E (CO2 ton/kWh) following coefficients of CO2 emission intensity by weight per unit of electricity generated divided by total amount of energy generated (coal = 1.00; petroleum fuels = 0.94; natural gas = 0.63; renewable energy and nuclear power = zero). Share renewable (%)  mount of energy generated from renewable sources =A to the total amount of energy generated. Energy endowment Reserve capacity (%)  available capacity during peak demand (MW)/peak =( ­ demand (MW)) – 1 Self-sufficiency (%)  roportion of total bulk energy supply derived from =P domestic energy resources. ­ Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: kWh = kilowatt-hour; MWh = megawatt-hour. 80       Power Market Structure assessed using the t-statistic calculated as part of the t-test. The t-statistic may be thought of as a scaled difference between the two means, where the absolute difference between means is rescaled using an estimate of the variability of the means. The results of the t-tests reveal the following trends. The percentage of the population with access to electric service is significantly higher in the systems characterized by the presence of an ­ autonomous regulator, vertical unbundling, higher levels of disaggrega- tion both in generation and in distribution sectors, and a higher share of private ownership. All results of the t-tests on access are statistically significant at the 1 percent level. Regarding quality, the graphs indicate that levels of SAIDI (duration of outages) and SAIFI (frequency of outages) tend to be lower in more lib- eralized systems. Statistical significance of the results of t-tests on quality varies across market structure variables. With respect to the relationship between market structure and opera- tional efficiency, the results of t-tests provide mixed evidence. Capacity utilization tends to be lower in more liberalized systems, but load factor in such systems is generally higher. The results of t-tests on labor produc- tivity that are statistically significant vary: energy sold per employee is higher when the generation sector is less concentrated, when the system is vertically unbundled, and when an independent regulator is present; it is lower when the share of private ownership is higher. T-tests were also applied to three indicators of financial efficiency. The tariff level is lower when the system is vertically unbundled and when more competition occurs in the distribution sector, but it is higher in the presence of an autonomous regulator and a higher share of private owner- ship. The cost recovery index is higher in all cases. Debt ratio appears to be affected by the market structure variables in different ways. According to t-tests, more liberalized market conditions are beneficial to the environment. All the graphs indicate lower emissions levels and higher reliance on renewable sources (except in the case of higher private ownership, although the result is not statistically significant). Energy security also seems to be positively affected by higher market disaggregation, presence of an autonomous regulator, and a higher degree of private ownership. Figures 1B.1 through 1B.5 depict higher levels of reserve capacity and self-sufficiency, except in the case of higher disag- gregation in generation (not a statistically significant result). Figures 1B.6 and 1B.7 illustrate relations of two key control variables, installed capacity and GDP per capita, and performance parameters. It is Power Market Structure and Performance: Analytical Framework       81 Figure 1B.1  Vertical Unbundling Residential access Access (% population)*** Quality SAIDI*** SAIFI Operational efficiency Energy sold per employee (MWh)*** Capacity utilization*** Load factor** Financial efficiency Tariff ($ per MWh)* Cost recovery index** Debt ratio*** Environmental sustainability Emissions index (CO2 ton per kWh)*** Share renewable*** Energy endowment Reserve capacity Self-sufficiency Control variables Installed capacity (MW)*** GDP per capita (US$)*** 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 Vertical unbundling Vertical integration Vertical unbundling Vertical integration t Residential access 78.4 49.3 –8.7 (% population)*** (28.1) (34.3) 10.4 22.6 SAIDI*** 4.0 (10.9) (22.8) 12.8 14.3 SAIFI 0.8 (12.2) (8.3) Energy sold per employee 33.6 18.7 –4.9 (MWh)*** (28.18) (17.17) 46.6 51.0 Capacity utilization*** 2.8 (15.9) (11.7) 73.5 71.0 Load factor** –1.7 (8.3) (9.3) 75.4 82.6 Tariff ($ per MWh)* 1.5 (3.2) (5.3) (continued next page) 82       Power Market Structure Figure 1B.1  (continued) Vertical unbundling Vertical integration t 110.9 97.5 Cost recovery index** –2.1 (64.3) (45.9) 57.3 47.1 Debt ratio*** –2.2 (23.8) (24.5) Emissions index 83.7 86.8 3.5 (CO2 ton per kWh)*** (6.4) (9.3) 41.9 32.1 Share renewable*** –3.1 (28.5) (33.8) 46.9 42.7 Reserve capacity –1.2 (35.0) (19.1) 98.5 97.5 Self-sufficiency –0.7 (6.6) (17.3) 244.7 90.4 Installed capacity (MW)*** –7.9 (257.4) (120.5) 85.7 61.7 GDP per capita (US$)*** –3.9 (60.4) (63.3) Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: The following adjustments were made to make the indicators fit in the same figure. Tariffs are measured as $ per MWh rather than as $ cent per kWh. Emissions index is measured by an index ranging from 0 to 100 rather than 0 to 1. Energy sold per employee (measured in MWh per employee), installed capacity (measured in MW), and GDP per capita (measured in US$) were divided by 100. *, **, *** indicate, respectively, level of significance of 10, 5, and 1 percent. SAIDI = System Average Interruption Duration Index; SAIFI = System Average Interruption ­Frequency Index. not surprising that the populations of countries with higher income and large system sizes tend to enjoy better access to electric service and higher quality of this service. Larger system size is associated with higher labor productivity, lower capacity utilization, higher load factor, lower tariffs, lower emissions index, lower share of renewable, and higher degree of self-sufficiency. Higher income is associated with higher labor productiv- ity, lower load factor, higher cost recovery index, lower debt ratio, higher emissions index, lower share of renewable, higher reserve capacity, and lower self-sufficiency. Power Market Structure and Performance: Analytical Framework       83 Figure 1B.2  Disaggregation in Generation Access Residential access (% population)*** Quality SAIDI** SAIFI* Operational efficiency Energy sold per employee (MWh)** Capacity utilization*** Load factor*** Financial efficiency Tariff ($ per MWh) Cost recovery index*** Debt ratio*** Environmental sustainability Emissions index (CO2 ton per kWh)** Share renewable*** Energy endowment Reserve capacity*** Self-sufficiency Control variables Installed capacity (MW)*** GDP per capita (US$)** 0 50 100 150 200 250 Low HHI in generation High HHI in generation Low HHI in generation High HHI in generation t Residential access 68.3 53.9 3.6 (% population)*** (36.1) (32.5) 10.5 15.5 SAIDI** –1.6 (11.7) (20.2) 10.4 12.3 SAIFI* –1.3 (6.6) (8.5) Energy sold per 29.0 22.2 1.7 employee (MWh)** (27.5) (19.8) 46.1 52.8 Capacity utilization*** –4.4 (14.8) (10.9) 74.4 70.1 Load factor*** 2.9 (9.0) (8.5) 77.6 81.4 Tariff ($ per MWh) –0.8 (27.7) (60.7) (continued next page) 84       Power Market Structure Figure 1B.2  (continued) Low HHI in generation High HHI in generation t 108.6 91.6 Cost recovery index*** 2.4 (57.4) (46.9) 55.8 42.1 Debt ratio*** 3.1 (22.4) (23.1) Emissions index 84.1 86.2 –2.1 (CO2 ton per kWh)** (5.9) (10.1) 43.9 28.6 Share renewable*** 3.9 (23.3) (36.9) 48.0 36.4 Reserve capacity*** 3.6 29.6) (19.2) 97.5 98.2 Self-sufficiency 0.4 (12.6) (16.2) 206.4 98.5 Installed capacity (MW)*** 4.9 (250.5) (135.2) 81.6 69.4 GDP per capita (US$)** 1.7 (64.8) (64.6) Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: The following adjustments were made to make the indicators fit in the same figure. Tariffs are measured as $ per MWh rather than as $ cent per kWh. Emissions index is measured by an index ranging from 0 to 100 rather than 0 to 1. Energy sold per employee (measured in MWh per employee), installed capacity (measured in MW), and GDP per capita (measured in US$) were divided by 100. *, **, *** indicate, respectively, level of significance of 10, 5, and 1 percent. HHI = Herfindahl-Hirschman Index; SAIDI = System Average Interruption Duration Index; SAIFI = System Average Interruption Frequency Index. Power Market Structure and Performance: Analytical Framework       85 Figure 1B.3  Disaggregation in Distribution Access Residential access (% population)*** Quality SAIDI SAIFI Operational efficiency Energy sold per employee (MWh) Capacity utilization*** Load factor** Financial efficiency Tariff ($ per MWh)*** Cost recovery index*** Debt ratio Environmental sustainability Emissions index (CO2 ton per kWh)*** Share renewable*** Energy endowment Reserve capacity*** Self-sufficiency*** Control variables Installed capacity (MW)* GDP per capita (US$)*** 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 Low HHI in distribution High HHI in distribution Low HHI in distribution High HHI in distribution t Residential access 71.9 48.3 5.6 (% population)*** (28.5) (36.3) SAIDI 14.7 12.3 0.8 (9.8) (19.7) SAIFI 12.4 13.2 –0.5 (7.2) (6.9) Energy sold per employee 23.4 27.5 –1.2 (MWh) (13.5) (28.5) 46.6 52.9 Capacity utilization*** –4.0 (15.8) (11.0) 74.6 71.5 Load factor** 1.8 (10.8) (8.3) 58.2 94.2 Tariff ($ per MWh)*** –5.8 (29.3) (49.1) 129.9 84.5 Cost recovery index*** (51.7) 5.9 (38.2) (continued next page) 86       Power Market Structure Figure 1B.3  (continued) Low HHI in distribution High HHI in distribution t 50.1 50.4 Debt ratio –0.1 (24.7) (23.9) Emissions index 84.8 87.9 –3.6 (CO2 ton per kWh)*** (3.9) (8.2) 49.7 29.4 Share renewable*** 5.2 (33.8) (32.9) 51.9 36.3 Reserve capacity*** 4.5 (28.6) (21.6) 100.1 95.0 Self-sufficiency*** 2.7 (9.0) (17.5) 169.4 132.2 Installed capacity (MW)* 1.5 (261.2) (179.9) 57.8 78.5 GDP per capita (US$)*** –2.8 (37.6) (72.2) Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: The following adjustments were made to make the indicators fit in the same figure. Tariffs are measured as $ per MWh rather than as $ cent per kWh. Emissions index is measured by an index ranging from 0 to 100 rather than 0 to 1. Energy sold per employee (measured in MWh per employee), installed capacity (measured in MW), and GDP per capita (measured in US$) were divided by 100. *, **, *** indicate, respectively, level of significance of 10, 5, and 1 percent. HHI = Herfindahl-Hirschman Index; SAIDI = System Average Interruption Duration Index; SAIFI = System Average Interruption Frequency Index. Figure 1B.4  Autonomous Regulator Access Residential access (% population)*** Quality SAIDI SAIFI* Operational efficiency Energy sold per employee (MWh)*** Capacity utilization Load factor Financial efficiency Tariff ($ per MWh)*** Cost recovery index*** Debt ratio Environmental sustainabilitty Emissions index (CO2 ton per kWh)* Share renewable Energy endowment Reserve capacity Self-sufficiency* Control variables Installed capacity (MW)*** GDP per capita (US$)*** 0 50 100 150 200 250 Autonomous regulator No autonomous regulator (continued next page) Power Market Structure and Performance: Analytical Framework       87 Figure 1B.4  (continued) Autonomous No autonomous regulator regulator t Residential access 72.1 48.9 –6.7 (% population)*** (31.3) (34.8) SAIDI 13.9 15.4 0.4 (16.0) (19.2) SAIFI* 12.4 18.6 2.2 (9.7) (15.3) Energy sold per employee 32.1 15.8 –5.1 (MWh)*** (25.3) (17.8) Capacity utilization 48.3 50.2 1.0 (15.5) (11.8) Load factor 72.3 71.9 –0.2 (8.5) (9.5) Tariff ($ per MWh)*** 86.1 66.9 –3.5 (5.1) (2.7) Cost recovery index*** 115.6 76.3 –4.4 (58.7) (34.6) 52.3 49.5 Debt ratio –0.5 (24.3) (25.8) Emissions index 84.5 86.7 (CO2 ton per kWh)* 2.5 (8.4) (8.4) Share renewable 37.5 33.9 –1.1 (31.7) (32.8) 45.5 43.4 Reserve capacity –0.6 (27.9) (27.7) 99.0 96.8 Self-sufficiency* –1.5 (10.9) (16.5) 200.3 99.8 Installed capacity (MW)*** –5.1 (237.2) (137.7) 82.1 60.3 GDP per capita (US$)*** –3.6 (65.9) (59.3) Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: The following adjustments were made to make the indicators fit in the same figure. Tariffs are measured as $ per MWh rather than as $ cent per kWh. Emissions index is measured by an index ranging from 0 to 100 rather than 0 to 1. Energy sold per employee (measured in MWh per employee), installed capacity (measured in MW), and GDP per capita (measured in US$) were divided by 100. *, **, *** indicate, respectively, level of sig- nificance of 10, 5, and 1 percent. SAIDI = System Average Interruption Duration Index; SAIFI = System Average Interruption Frequency Index. 88       Power Market Structure Figure 1B.5  Private Ownership Access Residential access (% population)*** Quality SAIDI SAIFI* Operational efficiency Energy sold per employee (MWh)** Capacity utilization Load factor*** Financial efficiency Tariff ($ per MWh)*** Cost recovery index** Debt ratio Environmental sustainability Emissions index (CO2 ton per kWh)*** Share renewable Energy endowment Reserve capacity*** Self-sufficiency*** Control variables Installed capacity (MW)*** GDP per capita (US$) 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 High % of private ownership Low % of private ownership High % of private Low % of private t ownership ownership Residential access 76.1 52.7 –4.8 (% population)*** (30.9) (35.0) SAIDI 9.7 13.7 (8.2) (20.2) 1.1 SAIFI* 11.7 14.1 1.3 (7.4) (7.6) Energy sold per employee 18.7 26.3 (MWh)** 1.8 (11.8) (28.3) Capacity utilization 51.5 52.2 0.5 (6.9) (11.1) Load factor*** 80.3 71.4 –4.5 (9.5) (8.5) Tariff ($ per MWh)*** 99.8 83.7 –2.2 (52.3) (40.3) Cost recovery index** 100.7 87.1 –1.8 (22.7) (40.4) Debt ratio 47.0 49.9 0.6 (23.5) (22.9) Emissions index 83.3 88.3 (CO2 ton per kWh)*** (4.9) (7.7) 5.0 (continued next page) Power Market Structure and Performance: Analytical Framework       89 Figure 1B.5  (continued) High % of private Low % of private t ownership ownership 28.0 29.8 Share renewable 0.4 (29.8) (31.4) 54.4 33.6 Reserve capacity*** –5.6 (28.3) (22.1) 102.8 95.2 Self-sufficiency*** –3.7 (7.3) (16.6) 51.6 141.8 Installed capacity (MW)*** 4.5 (56.48) (174.46) 86.9 80.5 GDP per capita (US$) –0.7 (53.1) (74.1) Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: The following adjustments were made to make the indicators fit in the same figure. Tariffs are measured as $ per MWh rather than as $ cent per kWh. Emissions index is measured by an index ranging from 0 to 100 rather than 0 to 1. Energy sold per employee (measured in MWh per employee), Installed capacity (measured in MW), and GDP per capita (measured in US$) were divided by 100. *, **, *** indicate, respectively, level of significance of 10, 5, and 1 percent. SAIDI = System Average Interruption Duration Index; SAIFI = System Average Interruption Frequency Index. Figure 1B.6  Installed Capacity Access Residential access (% population)*** Quality SAIDI SAIFI** Operational efficiency Energy sold per employee (MWh)*** Capacity utilization*** Load factor*** Financial efficiency Tariff ($ per MWh)** Cost recovery index Debt ratio Environmental sustainability Emissions index (CO2 ton per kWh)** Share renewable*** Energy endowment Reserve capacity Self-sufficiency** Control variables GDP per capita (US$)*** 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 High installed capacity Low installed capacity (continued next page) 90       Power Market Structure Figure 1B.6  (continued) High installed Low installed capacity capacity t Residential access 80.7 48.1 –9.2 (% population)*** (18.8) (36.4) 13.6 14.5 SAIDI 0.3 (16.2) (16.1) 11.6 15.6 SAIFI** 1.8 (7.4) (14.4) Energy sold per employee 46.5 12.3 –2.7 (MWh)*** (23.8) (9.6) 46.6 51.1 Capacity utilization*** 3.1 (16.8) (11.4) 74.6 70.6 Load factor*** –2.7 (6.8) (9.9) 73.8 95.9 Tariff ($ per MWh)** 2.0 (42.8) (93.5) 102.4 112.2 Cost recovery index 0.9 (71.4) (53.9) 52.4 49.0 Debt ratio –0.8 (15.8) (27.8) Emissions index 83.9 86.6 2.9 (CO2 ton per kWh)** (9.8) (7.5) 28.1 40.5 Share renewable*** 3.7 (27.8) (34.8) 47.4 43.5 Reserve capacity –1.0 (23.1) (30.2) 99.4 96.9 Self-sufficiency** –1.6 (6.8) (17.2) 99.0 57.3 GDP per capita (US$)*** (54.6) –6.7 (61.9) Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: The following adjustments were made to make the indicators fit in the same figure. Tariffs are measured as $ per MWh rather than as $ cent per kWh. Emissions index is measured by an index ranging from 0 to 100 rather than 0 to 1. Energy sold per employee (measured in MWh per employee), installed capacity (measured in MW), and GDP per capita (measured in US$) were divided by 100. *, **, *** indicate, respectively, level of significance of 10, 5, and 1 percent. SAIDI = System Average Interruption Duration Index; SAIFI = System Average Interruption Frequency Index. Power Market Structure and Performance: Analytical Framework       91 Figure 1B.7  GDP per Capita Residential access Access (% population)*** Quality SAIDI*** SAIFI*** Operational efficiency Energy sold per employee (MWh)*** Capacity utilization Load factor*** Financial efficiency Tariff ($ per MWh) Cost recovery index*** Debt ratio*** Environmental sustainability Emissions index (CO2 ton per kWh)*** Share renewable*** Energy endowment Reserve capacity* Self-sufficiency*** Control variables Installed capacity (MW)*** 0 50 100 150 200 250 High GDP per capita Low GDP per capita High GDP per capita Low GDP per capita t Residential access 83.0 40.8 (19.9) –13.9 (% population)*** (33.5) 11.4 19.1 SAIDI*** 2.6 (14.2) (18.8) 10.6 17.7 SAIFI*** 3.3 (7.1) (14.2) Energy sold per employee 40.4 11.5 (MWh)*** (25.9) (9.3) –11.3 48.6 49.9 Capacity utilization 0.9 (16.6) (10.1) 70.3 74.9 Load factor*** 3.3 (6.5) (10.9) 98.1 59.7 Tariff ($ per MWh) –7.4 (49.0) (29.5) 120.9 84.6 Cost recovery index*** –4.4 (56.2) (47.2) (continued next page) 92       Power Market Structure Figure 1B.7  (continued) High GDP per capita Low GDP per capita t 44.6 56.7 Debt ratio*** 3.1 (18.5) (27.6) Emissions index 88.3 83.2 –6.1 (CO2 ton per kWh)*** (7.0) (8.9) 23.2 44.1 Share renewable*** 7.6 (28.6) (31.8) 47.5 42.0 Reserve capacity* –1.5 (47.5) (33.5) 95.1 100.9 Self-sufficiency*** 3.9 (15.8) (11.6) 235.5 60.9 Installed capacity (MW)*** (240.3) (73.3) –9.9 Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: The following adjustments were made to make the indicators fit in the same figure. Tariffs are measured as $ per MWh rather than as $ cent per kWh. Emissions index is measured by an index ranging from 0 to 100 rather than 0 to 1. Energy sold per employee (measured in MWh per employee), installed capacity (measured in MW), and GDP per capita (measured in US$) were divided by 100. *, **, *** indicate, respectively, level of significance of 10, 5, and 1 percent. SAIDI = System Average Interruption Duration Index; SAIFI = System Average Interruption Frequency Index. Notes 1. Zambia strictly falls just into Group C, but it is added in Group D in this case because it shares many common features with the three countries in Group D, and its inclusion completes the desired sample for this Group. 2. South Africa substantially increased its electricity tariffs in 2010. References Arizu, Beatriz, Defne Gencer, and Luiz Maurer. 2005. “Centralized Purchasing Arrangements: International Practices and Lessons Learned on Variations to the Single Buyer Model.” Energy and Mining Sector Board Discussion Paper Series 10, World Bank, Washington, DC. Arocena, Pablo, Tim Coelli, and David Saal. 2009. “Measuring Economies of Integration in the US Power Industry: How Costly Is Vertical Unbundling?” Aston Business School Research Paper, Aston University, Birmingham, U.K. Besant-Jones, John E. 2006. “Reforming Power Markets in Developing Countries: What Have We Learned?” World Bank Discussion Paper 19, World Bank, Washington, DC. Power Market Structure and Performance: Analytical Framework       93 Chao, Hung-po, Shmuel Oren, and Robert Wilson. 2005. “Restructured Electricity Markets: Reevaluation of Vertical Integration and Unbundling.” New Zealand Policy Perspective Paper 06/04. Treasury, Wellington, NZ. ———. 2008. “Re-evaluation of Vertical Integration and Unbundling.” In Competitive Electricity Markets: Design, Implementation, Performance, ed. Fereidoon P. Sioshansi. Oxford: Elsevier. Dupuy, M. 2006. “Electricity Generation: Competition, Market Power and Investment.” Policy Perspectives Paper 06/04, New Zealand Treasury. Ghanadan, Rebecca, and Anton Eberhard. 2007. “TANESCO Electricity Management Contract Study.” March. University of Cape Town, South Africa, www.gsb.uct.ac.za/files/TanzaniaManagementContract.pdf. Jamasb, T., R. Mota, D. Newbery, and M. Pollitt. 2004. “Electricity Sector Reform in Developing Countries: A Survey of Empirical Evidence on Determinants and Performance.” CMI Working Paper 47, Cambridge, U.K.: Cambridge- MIT Institute. Jara-Diaz, Sergio, Francisco Ramos-Real, and Eduardo Martinez-Budria. 2004. “Economies of Integration in the Spanish Electricity Industry.” Energy Economics 26 (6): 995–1013. Kwoka, John E. 2002. “Vertical Economies in Electric Power: Evidence on Integration and Its Alternatives.” International Journal of Industrial Organization 20: 653–71. Meyer, Roland. 2010. “Benchmarking Economies of Vertical Integration in U.S. Electricity Supply: An Application of DEA.” Jacobs University, Bremen, Germany. Nagayama, Hiroaki. 2007. “Effects of Regulatory Reforms in the Electricity Supply Industry on Electricity Prices in Developing Countries.” Energy Policy 35: 3440–62. Nemoto, J., and M. Goto. 2004. “Technological Externalities and Economies of Vertical Integration in the Electric Utility Industry.” International Journal of Industrial Organization 22 (1): 67–81. Vagliasindi, Maria. 2012. “How to Improve the Performance of State-Owned Infrastructure Service Providers: Evidence from a Global Study.” World Bank, Washington, DC. Vagliasindi, Maria, and Ada Karina Izaguirre. 2007. “Private Participation in Infrastructure in Europe and Central Asia.” Gridlines No. 26, Public-Private Infrastructure Advisory Facility (PPIAF), World Bank, Washington, DC. van Koten, Silvester, and Andreas Ortmann. 2007. “The Unbundling Regime for Electricity Utilities in the EU: A Case of Legislative and Regulatory Capture?” CERGE-EI Working Paper 328, Center for Economic Research and Graduate Education, Charles University, Prague. 94       Power Market Structure World Bank. 2004. “Operational Guidance for World Bank Staff: Public and Private Roles in the Supply of Electricity Services.” Energy and Mining Sector Board, World Bank, Washington, DC. Zhang, Y-F., D. Parker, and C. Kirkpatrick. 2008. “Electricity Sector Reform in Developing Countries: An Econometric Assessment of the Effects of Privatization, Competition and Regulation.” Journal of Regulatory Economics 33 (2): 159–78. PA R T 2 Case Studies: Large System Size and High GDP per Capita Economies CHAPTER 2 Argentina Argentina falls into the category of medium system size/medium per capita income. In 2008 Argentina had a total installed generating capacity of about 25,000 MW (megawatts) and a gross national income per capita of about $7,200. The country relies mostly on hydropower and natural gas to fuel its electricity sector. Argentina provides one of the best exam- ples of full-scale power market reform in the world to date. Reform History Reforms of Argentina’s electricity industry began in the late 1980s and went through comprehensive changes in the 1990s that involved the unbundling and privatization of the integrated state companies and the creation of a competitive wholesale electricity market. Because Argentina is generally considered to be a leader in the global movement to reform power sectors, this review focuses at some length on the major structural and regulatory reforms during this period and the immediate aftermath until the macroeconomic crisis in the early years of the century. It tracks sector performance until 2008 to discern medium- to long-term impacts of these reforms. 97   98       Power Market Structure Until 1989 Argentina’s electric power sector, regulated by Law 14.772 of 1958, was considered a public service provided by the state or state- owned companies. Three main state-owned utilities provided bundled generation, transmission, and distribution services. There were also nine- teen provincial utilities—primarily distributors—and several electricity cooperatives. The main source of generation was hydroelectric capacity. The industry was regulated by the federal government through the secre- tary of energy. The pre-reform sector structure is shown in figure 2.1. The performance electric power sector suffered from financial and operational difficulties due to poor management practices and insuffi- cient investment, as well as from the absence of clear objectives, the political motives of the state-owned companies, and an economic envi- ronment of hyperinflation that reached 200 percent per month in 1989. Electricity theft and blackouts, which worsened during dry seasons due to the heavy reliance on hydroelectric generation, were common problems. Overall, federal utilities were losing more than 20 percent of their power to nonpaying customers. The first piece of legislation for reforming the power sector was Law No. 23696 of 1989—the Law of State Reform—which directed the Figure 2.1  Argentina: Taxonomy of Power Sector before Reform (1990) Secretariat of Energy Policy (Dependency of Ministry of Economy and Public Works and Services) Secretariat of Energy National and provincial governments Regulation regarding hydrocarbon fuel regarding electrical energy SEGBA Provincial capital and HIDRONOR CONEA AyEE Generation companies Buenos Aires 26% 20% 19% 10% Province 25% SEGBA HIDRONOR AyEE Transmission 3% of 500 kV lines 43% of 500 kV lines 52% of 500 kV lines 13 Provincial AyEE Distribution SEGBA 45% companies/co-ops 8% 47% 4,000,000 regulated customers Vertical integration Privatized company Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: AyEE = Agua y Energía Eléctrica; CONEA = Comision Nacional de Energia Atomica; HIDRONOR = Hidroeléctrica Norpatagónica; SEGBA = Servicios Eléctricos del Gran Buenos Aires. Argentina       99 executive office to reorganize and privatize public enterprises. Decree No. 634/91 of 1991 was issued by the Ministry of Economy and provided guidelines for implementing the state reform law in the electricity sector. It removed government from direct operation in the electricity industry and introduced the basic principles of competition in the power market. Law No. 24065 (1992), the Electricity Regulation Act, was the key- stone for the ambitious reform and privatization of the sector. It estab- lished the legal framework for further restructuring and privatization intended to stimulate competition and to benefit consumers both in price and quality of service. It provided for the privatization of virtually all commercial activities that had been carried out by federally owned enter- prises. It established the basis for the independent sector regulator, Ente Nacional Regulador de la Electricad (ENRE), and other institutional authorities in the sector, and it created the Wholesale Electricity Market, Mercado Eléctrico Mayorista (MEM), and its independent operator, Compañía Administradora del Mercado Mayorista Eléctrico S.A. (CAMMESA). It also laid the basis for the administration of the whole- sale power market, pricing in the spot market, tariff-setting in regulated areas, and the valuation of the assets to be privatized. Resolution 38/91 established rules for MEM. The 1992 act divided the electricity industry into generation, transmis- sion, and distribution sectors. Competition was introduced to the electric- ity generation sector, and regulation was applied to the electricity transmission and distribution private monopolies. Under the act, power generation companies are not allowed to own majority shares in Argentina’s three transmission companies. The transmission companies have to provide open access to their systems for the power generators on a regulated basis. Transmitters are forbidden to generate or distribute power; they are permitted to charge a toll/tariff for their transmission services. Distribution companies are organized as regional monopolies and buy electricity from MEM or through contracts with power genera- tion companies. Argentina also lowered barriers to the power market for new independent power producers and supplier groups. The energy mar- ket was initially opened to customers with demands greater than 5 MW, and this threshold has been successively reduced to 30 kW. These cus- tomers are free to contract directly with generators and can participate directly in MEM. The post-reform sector structure is shown in figure 2.2. Distribution and transmission networks are operated under conces- sions that are awarded by a process of competitive bidding. Transmission networks operate under 95-year concessions, subject to management 100       Power Market Structure Figure 2.2  Argentina: Taxonomy of Power Sector after Reform (1998) Secretariat of Energy Policy (Dependency of Ministry of Economy and Public Works and Services) Secretariat of Energy ENRE Regulation Generation, transmission Distribution Thermal and hydro plants State hydro binational Provincial Generation under concessions 69% and nuclear plants 21% states 10% 6 regional 2 independent companies Transmission TRANSENER 500/220 kV TRANSCOs (subtransmission 500 kV 220/132 kV) Distribution EDENOR/EDESUR/ 15 private provincial 7 provincial companies/ EDELAP 42% companies 28% co-ops 30% 8,380,000 regulated customers/1894 unregulated customers Vertical integration Privatized company Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: EDELAP = Empresa Distribuidora La Plata, EDENOR = Empresa Distribuidora Norte; EDESUR = Empresa Distribuidora Sur; ENRE = Ente Nacional Regulador de la Electricad; TRANSCOs = transmission companies; TRANSENER = Compañia de Transporte de Energia Eléctrica en Alta Tensión. contracts that are renewed every 15 years. Transmission charges were to be reviewed every 5 years by ENRE. Electricity distribution in the Greater Buenos Aires area is regulated under concession contracts for 99 years, with prices originally subject to review every 5 years, at which time the distribution tariffs for regulated customers were to be reset following an assessment by ENRE under the principles of incentive regulation. Under the concession contracts, electricity distributors were given strong incentives to reduce the high energy losses caused by a combination of technical inefficiency and theft. Third-party access charges to the distri- bution network are negotiated, rather than regulated. For regulated cus- tomers (all residential, small commercial, and small industrial customers), the electricity tariff can be adjusted every three months on the basis of the seasonal energy price, which is set every six months. Outside Buenos Aires other provinces have their own system of regulation of distribution, but their distributors pay for energy for regulated customers using the same seasonal price formula. Most of them have based the regulation of final tariffs on the principles set out in the 1992 electricity law. By 2000 around 25 percent of provincial electricity distribution was privatized. Argentina       101 MEM is a power pool that aggregates electricity supply from all gen- eration sources, including independent power producers, federal genera- tors, binational hydropower generators, and foreign sources of power interconnected to Argentina’s grid. It comprises (1) a term market con- sisting of agreements for which quantities, prices, and conditions are negotiated directly between buyers and sellers; (2) a spot market with hourly prices taking into consideration economic production costs; and (3) a balancing market. All entities participating in the market, regardless of ownership, have to follow the market operating and pricing rules. Therefore, an individual power generation company is not allowed to have electricity sales that exceed 10 percent of national electricity sales. ENRE was charged with enforcing laws, regulations, and concession terms, setting distribution service standards, resolving disputes between electricity companies, overseeing CAMMESA, and setting maximum electricity prices. CAMMESA administers the wholesale market. It is a nonprofit corporation owned equally by the federal government and four associations representing generators, transmitters, distributors, and major users. It schedules and dispatches generators in accordance with the power demand, on the basis of marginal costs and availability offered by generators, dispatching first those generators offering the lowest marginal costs. Bilateral contracts are agreed between generators on one hand and distributors or large consumers on the other hand, at freely negotiated prices and quantities. CAMMESA uses the costs and availability declared by MEM participants to perform centralized load dispatch and to esti- mate hourly spot prices. The reference point for calculating the load dispatch is the Ezeiza node, in which CAMMESA calculates the system short-run marginal price, based on the variable costs of the plants and the hourly demand on the system. The spot price is complemented by a charge for available capacity in the system. Only plants dispatched under critical supply conditions receive the capacity charge. Each plant is assigned a specific node within the interconnected system, and each node has a specific factor that determines the final prices at which the plants are remunerated. The nodal factor is calculated by taking into account restrictions and technical losses in the transmission system. Between April 1992 and June 1995, more than 25 state-operated power companies were privatized. Conventional generation (thermal and hydroelectric) facilities were sold separately, essentially making each privatized generation facility an independent power producer. The ther- mal generation facilities were sold outright, while concessions (averaging 102       Power Market Structure 30 years) were awarded to the hydroelectric plants. By 2000 there were 43 generating companies owning 96 plants—60 thermal, 34 hydroelec- tric, and 2 nuclear plants. These 43 companies were owned by private enterprises and provincial and international joint ventures. Most of Argentina’s privatized generation capacity was purchased by foreign companies, following a series of new laws that removed restrictions on foreign investments and allowed foreigners to acquire 100 percent of Argentine companies and to repatriate the profits and capital. Overall privatization proceeds increased significantly from $318 million in 1994 to a peak of more than $2 billion in 1997. Between 1994 and 2000 a total of $5.7 billion was raised by these privatizations in the electricity sector. With the exception of the binational projects, such as the Yacyreta hydroelectric plant and the national nuclear generation enterprises, the federal government has moved away from commercial activities in the electricity market. The government has restricted itself to policy and regulatory/oversight activities, with separate agencies in charge of these functions. Argentina has a federal system of government, and many of the provincial governments have created their own policy-making and regu- latory entities and are moving away from commercial activities. Impact on Sector Structure Argentina’s electricity market is now characterized by numerous produc- ers in a highly competitive generation market. Many companies have more than 1,000 MW of installed capacity, and the largest one has 1,400 MW which constitutes only 6 percent of total installed capacity. The ini- tial generation market thus has had a low concentration ratio. The market shares of the leading firms have increased since 1992, but the market remains less concentrated than most European and North American mar- kets. The Herfindahl-Hirschman Index (HHI) of concentration was 708 in 2002 in terms of energy sold to the wholesale market by business unit (the HHI was 1,589 including cross-shareholding). The three distribution companies divested from SEGBA (EDENOR, EDESUR, and EDELAP) represent 44 percent of the electricity market in Argentina. Including the companies divested from some regional utilities, private participation in the distribution market has increased to 60 percent. The remaining distribution companies are still in the hands of the provincial governments, but this ownership structure will change with the expansion of the new regulatory framework to the different regions of the country. Argentina       103 As a result of this liberalization, the number of participants in MEM was 2,527 in December 2002, including 38 generating companies and 2,308 large energy users. The liberalized market accounted for around 50 percent of national electricity demand. MEM wholesale prices fell significantly due to the installation of increasingly efficient capacity and the improving operating efficiencies of former state enterprises under competitive pressures. The price declined from $45/MWh (megawatt-hour) in 1992 to about $25/MWh in 1998. Since then the price has varied: $27/MWh in 2000, $10/MWh in the depths of the economic crisis in 2002, and between $35/MWh and $40/ MWh in 2007. When the power system had overcapacity, the resulting low prices in the short term caused most transactions to occur in the spot market. Competition was helped by the large margins between total installed generation capacity in the market and the demand for power. Part of this margin was needed, however, to cover the drop in hydro- power output during dry seasons. Impact on Sector Performance Evidence of the possible impacts from unbundling and the other reforms in Argentina we have described is sought from trends from the early 1990s up to 2008 in the following indicators: • Access to electricity supply by the population in terms of new residen- tial connections. Electricity service covers approximately 95 percent of the total population, but the level of electrification in isolated areas is only about 70 percent. The government instigated an ambitious plan to connect 650,000 households in shanty towns to the electricity network between 1994 and 1998. Many poor consumers were forced to pay for electricity that they had previously received via free (albeit illegal) con- nections, representing a welfare loss to this group. This result suggests that electricity reform did not lower the effective price of service for this group of the poorest households. • Customer service quality. Quality of service improved greatly after privatization of the distributors. In 2004 the average number of outages per customer and average duration of outages per customer dropped to about 20 percent of their levels in 1993. The levels of both these indica- tors of service quality rose from 2005 to 2008, even though average opex (operational expenditures) per unit of electricity consumed 104       Power Market Structure increased substantially at the same time because of a shortage of natu- ral gas for power generation during 2003–05. The improvements up to 2004 were accompanied by a steady drop in system total energy losses by the distributors following privatization from around 25 percent in 1993 to 11 percent in 1997 and thereafter (the short peak in 2000–01 was caused by the impact of the economic crisis on nonpayment of electricity bills). All these improvements can be attributed to privatiza- tion and regulation of the distribution segment. • Supply security. In Argentina energy security is a greater concern than capacity security because the power system is highly dependent on hydropower capacity. Hydropower’s energy output is subject to sea- sonal fluctuations with a marked drop in low-flow seasons. The system capacity reserve margins of around 70 percent that prevailed from 1992 to 2004 enabled the power system to generate sufficient energy to meet demand. But the drop in this margin to 40 percent in 2007— still high by general standards—reflects the commissioning of thermal generation capacity fueled with natural gas to complement the hydro- power capacity. The drop in the level of capex (capital expenditures) and the increase in the level of opex per unit of energy consumed from 2004 onward presumably also reflects the change to gas-fired plants with relatively low construction costs and higher fuel costs compared to the costs of new hydropower capacity. • Financial sustainability. From 2000 to 2002 electricity tariffs in Argen- tina dropped to the lowest level in Latin America and extremely low by world standards, following the price freeze imposed by the government and the devaluation of the Argentinean currency during the economic crisis. In May 2002 tariffs were just 2.5 $ cents per kWh (kilowatt-hour) for a residential consumer, and industrial tariffs were 1.3 $ cents per kWh. Prior to the crisis the comparable prices were 8.9 $ cents and 4.8 $ cents per kWh. These prices reflected the significant amount of hydropower in the Argentine generation mix (33 percent of total sup- ply), low spot prices in the wholesale power market, and the efficiency improvements since 1992. The cost recovery ratio for the sector as a whole dropped from a strong 2.5 times before 2002 to about 0.9 times in 2002, and fluctuated between 1.07 and 0.89 thereafter, indicating that a significant proportion of total opex was linked to the U.S. dollar under concession agreements. Likewise, the financial performance of the privatized generators and distributors was sound on the whole Argentina       105 before the crisis of 2002, suffered a severe decline in 2002–04 because of the crisis, but recovered steadily thereafter up to 2007. • Environmental sustainability. Carbon emissions from power generation in Argentina were relatively stable from the early 1990s up to 2006, during which emissions per unit of total energy generated averaged between 0.3 and 0.4 tons/MWh generated, which is modest by inter- national standards. These emissions increased noticeably with the increase in gas-fired generation. Trends in these indicators are shown in the following figures. 106 Figure 2.3  Milestones of Power Sector Reform in Argentina Regulator DISCO (ENRE) privatization and continues wholesale (EDELAP: old GENCOs Political and Energy Gas electricity SEGBA) privatization. economic crisis— imports market Privatization of TRANSENER crisis reduction from (MEM) start TRANSENER buys of gas Bolivia operations TRANSBA supply started 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995–1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2007 2008 2009 Law First DISCO Privatization Devaluation Reduction 24,065— privatization of DISCOs and Emergency of gas New (EDENOR and continues Act passed— exports to regulatory EDESUR: old freezing retail Chile framework— SEGBA). tariffs (public Vertical and First GENCO emergency and horizontal privatizations exchange unbundling (Central Puerto, regime law) Central Costanera: old SEGBA, Thermal plant Alto Valle: old AyEE) Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: The milestones are reported in different shades: white = main external factors; light gray = main government interventions; dark gray = main private sector involvements. AyEE = Agua y Energía Eléctrica; DISCOs = distribution companies; EDELAP = Empresa Distribuidora La Plata; EDENOR = Empresa Distribuidora Norte; EDESUR = Empresa Distribuidora Sur; ENRE = Ente Nacional Regulador de la Electricad; GENCOs = generation companies; MEM = Mercado Eléctrico Mayorista; SEGBA = Servicios Eléctricos del Gran Buenos Aires; TRANSBA = Empresa de Trans- porte de Energía Eléctrica por Distribución Troncal de la Provincia de Buenos Aires; TRANSENER = Compañia de Transporte de Energia Eléctrica en Alta Tensión. Argentina       107 Figure 2.4  Argentina: Access to Residential Electricity 45 1.00 40 0.98 35 30 0.96 Percent Million 25 0.94 20 0.92 15 0.90 10 5 0.88 0 0.86 95 96 97 98 99 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 19 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Population without access Residential customers with access Access rate Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Figure 2.5  Argentina: Quality of Electric Service 25 4.0 3.5 Number/customer, 20 hours/customer 3.0 $ cents/kWh 15 2.5 2.0 10 1.5 1.0 5 0.5 0 0.0 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 SAIFI SAIDI Total opex per unit consumed Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: Opex = operational expenditures/costs; kWh = kilowatt-hour; SAIDI = System Average Interruption Duration Index; SAIFI = System Average Interruption Frequency Index. 108       Power Market Structure Figure 2.6  Argentina: System Energy Losses 35 30 25 Percent 20 15 10 5 0 06 07 08 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 00 01 02 03 04 05 20 20 20 20 20 20 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 EDESUR EDENOR EDELAP Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: EDELAP = Empresa Distribuidora La Plata; EDENOR = Empresa Distribuidora Norte; EDESUR = Empresa Distribuidora Sur. Figure 2.7  Argentina: System Load Factor 74 73 72 71 Percent 70 69 68 67 66 92 94 96 00 97 98 99 01 04 05 06 07 93 95 02 03 91 20 20 20 20 19 19 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 19 19 19 Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Argentina       109 Figure 2.8  Argentina: Electricity Generation by Source and Carbon Emissions 120,000 0.6 100,000 0.5 CO2 ton/kWh 80,000 0.4 GWh 60,000 0.3 40,000 0.2 20,000 0.1 0 0 19 1 92 19 3 19 4 19 5 19 6 19 7 19 8 20 9 20 0 20 1 20 2 20 3 20 4 20 5 20 6 20 7 08 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 19 19 Nuclear Thermal Hydro Carbon emissions index Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: GWh = gigawatt-hour; kWh = kilowatt-hour. Figure 2.9  Argentina: Energy Security and Capital Expenditure 100 1.4 1.2 80 1.0 $ cents/kWh 60 Percent 0.8 40 0.6 0.4 20 0.2 0 0 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 System reserve capacity Energy self-sufficiency Total capex per unit consumed Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: Capex = capital expenditures; kWh = kilowatt-hour. 110       Power Market Structure Figure 2.10  Argentina: Average Tariff and Operating Costs 10 8 $ cents/kWh 6 4 2 0 94 95 96 97 04 05 06 07 98 99 00 01 02 03 08 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 Average tariff for three utilties (EDENOR, EDESUR, EDELAP) Total opex per unit consumed Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: EDELAP = Empresa Distribuidora La Plata; EDENOR = Empresa Distribuidora Norte; EDESUR = Empresa Distribuidora Sur; kWh = kilowatt-hour; opex = operational expeditures/costs. Figure 2.11  Argentina: Labor Productivity 4,500 35,000 4,000 30,000 employee, MWh/employee Number of customers/ Number of employees 3,500 25,000 3,000 2,500 20,000 2,000 15,000 1,500 10,000 1,000 5,000 500 0 0 95 96 97 98 99 00 01 02 03 04 05 19 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 Number of employees in electricity sector Energy consumed/employee Residential customers/employee Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Argentina       111 Figure 2.12  Argentina: Capacity Utilization 50 1.4 45 1.2 40 35 1.0 $ cents/kWh 30 Percent 0.8 25 20 0.6 15 0.4 10 0.2 5 0 0 19 0 19 1 19 2 19 3 19 4 19 5 19 6 19 7 19 8 20 9 20 0 20 1 20 2 20 3 20 4 20 5 20 6 20 7 08 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 19 Capacity utilization Total capex per unit consumed Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: Capex = capital expenditures; kWh = kilowatt-hour. Figure 2.13  Argentina: Cost Recovery Index 3.0 0.08 0.07 2.5 0.06 $ cents/kWh 2.0 0.05 Percent 1.5 0.04 0.03 1.0 0.02 0.5 0.01 0 0 98 05 06 97 02 03 04 99 00 01 19 20 20 20 20 19 20 19 20 20 Cost recovery index Average tariff Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: kWh = kilowatt-hour. 112       Power Market Structure Figure 2.14  Argentina: Market Concentration 1,600 1,400 1,200 1,000 HHI 800 600 400 200 0 97 98 99 00 01 03 04 05 06 07 08 02 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Distribution Generation Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: HHI = Herfindahl-Hirschman Index. Figure 2.15  Argentina: Private Ownership 90 85 80 Percent 75 70 65 99 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Distribution Generation Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Argentina       113 Figure 2.16  Argentina: Private Management 90 85 80 Percent 75 70 65 99 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Distribution Generation Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Figure 2.17  Argentina: Degree of Vertical Integration 100 90 80 70 60 Percent 50 unbundling of three sectors in 2001 40 30 20 10 0 95 97 00 05 07 08 92 91 94 93 96 98 99 01 02 03 04 06 19 19 20 20 20 20 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 Between generation and distribution Between generation and transmisison Between transmission and distribution Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. CHAPTER 3 Brazil Brazil offers a special case for power sector reform because of its innova- tions to make its power market competitive based on predominance of hydroelectricity. Brazil falls into the category of medium per capita income/large system size with a gross national income per capita of about $7,300 and total installed generating capacity of about 100,000 MW (megawatts) in 2008. Brazil has relied on hydroelectricity for most of its power supply, but the proportion of total supply from hydropower declined steadily from over 90 percent up to 1998 to 81 percent in 2008. Reform History Before 1995 the power sector was predominantly government-controlled with vertically integrated companies. The federal company Eletrobrás and several state companies owned and operated most of the generation, transmission, and distribution in the country, as shown in figure 3.1. The reform of the electric power sector in Brazil originated in the new constitution of 1988. It allowed private investment in infrastructure and provided the legal framework for regulating that investment. But the reorganization of the electricity sector in Brazil was set in motion only by the ratification of the Electricity Concession Law No. 9074 early in 1995. 115   116       Power Market Structure Figure 3.1  Brazil: Taxonomy of Power Sector before Reform (1990) Policy Ministry of Mines and Energy (MME) Regulation Departamento Nacional de Aguas e Energia Eletrica—DNAEE Generation Eletrobrás Regional Transmission Eletrobrás state companies Distribution Eletrobrás XX,XX0,000 regulated customers Vertical integration Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: Number of regulated customers not available. The law provided for the unbundling of the sector—principally the func- tions of the dominant power generator and transmitter Eletrobrás. The following important institutions were created under legislation enacted between 1995 and 1998: • Brazilian Electricity Regulatory Agency (ANEEL). Created by Law No. 9427 as an independent regulatory entity with the purpose of reg- ulating the generation, transmission, distribution, and commercializa- tion of electric power in the country. • National Energy Policy Council (CNPE). Created by Law No. 9427 with responsibility for proposing national energy policies. In particular, it was charged with improving coordination between the power and oil sectors. Membership of the new institution was drawn from several ministries and representatives of the president and state governments and included a Brazilian power sector expert. • System Operator (ONS). Created by Law No. 9648 to control power generation and transmission activities in the interconnected power sys- tem through a tight pool dispatch system. Brazil       117 • Wholesale Electric Energy Market (MAE). Also created by Law No. 9648 to undertake all wholesale electricity purchase and sale trans- actions and to promote the accounting of the agents’ transactions in the multilateral short-term market under market rules. Law No. 9648 also provided for the unbundling of Eletrobrás into six holding companies and 14 generation and transmission companies. Eletrobrás retained the ownership of the transmission grid, the Brazilian part of the binational Itaipu Dam and hydroelectric power station, the nuclear power plants, and Centro de Pesquisas de Energia Elétrica’s (CEPEL) research and development activities. The generation companies formed from Eletrobrás were put up for privatization. The first private transaction in the Brazilian power sector occurred in late 1995 when local investors acquired 100 percent of the assets of the regional utility Espírito Santo Centrais Elétricas (ESCELSA). The first privatization of federal government–owned generation companies was Gerasul at the end of 1998. The largest privatization of distribution assets occurred between 1996 and 1999 and included Eletropaulo which was split prior to privatization into two distributors (Eletropaulo Metropolitana, a transmission com- pany, and Empresa Bandeirante, a generation company). Another major privatization of this period was the auction of the distribution companies of Rio de Janeiro, namely Companhia de Eletricidade do Rio de Janeiro (CERJ) and Light. Other auctions included distributors in the states of Minas Gerais, Ceara, Cemig, and Bahia. These privatizations yielded the highest values per customer served by distributors among the global wave of privatizations of power distributors at that time. As a result, private sector participation in the distribution sector increased from 2.6 percent in 1994 to about 60 percent by the end of 1998. To promote competition, the reform model created groups of large consumers with the right to choose their suppliers and whose power purchases were not subject to price regulation, independent power producers (as an alternative to generators operating under public ser- vice concessions), and marketers/traders (private companies that operate in the electricity industry by selling energy to the unregulated consumers and to distribution companies). The model also estab- lished open access for entities in these groups to the distribution and transmission grids. Private companies were permitted to own trans- mission lines, which would be operated by the ONS and regulated by ANEEL. 118       Power Market Structure Competition was supported by regulations that imposed ownership limitations in each segment of the power supply chain to prevent the concentration of market power. Table 3.1 shows the ownership limita- tions originally established. The taxonomy of the power sector in 1998 is illustrated in figure 3.2. It can be observed that once Eletrobrás was unbundled, the sector was less concentrated and private investment in 1998 was significant in the distribution segment. Table 3.1  Concentration Limits in the Brazilian Power Market, in percent South/Southeast/ North/Northeast National market Central markets markets Generation entities 20 25 35 Distribution entities 20 25 35 Combined generation and distribution entities 30 — — Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: — = not available. Figure 3.2  Brazil: Taxonomy of Power Sector after First Reform (1998) National Council for Energy Policy—Policy making Policy MME's Energy Secretariat—Policy implementation, and technical support State Regulation National Agency for Electric Energy agencies 15% private Generation 49% Eletrobrás 36% state companies generation Transmission Mostly owned by Eletrobrás and state companies (>= 220 kV) Retailer/ Commer. 60% private companies 40% state companies Distribution x,000,000 regulated customers/20 unregulated customers State agency Privatized company Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: Number of regulated customers not available; MME = Ministry of Mines and Energy. Brazil       119 Even with the reforms implemented since 1996 to attract additional investment in generation, installed capacity expanded only by 28 percent from 1990 to 1999, while electricity demand grew by 45 percent. The government tried to address this supply constraint by launching in 2000 the Thermal Priority Program (PPT) to encourage private investment in gas-fired generation and to develop the market for natural gas. The plan called for the construction of 59 power plants, but only 15 power plants were built mainly due to the high cost charged by Petrobrás for gas imported from Bolivia—the only source of gas at that time—and to regu- latory and political uncertainty. During 2001–02 Brazil suffered one of the worst droughts on record. The drought, together with lower than expected generation expansion during the previous years, forced the government to take extreme mea- sures to avoid the collapse of the power system. The government imple- mented a strict rationing program for nine months to reduce by 20 percent the load in 80 percent of the country. Special authority was given to an emergency committee in charge of the program. The rationing program succeeded in managing the power demand within the con- strained power supply. After the drought ended, however, power demand did not recover to the expected levels, as customers had adjusted to lower levels of electric- ity consumption. The country went from a situation of power supply scarcity to one of surplus, helped by some emergency generation capacity installed during the drought. This situation created other issues with dis- tribution companies, as their sales of electricity fell along with their rev- enues. Distribution companies were also blamed for not purchasing capacity in the most efficient manner to minimize pass-through to final customers, reflecting the contract terms on which they had to procure emergency power supplies. In 2004 the government implemented a second wave of power market reform, known as the new model, to address some of the problems associ- ated with incentives for installing new generation capacity, improving competitive conditions, and strengthening the institutional framework. The main characteristics of this new model were: • Less emphasis on the short-term “spot” market as a provider of signals for system expansion • More emphasis on the forward contract market to induce additions of new generation capacity • Strengthening of regulatory agencies 120       Power Market Structure • Prohibition on cross-ownership and self-dealing • Postponement of the separation between distribution and retailing (commercialization) • Requirement for mandatory energy auctions for distribution compa- nies to cover 100 percent of all loads The last requirement meant that distributors could acquire energy only through auctions for contracts of three to five years to reduce risks for generation investors and promote competition. Benchmark prices were used for pass-through of wholesale power costs to consumers pro- cured under the new energy auctions, as supply costs reflect the average price of all contracts. As part of the modifications introduced with the new model, the original wholesale market administrator (MAE) was absorbed by the Electric Energy Commercialization Chamber (CCEE), which was given the responsibility for coordinating energy commercialization under the new rules (Law 10,848 of March 2004). CCEE was created as a private and not-for-profit institution with responsibility for administering supply to both regulated customers and large customers. The new model also introduced the Power Sector Monitoring Committee to monitor service conditions. It is reported that the new model led to contracts for more than 16,000 MW of new generating capacity in five energy auctions with a high participation of thermal plants. The two models differed in significant ways. The original reform model (implemented in 1995) was characterized by opening up the power market with emphasis on the privatization of all the companies; system expansion was supposed to be achieved through short-term price signals and contracting obligations. In the new model (implemented in 2004) the emphasis is on coexistence between state-controlled and pri- vate companies. Impact on Sector Structure The two reform waves changed the structure of the Brazilian power sec- tor from vertical integration into substantially unbundled, both vertically and horizontally. Figure 3.3 illustrates the structure of the Brazilian power sector after these reforms in 2008. Large government-controlled companies dominate the Brazilian electricity generation sector. Federally owned Eletrobrás holds about 40 percent of capacity (including 50 percent of the Itaipu Dam Brazil       121 Figure 3.3  Brazil: Taxonomy of Power Sector after Second Reform (2008) National Council for Energy Policy—Policy making Policy MME's Energy Secretariat—Policy implementation and technical support Regulation State National Agency for Electric Energy agencies Generation 27% private 39% Eletrobrás 34% state companies companies 57% Eletrobrás 29% regional Transmission 14% private (>= 220 kV) companies Retailer / Commer. 68% private companies 32% state companies Distribution x,xxx,000 regulated customers/651 unregulated customers State agency Privatized company Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: Number of regulated customers not available; MME = Ministry of Mines and Energy. hydropower complex, equal to 6,300 MW to Brazil), with state- companies CESP (Companhia Energética de São Paulo), Cemig, and Copel controlling 8 percent, 7 percent, and 5 percent of generation capacity, respectively. Generation capacity is shared among the differ- ent companies as shown in table 3.2. Around 2007 some 27 percent of the generation assets were in the hands of private investors. Considering the plants under construction, as well as the concessions and licenses already granted by ANEEL, this pro- portion is expected to grow up to 31 percent in the medium term and to reach almost 44 percent over five to six years. Private capital participation in the generation business could represent 50 percent of the installed capacity in the longer term. Until recently transmission has remained almost exclusively under government control through both federal (Eletrobrás) and state compa- nies (mainly São-Paulo-CTEEP, Minas Gerais-Cemig, and Parana-Copel). Under the new sector regulatory model, however, there are about 80 transmission concessions in Brazil. Most of them are still controlled by the 122       Power Market Structure Table 3.2  Companies’ Share of Generation Capacity Installed capacity Company Controlling shareholder (MW) Percent total Eletrobrás Federal government 38,111 40 CESP São Paulo state government 7,451 8 Cemig Minas Gerais state government 6,692 7 Copel Paraná state government 4,550 5 Tractebel Energia GDF Suez 6,870 7 AES Tiete AES Corp. 2,651 3 Others Mostly private sector 29,969 31 Total 96,294 100% Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. government, with subsidiaries under Eletrobrás holding 69 percent of total transmission lines (table 3.3). percent In Brazil 49 utilities have distribution concessions and about 68 ­ of Brazilian distribution assets are controlled by private sector companies. Table 3.4 lists Brazil’s most important distribution companies: Impact on Sector Performance Evidence of possible impacts from the reforms in Brazil that we have described is sought from trends from the early 1990s up to 2008 in the following indicators: • Access to electricity supply by the population in terms of new residen- tial connections. Electricity service is virtually universal in Brazil, where around 97 percent of the total population is covered. The access rate increased steadily under the privatized distribution companies. • Customer service quality. Quality of electricity service in Brazil has generally been good by international and regional standards following reforms to the power sector. Quality of electric service in terms of SAIDI (System Average Interruption Duration Index) improved from an average of 27 hours per customer in 1997 to 17 hours per customer from 2000 onward following privatization of the distributors. Quality of electricity service in terms of SAIFI (System Average Interruption Frequency Index) also improved during this period from an average of 22 outages per customer in 1996 to around 12 outages per customer from 2004 onward. These trends continued during the major drought Brazil       123 Table 3.3  Control of Transmission Lines Controlling Transmission Company shareholder Concession area lines (km) Pure transmission companies CTEEP ISA (Colombia) São Paulo State 11,837 Terna Participacoes Terna (Italy) Goias, Bahia, Brazilian, 2,447 Maranhao Companies with significant transmission operations Cemig State of Minas Gerais Minas Gerais 21,184 Copel State of Parana Parana 7,045 Electrosul, Furans, Eletrobrás Throughout Brazil 56,384 Electronorte, Chesf Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database Note: CTEEP = Companhia de Transmissão de Energia Elétrica Paulista; Copel = Companhia Paranaense de Energia. Table 3.4  Distribution Companies’ Market Share Controlling Company shareholder Concession area Sales (GWh) Sales percent Cemig Minas Gerais state Minas Gerais 20,221 8.0 gov’t. Eletropaulo AES Corp. São Paulo city 31,642 12.5 CPFL São Paulo State VBC Energia (Brazil) 36,135 14.3 Outside São Paulo city Copel Parana state gov’t. Parana 17,524 6.9 Energias do Brasil EDP (Portugal) São Paulo, Rio 15,863 6.3 Grande do Sul Celesc Santa Catarina state Santa Catarina 15,157 6.0 gov’t. Light EDF (France) Rio de Janeiro 19,139 7.6 city Equatorial (Cemar) GP Investimentos/ Maranhao 2,793 1.1 Pactual Ampla (Cerj) Enersis (Chile) Rio de Janeiro 6,832 2.7 Others Mostly private sector 87,594 34.6 Total 252,900 100.0% Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: Ampla = Ampla Energia e Servicos; Celesc = Centrais Elétricas de Santa Catarina; Copel = Companhia Paranaense de Energia; CPFL = Companhia Paulista de Força e Luz; EDF = Électricité de France; EDP = Energias de Portugal; GWh = gigawatt-hour. of 2001–02, indicating the success of the special demand management measures instituted to deal with the power shortage. After staying at around 5 $ cents per kWh (kilowatt-hour) from 1999 to 2002, tariffs for electricity consumers increased substantially, to about 13 $ cents 124       Power Market Structure per kWh in 2007 under the prices in the new market needed to attract investment in new generation capacity. • Supply security. Since 2002 the margin of installed generating capacity over annual peak demand on the national interconnected power system has been around 60 percent of the level of demand, which generally provides a generous margin. But in a hydro-dominated power system such as Brazil’s, system generation energy reserve margin is more criti- cal than capacity reserve margin. This feature was starkly shown during the drought of 2001–02, when Brazil experienced a shortage of around 20 percent in energy supply, despite a 37 percent margin of installed hydropower capacity relative to the peak demand on the power system that was about 10 percent lower than the trend value. The shortage demonstrates the vulnerability of highly regulated systems to infre- quent but serious disruptions. The commendable way that the country managed the shortages during the drought may reflect responsiveness created by the reformed structure—both technical and institutional. • Financial sustainability. The only regularly available indicator of the financial sustainability of the Brazilian power sector is the cost-recovery index for the sector as a whole. This index hovered around a value of 1.6 from 1999 to 2002, but increased to between 2.3 and 2.5 from 2003 to 2005 under that period’s substantial increase in tariffs. These high levels indicate that the Brazilian power market became attractive to private investors in generation capacity, which surged in from 2002 onward compared to the much slower growth in new capacity in the previous years. Installed generation capacity increased from 61.5 GW (gigawatts) in 1996 to 76.2 GW in 2001, and then to 104 GW in 2008. Total system losses—technical and nontechnical— have remained around 17 percent from 1995 onward, not changing with the new regulatory approaches used to set allowable costs for ­distributors. • Environmental sustainability. Brazil has had very low average carbon emissions per unit of energy generated for decades since power gener- ated from fossil fuels has constituted less than 10 percent of total gen- erated power, and natural gas has become the fossil fuel mostly used for this purpose. Nevertheless, the increase in gas-fired generation is reflected in the long-term rise in average carbon emissions since 1999. Trends in these indicators are shown in the following figures. Figure 3.4  Milestones of Power Sector Reform in Brazil Government launches thermal priority program to encourage Law 10,848 establishes gas-fired plants (59 new market model of Law 9.648 plants planned but only power supply auction creates wholesale 15 built) and creates new market National market (MAE) and administrator (CCEE) Law 9.074— national operator ONS Private regulator generation Electricity created restructures New model Concessions ANEEL Eletrobrás, establishing expands only implemented Law—Sector six holdings 28% from first power focused on 1990–99 but unbundling the power and 14 generation and Severe drought supply auction transmission companies demand forces national for distribution sector increases 45% rationing companies 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001–2002 2003 2004 2005 First Law 9478 Electricity New model Second power First privatization creates national sector reform proposed— supply concessions of regional council for stalls due to Mandatory auction for for new utility energy policy political bilateral contracts distribution transmission (ESCELSA) (CNPE) difficulties as incentive to new companies lines awarded generation—DISCOs by ANEEL 2000 required to buy Privatization of GENCOs and energy through PPA DISCOs continues 1996–99 auctions to cover and strong private 100% of captive participation in new hydro load for 5 years generation concessions 125   Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: The milestones are reported in different shades: white = main external factors; light gray = main government interventions; dark gray = main private sector involvements. ANEEL = Brazilian Electricity Regulatory Agency; CCEE = Electric Energy Commercialization Chamber; CNPE = National Energy Policy Council; DISCOs = distribution companies; ESCELSA = Espírito Santo Centrais Elétricas; GENCOs= generation companies; ONS = system operator; PPA = power purchase agreement. 126       Power Market Structure Figure 3.5  Brazil: Access to Residential Electricity 250 1.00 0.98 200 0.96 150 0.94 Percent Million 0.92 100 0.90 0.88 50 0.86 0 0.84 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Population without access Residential customers with access Access rate Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Figure 3.6  Brazil: Quality of Electric Service 30 4.0 Number/customer, hours/customer 3.5 25 3.0 20 $ cents/kWh 2.5 15 2.0 1.5 10 1.0 5 0.5 0 0 96 97 98 99 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 SAIFI SAIDI Total opex per unit sold Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: opex = operational expenditures/costs; kWh = kilowatt-hour; SAIDI = System Average Interruption Dura- ­ ystem Average Interruption Frequency Index. tion Index; SAIFI = S Brazil       127 Figure 3.7  Brazil: System Losses and Operating Costs 20 4.0 18 3.5 16 3.0 14 $ cents/kWh 12 2.5 Percent 10 2.0 8 1.5 6 1.0 4 2 0.5 0 0 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 00 01 02 03 04 05 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 Distribution losses Total system losses Total opex per unit sold Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: kWh = kilowatt-hour; opex = operational expenditures/costs. Figure 3.8  Brazil: Electricity Generation by Source and Carbon Emissions 500,000 0.12 400,000 0.10 0.08 CO2 ton/kWh 300,000 GWh 0.06 200,000 0.04 100,000 0.02 0 0 19 9 19 1 19 2 19 3 94 19 5 19 6 19 7 98 20 9 00 20 7 90 20 1 20 2 20 3 04 20 5 20 6 08 8 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 0 0 0 0 0 0 19 19 19 19 20 20 Nonhydro renewables (mostly biomass and waste) Thermal Nuclear Carbon emissions index Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: GWh = gigawatt-hour; kWh = kilowatt-hour. 128       Power Market Structure Figure 3.9  Brazil: Energy Security and Capital Expenditure 100 1.6 1.4 80 1.2 $ cents/kWh 60 1.0 Percent 0.8 40 0.6 0.4 20 0.2 0 0 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Energy self-sufficiency Total capex per unit sold Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: Capex = capital expenditures; kWh = kilowatt-hour. Figure 3.10  Brazil: Average Tariff and Operating Costs 14 12 10 $ cents/kWh 8 6 4 2 0 95 96 97 98 99 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 19 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Total opex per unit sold Average tariff—general Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: kWh = kilowatt-hour; opex = operational expenditures/costs. Brazil       129 Figure 3.11  Brazil: Labor Productivity 6,000 160,000 Number of customers/employee, 140,000 5,000 Number of employees 120,000 MWh/employee 4,000 100,000 3,000 80,000 60,000 2,000 40,000 1,000 20,000 0 0 95 96 97 98 99 00 01 02 03 04 05 19 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 Number of employees in electricity sector Energy consumed/employee Number of residential customers/employee Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: MWh = megawatt-hour. Figure 3.12  Brazil: Capacity Utilization 100 1.6 90 1.4 80 1.2 70 1.0 $ cents/kWh 60 Percent 50 0.8 40 0.6 30 0.4 20 10 0.2 0 0 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Capacity utilization Total capex per unit sold Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: Capex = capital expenditures; kWh = kilowatt-hour. 130       Power Market Structure Figure 3.13  Brazil: Cost Recovery Index 3.0 14 2.5 12 10 $ cents/kWh 2.0 Percent 8 1.5 6 1.0 4 0.5 2 0 0 98 99 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Cost recovery index Average tariff—general Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: kWh = kilowatt-hour. Figure 3.14  Brazil: Market Concentration 2,500 2,000 1,500 HHI 1,000 500 0 96 97 98 99 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Distribution Generation Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: HHI = Herfindahl-Hirschman Index. Brazil       131 Figure 3.15  Brazil: Private Ownership 82 80 78 Percent 76 74 72 70 68 96 97 98 99 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Distribution Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Figure 3.16  Brazil: Private Management 82 80 78 Percent 76 74 72 70 68 96 97 98 99 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Distribution Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. CHAPTER 4 Chile Chile is generally considered to be the initiator of power sector reform in modern times because it was the first country to introduce innovations for sector organization and regulation that many other countries subse- quently adopted and adapted. Chile falls into the category of medium system size/medium per capita income with gross national income per capita of about $9,500 and total installed generating capacity of about 13,000 MW (megawatts) in 2008. Chile has relied on diverse sources of primary energy for power generation, with hydropower accounting for 40 percent to 50 percent of total power generated and generation from fossil fuels for the rest. Of the fossil fuels, natural gas was the largest source from 2000 to 2006, steadily displacing coal-fired generation. With the decline in natural gas supply from Argentina, which began in May 2005, liquid petroleum fuels and coal became the main fossil fuels for thermal power generation. Reform History Before the Chilean power sector was reformed, most of the electricity service was concentrated in two large state vertically integrated suppliers Empresa Nacional de Electricidad (ENDESA) and Compañía Chilena de Electricidad (CHILECTRA), as shown in figure 4.1. 133   134       Power Market Structure Figure 4.1  Chile: Taxonomy of Power Sector before Reform (1990) Ministry of Economy, Ministry of Interior, Policy ENDESA (Generation, Transmission and Distribution Company) Ministry of Economy, Tariffs: Ministry of Economy, Regulation Ministry of Interior, ENDESA Superintendence of Electricity Chilean Generation ENDESA Distribution 90% Company 10% Transmission ENDESA 100% Distribution ENDESA Chilean Distribution Company 20% 80% 1,750,000 regulated customers Vertical integration Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: ENDESA = Empresa Nacional de Electricidad. The power sector was reformed during the 1980s as part of govern- ment’s countrywide reorganization of the economy. The process of reforming the Chilean power sector was implemented through legal and institutional changes. Private participation was encouraged by establish- ing new investor financed enterprises to purchase existing facilities or to construct new facilities. The reform of the electricity sector started with the formal establish- ment of the regulatory framework under the Electricity Law of 1981. It continued in 1983 when the government unbundled the sector structure into generation and transmission companies and distribution utilities. The distribution utilities were divided according to the service areas, but they were not granted exclusive rights. Between 1983 and 1989 the govern- ment privatized most of the generation, transmission, and distribution segments, so that all of these functions were in the hands of the private sector through local and international investors. The plan created a man- datory power pool administered by a system operator, Centro de Despacho Económico de Carga del Sistema Interconectado Central (CDEC). One of the main issues emerging with the privatization process, however, was related to the controlling interest of ENDESA Spain that Chile       135 directly or through the holding Enersis owned the majority of the gen- eration, transmission, and distribution assets in Chile. The reformed struc- ture is shown in figure 4.2. After the reform of the electricity sector, the following institutions were responsible for energy policy and regulation: • Ministry of Economy for sector policy and regulation. • National Energy Commission (CNE) for evaluating and proposing to the Ministry of Economy laws and decrees to establish regulations and norms. Establishes wholesale pricing through a pre-established meth- odology and develops the system expansion plan necessary for ensuring adequate energy supply. • Superintendence of Electricity and Fuels (SEC) for compliance, super- vision, and control. This entity is a unit of the Ministry of Energy and Mines. It monitors compliance with the legal and regulatory provisions for the sector under the ministry’s jurisdiction. Generally, Chile’s regulatory reform is considered quite successful in attracting private investment. The regulatory incentives became a Figure 4.2  Chile: Taxonomy of Power Sector after Reform (1998) Policy National Energy Commission (CNE) Regulation National Energy Commission (CNE) Tariffs: National Energy Superintendence of Electricity and Fuels (SEC) Commission (CNE) ENDESA 5 generators with some Generation De Enersis, holding minor government ownership 40% belonging to ENDESA España 60% Other Transmission private 5% TRANSELEC Retailer/ (subsidiary of ENDESA) 95% Commer. 25 private companies—but CHILECTRA De Enersis concentrated in 4 companies 40% 60% Distribution 3,820,000 regulated customers State agency Privatized company Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: CHILECTRA = Compañía Chilena de Electricidad; ENDESA = Empresa Nacional de Electricidad. 136       Power Market Structure standard for reform in Peru and several countries in Central America. Substantial new investments were made and operating efficiency increased significantly following privatization. Despite this success, relations among the privatized firms, and between firms and the regu- lator, became contentious as inconsistencies and regulatory voids in the law began to surface. These regulatory voids did not significantly affect sector performance while the industry was state-owned, but after privatization they became a source of problems, and the regulator’s decisions were frequently disputed in court. During 1990–97 a significant issue was the lack of investment in trans- mission, which was caused by insufficient incentives to build new lines that resulted from the original structure of the transmission tariff. During this period some new transmission lines were built, but only through direct negotiation among interested parties. In addition, other issues sur- faced associated with the need for improving CDEC’s practices, as the transmission and distribution companies did not have representation in the membership of these bodies and questioned some of their decisions. To address some of these regulatory voids, two main modifications to the original framework were introduced in 2003 and 2004 (Ley Corta I and Ley Corta II or Short Laws I and II). The 2003 Ley Corta I changed the method for calculating transmission tariffs to address transmission expansion issues and improve the incentives for constructing new lines. It also created a panel of experts to resolve disputes over technical issues. The 2004 Ley Corta II introduced changes to improve conditions for competition in generation by requiring distribution companies to pur- chase the electricity supplied to regulated customers through public auc- tions, with provisions for passing through the average price resulting from these auctions to retail tariffs. Impact on Sector Structure By 2008 the structure of the sector was less concentrated, particularly in the transmission segment; ownership of the assets had changed hands with more players involved, as indicated in figure 4.3. Impact on Sector Performance Over time ENDESA Spain’s control of ownership—either directly or through Enersis, a holding company, of the majority of the generation, transmission, and distribution assets in Chile—became an issue for the regulators. They saw Spain’s control as a sort of vertical integration that Chile       137 Figure 4.3  Chile: Taxonomy of Power Sector after Reform (2008) Policy National Energy Commission (CNE) National Energy Commission (CNE) Tariffs: National Energy Regulation Superintendence of Electricity and Fuels (SEC) Commission (CNE) 16% 16% Generation 33% ENDESA 35% others AES Gene Colbum 14% CGE 44% other Transmission 42% TRANSELEC transmission transmission companies 24% CGE 42% other Distribution 44% CHILECTRA distribution distribution companies 4,700,000 regulated customers – 78 unregulated customers State agency Privatized company Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: CGE = Compañía General de Electricidad; CHILECTRA = Compañía Chilena de Electricidad; ENDESA = Empresa Nacional de Electricidad. posed a long-term threat to their attempt to develop competition in the Chilean electricity market. In 2001 Chile Enersis, the controller of ENDESA Chile, sold 100 percent of its transmission assets (Transelec) in an attempt to improve its relationship with the regulators. The sale of Transelec to Hydro-Quebec International significantly reduced Enersis’s dominance of the industry. Evidence of possible impacts from unbundling and the other reforms in Chile is sought from trends from the early 1990s up to 2008 in the following indicators: • Access to electricity supply by the population in terms of new residen- tial connections. Electricity service is virtually universal in Chile, where around 98.5 percent of the total population was covered by the elec- tricity supply system in 2008. The access rate increased steadily from 80 percent in 1995 and 90 percent in 2001 to the more recent level under the privatized distribution companies. • Customer service quality. Quality of electricity service in Chile has generally been good by international and regional standards following 138       Power Market Structure ­ ercent reforms to the power sector. Distribution losses declined from 8 p in 1996 to around 6 percent from 1999 to 2008. The published data on supply interruptions is extremely limited, but showed that SAIDI ­ (System Average Interruption Duration Index) was around 12 hours between 2000 and 2005. Tariffs for residential customers varied in the range 8 $ cents to 10 $ cents per kWh (kilowatt-hour) up to 2004, which was generally affordable, but then increased quickly to 15 $ cents per kWh in 2007 mainly because of increased generation costs. • Supply security. In the late 1990s and May 2005 Chile faced two crises to its energy supply for power generation to which the reformed sector responded well, partly because the system generation capacity reserve margin remained substantial at around 60 percent from 1999 onward. The first crisis was in 1998–99, soon after the reforms were imple- mented, when Chile suffered one of the worst droughts on record and hydropower generation dropped by about a third. Despite an increase in thermal power generation, Chile experienced some power rationing. The 2005 crisis was the reduction of gas supplies from Argentina, which Chile had relied on for about 30 percent of its total power gen- eration. Argentina had to meet its population’s rising demand for resi- dential heating in winter and other uses. Consequently, the amount of power generated from natural gas in Chile declined sharply, and Chile had to switch gas-fired generation plants to burning liquid petroleum fuels at a substantial increase in operating costs. In response to this risk for imported gas by pipeline, in October 2009 Chile inaugurated its first natural gas re-gasification plant for the importation of liquefied natural gas as part of a strategy to diversify energy sources. • Financial sustainability. The privatized electricity distributors main- tained a healthy margin of revenues over costs that varied between 20 percent and 40 percent up to 2004 under the regulatory approach to tariff setting, but this margin declined to under 20 percent from 2005 because of the additional generation costs due to the increased use of liquid petroleum fuels for power generation. • Environmental sustainability. Average carbon emissions per unit of energy generated rose substantially from 1993 onward with the increase in thermal power generation, peaking in 1999 due to the loss of hydropower from the drought. Average carbon emissions per unit of energy generated then declined as natural gas began to replace coal Chile       139 from thermal power generation. The carbon level peaked again in 2004 and 2007 due to changes in the fuel mix for thermal power generation. Trends in these indicators are shown in the following figures. Figure 4.4  Milestones of Power Sector Reform in Chile 140 Law No. 2.224 Law 19.940 “Ley creates the Cortal” National changes Energy calculation of Commission, transmission ENDESA tariffs (address regulator in Gas import sells 100% charge of Privatization process of expansion issues), protocol of establishing GENCOs, DISCOs, and creates Panel of starts with transmission distribution and transmission Experts for Argentina assets transmission between 1983 and 1989 dispute resolution (100% (Transelec) of technical issues tariffs dependency) to HQI 1978 1982 1983–84 1985 1986–94 1995 1997 1998–99 2003 2004 2005 2008 Broad Reduction reform of Law No.18.410 Worst of gas creates the Privatization of drought imports economy GENCOs, DISCOs, and Superinten- on from Law No.1 dence of transmission record— Argentina 1982 Electricity and continued Causes Law 20.018, Ley Electricity Fuels as energy Corta II improves Service Law— compliance/ crisis conditions for Vertical and control entity resulting in competition in horizontal rationing generation—DISCOs unbundling required to by energy through public auctions Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: The milestones are reported in different shades: white = main external factors; light gray = main government interventions; dark gray = main private sector involvements. DISCOs = distribution companies; ENDESA = Empresa Nacional de Eletricidad (generation, transmission, and distribution company); GENCOs = generation companies; HQI = Hydro-Quebec International. Chile       141 Figure 4.5  Chile: Access to Residential Electricity 20 1.2 1.0 15 0.8 Percent Million 10 0.6 0.4 5 0.2 0 0 95 96 97 98 99 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 19 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Population without access Residential customers with access Access rate Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Figure 4.6  Chile: Quality of Electric Service 25 12 10 Number/customer, 20 hours/customer $ cents/kWh 8 15 6 10 4 5 2 0 0 96 97 98 99 00 01 02 03 04 05 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 SAIFI SAIDI Total opex per unit sold Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: opex = operational expenditures/costs; kWh = kilowatt-hour; SAIDI = System Average Interruption Dura- ­ ystem Average Interruption Frequency Index. tion Index; SAIFI = S Figure 4.7  Chile: System Losses and Operating Costs 9 12 8 10 7 $ cents/kWh 6 8 Percent 5 6 4 3 4 2 2 1 0 0 99 95 96 97 98 00 01 02 03 04 05 19 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 Distribution losses Total opex per unit sold Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: kWh = kilowatt-hour; opex = operational expenditures/costs. 142       Power Market Structure Figure 4.8  Chile: Electricity Generation by Source and Carbon Emissions 80,000 0.6 0.5 CO2 ton/kWh 60,000 0.4 GWh 40,000 0.3 0.2 20,000 0.1 0 0 19 9 19 0 19 1 19 2 19 3 19 4 19 5 19 6 19 7 19 8 20 9 20 0 20 1 20 2 03 20 4 20 5 06 20 7 08 8 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 0 0 0 0 0 0 19 20 20 Nuclear Thermal Carbon emissions index Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: GWh = gigawatt-hour; kWh = kilowatt-hour. Figure 4.9  Chile: Energy Security and Capital Expenditure 100 3.5 3.0 80 $ cents/kWh 2.5 Percent 60 2.0 40 1.5 1.0 20 0.5 0 0 19 9 19 0 91 19 2 19 3 19 4 19 5 96 19 7 19 8 20 9 20 0 20 1 20 2 20 3 20 4 20 5 20 6 20 7 08 8 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 19 19 19 Energy self-sufficiency System reserve capacity Total capex per unit sold Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: Capex = capital expenditures; kWh = kilowatt-hour. Chile       143 Figure 4.10  Chile: Average Tariff and Operating Costs 20 15 $ cents/kWh 10 5 0 96 99 97 98 00 01 03 07 02 04 05 06 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Average residential tariff Total opex per unit sold Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: kWh = kilowatt-hour; opex = operational expenditures/costs. Figure 4.11  Chile: Labor Productivity 2,000 35,000 Number of customers/employee, 30,000 Number of employees 1,500 25,000 MWh/employee 20,000 1,000 15,000 10,000 500 5,000 0 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Total number of employees in electricity sector Energy sold/employee Residential customers/employee Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: MWh = megawatt-hour. 144       Power Market Structure Figure 4.12  Chile: Capacity Utilization 70 3.5 60 3.0 50 2.5 $ cents/kWh Percent 40 2.0 30 1.5 20 1.0 10 0.5 0 0 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Capacity utilization Total capex per unit sold Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: Capex = capital expenditures; kWh = kilowatt-hour. Figure 4.13  Chile: Cost Recovery Index 1.6 12 1.4 10 1.2 1.0 8 $ cents/kWh Percent 0.8 6 0.6 4 0.4 0.2 2 0 0 98 99 00 01 02 03 04 05 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 Cost recovery index Average residential tariff Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: kWh = kilowatt-hour. Chile       145 Figure 4.14  Chile: Market Concentration 10,000 8,000 6,000 HHI 4,000 2,000 0 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Generation Distribution Transmission Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: HHI = Herfindahl-Hirschman Index. Figure 4.15  Chile: Private Ownership 120 100 80 Percent 60 40 20 0 89 91 92 93 96 97 98 99 90 95 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 94 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 20 20 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Generation, distribution, and transmission Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. 146       Power Market Structure Figure 4.16  Chile: Private Management 120 100 80 Percent 60 40 20 0 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 19 19 19 Generation, distribution, and transmission Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Figure 4.17  Chile: Degree of Vertical Integration 100 80 60 Percent 40 20 0 90 91 92 94 95 98 93 96 97 00 01 04 05 99 02 03 07 08 06 09 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 Between generation and distribution Between transmission and distribution Between generation and transmission Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. CHAPTER 5 Czech Republic Czech Republic falls into the category of high system size/high per capita income with a gross national income of $17,000 per capita in 2008 (World Bank 2008) and current total installed generating capacity of just over 18,000 MW (megawatts). The power sector is dominated by three vertically integrated compa- nies whose subsidiaries hold a license for both electricity distribution and ˇ eske Energeticke Zavody (C electricity trading. They are the C ˇ EZ) Group, the Energy On (E.ON) Group, and the Pražská Energetika (PRE) Group. These three suppliers’ share of the electricity market accounts for more than 95 percent of final customers’ total consumption in the Czech Republic; in the case of customers connected to the low voltage level their share is more than 99 percent. Reform History The Energy Regulatory Office (ERO) was set up in 2001 by Act No. 458/2000. Under ERO, public notice No. 540/2005 was implemented. This public notice pertained to the quality of electricity supplies and related services in the electricity industry for distribution system opera- tors (DSOs) with more than 90,000 supply points of final customers, or, 147   148       Power Market Structure as applicable, electrical energy suppliers. Effective from July 1, 2007, the prices of electricity and gas supplies to final customers were deregulated, and electricity and gas supply price control for suppliers of last resort was introduced as the maximum permissible price in compliance with Article 3(3) of Directive 2003/54/EC. The ERO inspects unbundled accounts of legally unbundled companies, which are required to submit separate accounts for each of the transmission and distribution activities with a view to preventing discriminatory practices. The regulator, however, does not have any authority to impose sanctions; in Czech Republic, the ability to impose sanctions is fully within the competences of another central authority of state administration, the State Energy Inspectorate. Czech law, acting in compliance with EU Directive 2003/54/EC, man- dated that all distribution companies legally separate their competitive and noncompetitive operations by January 1, 2007. Many of these com- panies complied with this legal unbundling in advance of the deadline, according to the following schedule: • Two distributors, Jihomoravska energetika (South Moravian Power Company, JME) and JihoÄT ˇ  eska energetika (South Bohemian Power Company, JCE), controlled by E.ON unbundled on January 1, 2005. • Five distributors, West Bohemian Power Company (ZCE), North Moravian Power Company (SME), North Bohemian Power Company (SCE), East Bohemian Power Company (VCE), and Central Bohemian Power Company (STE), controlled by C ˇ EZ unbundled in 2006. • PRE (Prague distributor of electricity) unbundled in 2006. • The high-voltage transmission operations already have ownership sepa- ration from any generation, supply, and lower-voltage distribution activities. Czech Republic has made use of the opportunity to unbundle only those companies that have large numbers of customers. The Czech legis- lation provides for this opportunity, known as “the 90,000 customers rule,” in Section 25a(9) of the Energy Act: “The separation of activities hereunder shall be effected no later than by 31 December 2006, with the exception of the vertically integrated undertakings that provide services for less than 90,000 connected final customers.” The law on support of renewable electricity is a major breakthrough in the development of electricity production from renewable sources. For investors in renewable sources, the law guarantees an up to 15-year pay- back period for their investment in the various categories of renewable Czech Republic        149 sources. Since 2006 renewable electricity producers have had the oppor- tunity under the law to choose between buyout by regional DSOs or the transmission system operator (TSO) in the system of guaranteed feed-in tariffs, and a premium on the market price of electricity (the system of green premiums, the level of which is controlled by the government). The support in the form of feed-in tariffs cannot be applied in the case of biomass and fossil fuel co-firing or parallel firing. Regional DSOs and the TSO are obliged to give priority to the connection of renewable electric- ity producers. The charge to meet the extra costs incurred in support for electricity from renewable sources, combined heat and power (CHP), and secondary sources has risen from CZK 40.75/MWh (megawatt-hours) for 2008 to CZK 52.18/MWh for 2009. The increase in the contribution is caused mainly by the growing quantity of electricity generated from renewable sources. The number of solar installations rose almost five times in 2008. Since the beginning of February 2009, all three Czech power distribution companies (C ˇ EZ, E.ON, and PRE) stopped connect- ing new photovoltaic (PV) plants to their grids. As a result of that move, many small and medium solar installation and merchant companies have lost customers and are unable to win new orders. Many Czech solar installers have been losing business and are considerably worried about their future. Impact on Sector Structure The most important electricity generator on the Czech market is C ˇ EZ, which holds a share of almost 70 percent of installed capacity and 74 percent of the electricity generated. C ˇ EZ is also the only market par- ticipant that has a market share of more than 5 percent in relation to the installed capacity or the quantity of electricity generated. The second largest generator is Sokolovská uhelná, právní nástupce (market share of 3.5 percent), and the third is Dalkia C ˇ eská republika (market share of 3 percent). The following are the other important electricity producers with an installed capacity of more than 200 MW: International Power Opatovice (Elektrárny Opatovice until September 30, 2005), ECK Generating Energotrans, and United Energy. These companies are usually a part of larger groups, frequently multinational energy groups, that oper- ate the whole range of business lines from generation to trade. We can track a direct connection through these ties, where the generator and trader operating in the Czech Republic are a part of a single group, such as ECK Generating (Atel Energy GmbH), and others. In addition to these 150       Power Market Structure generators, who sell most of their electricity on the market, large industrial groups also have their electricity generating plants with an ­ installed capacity of more than 200 MW, namely Unipetrol RPA, and Mittal Steel Ostrava. One TSO is active in the Czech Republic: C ˇ EPS, is responsible for electricity transmission at the level of the transmission system (400 kV [kilovolts], 220 kV, and selected 110 kV lines), for the development of the transmission system, and for providing the system services that help to ensure safe and reliable operation of the electricity grid. At lower voltage levels (110 kV and lower), electricity distribution is provided by three DSOs with more than 90,000 customers, whose installations are connected directly to the transmission system. Currently, in addition to these regional distributors, 277 operators of distribution systems con- nect only to these three DSOs in the Czech Republic. These local DSOs distribute electricity within areas specified in their electricity distribu- tion licenses. The length of 110 kV distribution lines is 15,746 km (kilometers); the length of all high voltage (over 1 kV) lines is 90,244 km; and the length of low voltage lines is 169,787 km. The total length of all the lines outside the transmission system is therefore more than 275,000 km. About 20 more important independent traders also operate on the electricity market, and their total market share is up to a few percent of customers’ total consumption. So far, these suppliers have been offering electricity bought from smaller generators or imported from other coun- tries mainly to large industrial customers; the reason has been the gradual opening of the Czech electricity market. One feature of the Czech market that could impede the benefits of competition is the horizontal and vertical integration of C ˇ EZ. With roughly 70 percent of generation market share and control of five out of eight local distribution companies serving 66 percent of final customers, Cˇ EZ is in a position to influence the overall market in a noncompetitive way. On the generation side, its size could allow the company to raise the wholesale price of power to gain greater revenue or, alternatively, to lower the price to punish smaller competitors. Although the company is not so dominant that it could exercise this influence throughout the year, it is more likely able to do so on a regular basis in certain supply and demand situations. On the retail side, C ˇ EZ’s control of 62 percent of final cus- tomer delivery could pose a number of problems. First, those distribution companies could buy power from C ˇ EZ even if more attractive prices were available on the market. (Competitive pressures would ideally Czech Republic        151 prohibit this practice, but the price responsiveness and market sophistica- tion of all customers has not yet been established.) Second, C ˇ EZ could potentially deny nondiscriminatory access to the company’s low-voltage networks. Even the suggestion or possibility that these distribution com- panies would favor C ˇ EZ over other wholesale suppliers could be suffi- cient to deter new entrants. Impact on Sector Performance Evidence of possible impacts from unbundling and other reforms is sought from trends from the early to mid-1990s up to 2008 in the fol- lowing indicators: • Access to electricity supply by the population. In terms of new connec- tions, the total number of connections increased at a steady annual rate of 1 percent during 2005–07. • System reserve generation capacity. System reserve generation capacity has been kept at adequate levels. Due to the global economic recession, electricity demand in Czech Republic decreased by 6 percent from 2008 to 2009. Consequently, power generation fell by 0.5 percent. Yet, Cˇ EZ maintained stable generation capacity of 14,395 MW during the financial crisis. • Total system energy losses and quality. To comply with the requirement of the Energy Act the three DSOs (C ˇ EZ, PRE, and EON) have reported SAIDI (System Average Interruption Duration Index) and SAIFI (Sys- tem Average Interruption Frequency Index) since 2005. Serving the capital city, PRE Distribuce showed the best performance in terms of average number of supply interruptions and average time of supply interruptions for all three categories of low voltage-, high voltage-, and extra high voltage-level customers. With the exception of E.ON, both Cˇ EZ and PRE quality increased over time. In addition, transmission losses fell by 12 percent from 2005 to 2008. • Financial performance. A significant increase in capital expenditures in all segments of the market have been recorded for C ˇ EZ. Average reve- nues have been increasing substantially over the past few years. The EBITDA (earnings before interest, depreciation, and amortization) lev- els also register major improvements. 152       Power Market Structure • Carbon emissions. In line with the Act on Promotion of Use of Renew- able Sources in 2008 the number of newly connected renewable sources of electricity increased to 909, with aggregate installed capacity of 81.4 MW. Of these, 836 were new solar power plants with a total installed capacity of 20.2 MW. In 2007 carbon emissions grew from 527 to 558 (CO2 tons/MWh) from the previous year possibly due to continuation of major capital expenditure projects aimed at upgrading the Dukovany Nuclear Power Station. Trends in these indicators are shown in the figures that follow. Figure 5.1  Milestones in Power Sector Reform in the Czech Republic EU accession— energy strategy outlined in Legal line with EU unbundling directives to of E.ON rely more on Distribuce. Legal Global economic Entry of first Legal domestically Act on unbundling recession—energy private The regulator unbundling produced promotion of the consumption generators. (Energy of the energy and of use of distribution declines and EZ partially Russian Regulatory transmission renewable renewable operators energy utilization (27%) financial Office) is operator energy sources EZ and PRE decreases by privatized crisis established EPS sources passed Distribuce industry 1993–95 1998 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 Public listing of Energy action Liberalization of Energy law to Liberalization Full liberalization EZ conditions of the electricity and speed up of the of the gas market and PRE business and state gas markets for liberalization of electricity which resulted in administration in 60 companies the power and market for all higher tariffs the energy started gas markets. nonhousehold industries passed Privatization consumers of E.ON Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. 153   Note: The milestones are reported in different shades: white = main external factors; light gray = main government interventions; dark gray = main private sector involvements. ČEZ = Česke Energeticke Zavody; E.ON = Energy On; EU = European Union; PRE = Pražská Energetika. 154       Power Market Structure Figure 5.2  Czech Republic: Access to Residential Electricity 100 80 60 Percent 40 20 0 19 7 19 8 20 9 20 0 20 1 20 2 20 3 20 4 20 5 20 6 20 7 20 8 09 19 9 19 0 19 1 19 2 19 3 19 4 19 5 19 6 0 0 0 0 8 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 0 0 0 0 0 19 Access rate Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Figure 5.3  Czech Republic: Quality of Electric Service 8 7 7 6 Number/customer, 6 hours/customer 5 $ cents/kWh 5 4 4 3 3 2 2 1 1 0 0 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 SAIFI (ČEZ) SAIDI (ČEZ) Total opex per unit sold (ČEZ) Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: ČEZ = Česke Energeticke Zavody; kWh = kilowatt-hour; opex = operational expenditures/costs; SAIDI = System Average Interruption Duration Index; SAIFI = System Average Interruption Frequency Index. Czech Republic        155 Figure 5.4  Czech Republic: Quality of Electric Service (PRE) 1.6 7 1.4 6 Number/customer, hours/customer 1.2 5 $ cents/kWh 1.0 4 0.8 3 0.6 0.4 2 0.2 1 0 0 02 03 04 05 06 08 09 10 07 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 SAIFI (PRE) SAIDI (PRE) Total opex per unit sold (PRE) Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: kWh = kilowatt-hour; opex = operational expenditures/costs; PRE = Pražská Energetika; SAIDI = System Average Interruption Duration Index; SAIFI = System Average Interruption Frequency Index. Figure 5.5  Czech Republic: System Energy Losses 6 7 5 6 5 $ cents/kWh 4 Percent 4 3 3 2 2 1 1 0 0 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Distribution losses Transmission losses Total opex per unit sold (PRE) Total opex per unit sold (ČEZ) Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: kWh = kilowatt-hour. 156 Power Market Structure Figure 5.6 Czech Republic: Electricity Generation by Source and Carbon Emissions 100,000 1.0 80,000 0.8 CO2 ton/kWh 60,000 0.6 GWh 40,000 0.4 20,000 0.2 0 0 19 9 19 0 19 1 19 2 19 3 19 4 19 5 19 6 19 7 19 8 20 9 20 0 20 1 20 2 20 3 20 4 20 5 20 6 20 7 08 8 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 19 Thermal Hydro Nuclear Renewable (other than hydro) Carbon Emissions Index Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: GWh = gigawatt-hour; kWh = kilowatt-hour. Figure 5.7 Czech Republic: Energy Security and Capital Expenditure 140 3.5 120 3.0 $ cents/kWh 100 2.5 Percent 80 2.0 60 1.5 40 1.0 20 0.5 0 0 19 9 90 19 1 19 2 19 3 19 4 19 5 19 6 97 19 8 99 20 0 20 1 20 2 20 3 20 4 20 5 20 6 20 7 20 8 09 8 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 19 19 19 20 Energy self-sufficiency System reserve capacity Total capex per unit sold (ČEZ) Total capex per unit sold (PRE) Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: Capex = capital expenditures; ČEZ = Česke Energeticke Zavody; kWh = kilowatt-hour; PRE = Pražská Energetika. ˇ EZ) Figure 5.8 Czech Republic: Average Tariff and Operating Costs (C 35 30 $ cents/kWh 25 20 15 10 5 0 19 0 19 1 19 2 19 3 19 4 19 5 19 6 19 7 19 8 20 9 20 0 20 1 20 2 20 3 20 4 20 5 20 6 20 7 08 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 19 Total opex per unit sold (ČEZ) Average tariff—general (ČEZ) Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: ČEZ = Česke Energeticke Zavody; kWh = kilowatt-hour; opex = operational expenditures/costs. Czech Republic 157 Figure 5.9 Czech Republic: Average Tariff and Operating Costs (PRE) 15 $ cents/kWh 10 5 0 08 19 0 19 1 19 2 19 3 19 4 19 5 19 6 19 7 19 8 20 9 20 0 20 1 02 20 3 20 4 20 5 20 6 20 7 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 19 20 Total opex per unit sold (PRE) Average tariff—general (PRE) Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: kWh = kilowatt-hour; opex = operational expenditures/costs; PRE = Pražská Energetika. Figure 5.10 Czech Republic: Capacity Utilization 100 3.5 90 3.0 80 $ cents/kWh 70 2.5 Percent 60 2.0 50 40 1.5 30 1.0 20 10 0.5 0 0 05 19 1 20 1 09 19 3 19 9 19 0 92 94 19 5 19 6 19 7 19 8 20 9 20 0 02 20 3 04 20 6 20 7 20 8 9 0 9 8 9 9 9 9 9 9 0 0 20 0 0 0 19 19 19 20 20 Capacity utilization Total capex per unit sold (ČEZ) Total capex per unit sold (PRE) Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: Capex = capital expenditures; ČEZ = Česke Energeticke Zavody; kWh = kilowatt-hour; PRE = Pražská Energetika. ˇ EZ) Figure 5.11 Czech Republic: Cost Recovery Index (C 9 35 8 30 7 $ cents/kWh 6 25 Percent 5 20 4 15 3 10 2 1 5 0 0 96 97 98 99 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Cost recovery index (ČEZ) Average tariff—general (ČEZ) Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: ČEZ = Česke Energeticke Zavody; kWh = kilowatt-hour. 158 Power Market Structure Figure 5.12 Czech Republic: Cost Recovery Index (PRE) 6 16 5 14 12 $ cents/kWh 4 10 Percent 3 8 2 6 4 1 2 0 0 96 97 98 99 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Cost recovery index (PRE) Average tariff—general (PRE) Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: kWh = kilowatt-hour; PRE = Pražská Energetika. Figure 5.13 Czech Republic: Market Concentration 12,000 10,000 8,000 HHI 6,000 4,000 2,000 0 19 9 19 0 19 1 19 2 19 3 19 4 19 5 19 6 19 7 19 8 20 9 20 0 20 1 20 2 20 3 20 4 20 5 20 6 20 7 08 8 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 19 Generation Transmission Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: HHI = Herfindahl-Hirschman Index. Figure 5.14 Czech Republic: Private Ownership 100 80 Percent 60 40 20 0 19 9 19 0 19 1 19 2 19 3 19 4 19 5 19 6 19 7 19 8 20 9 20 0 20 1 20 2 20 3 20 4 20 5 20 6 20 7 20 8 09 8 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 19 Generation Distribution Transmisisson Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Czech Republic        159 Figure 5.15  Czech Republic: Private Management 100 80 Percent 60 40 20 0 19 9 19 0 19 1 19 2 19 3 19 4 19 5 19 6 19 7 19 8 20 9 20 0 20 1 20 2 20 3 20 4 20 5 20 6 20 7 20 8 09 8 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 19 Generation Distribution Transmisisson Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Figure 5.16  Czech Republic: Degree of Vertical Integration 100 90 80 Unbundling of 70 the transmission Percent 60 50 operator ČEPS 40 30 20 10 0 19 9 19 0 19 1 19 2 19 3 19 4 19 5 19 6 19 7 19 8 20 9 20 0 20 1 20 2 20 3 20 4 20 5 20 6 20 7 20 8 09 8 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 19 Between generation and transmission Between generation and distribution Between transmission and distribution Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: ČEPS = Czech transmission system operator. Reference World Bank. 2008. World Development Indicators. World Bank, Washington, DC. CHAPTER 6 Arab Republic of Egypt The Arab Republic of Egypt falls into the lower-middle categories for national income ($2,000 per capita) and high power system size (24,700 MW (megawatts) installed generation capacity in 2010 with more than 40 grid-connected plants). As of 2010, 99 percent of the Egyptian popu- lation had access to electricity. Reform History In 1962 the Egyptian government nationalized the electricity services that had been supplied by private companies since the 1890s under con- cessions. The government then formed three authorities—Electricity Production Authority, Electricity Distribution Authority, and Electricity Projects Implementation Authority. In 1965 a general authority of elec- tricity was formed that took over the responsibilities of these three. Under Law No. 12, in 1976 the government established the Egyptian Electricity Authority (EEA), giving it the exclusive right to produce, transmit, and distribute electric power throughout Egypt. In 1978, seven regional companies for electricity distribution were established under EEA’s supervision. 161   162       Power Market Structure In 1983 the distribution activities were transferred from EEA to a new authority called the Public Sector Authority for Electric Power Distribution, under the direct jurisdiction of the Ministry of Electricity and Energy (MOEE). The following year a modification of Law No. 12 of 1976 (Law No. 36) eliminated EEA’s exclusive right for power genera- tion. In 1991, under Law No. 203, the electric distribution companies were transferred from the MOEE to the Holding Company for Construction and Electric Power Distribution, under the jurisdiction of the Ministry of Public Enterprises Sector, a new ministry created for the preparation of public sector companies for privatization. In 1998, when the prospects for privatizing the distribution entities had receded, partly because of the lack of improvement in their perfor- mance, MOEE transferred these entities back to EEA under Law No. 18 (another modification of Law No. 12 of 1976). Under Law No. 18, EEA combined these distribution entities with its generation entities into seven vertically integrated subsidiaries that served geographic zones as local monopolies. EEA continued to be responsible for transmission, dis- patching, planning for new generation and transmission projects, and the purchase of the electricity produced by build, own, operate, and transfer (BOOT) projects. Another reform was undertaken in 2000 through Law 164 (another modification of Law No. 12 of 1976) for the reorganization of EEA into an Egyptian joint stock (holding) company under the name Egyptian Electricity Holding Company (EEHC). In July 2001 more restructuring took place through the unbundling of the generation, transmission, and distribution activities into thirteen companies (five generation, one trans- mission, and seven distribution). Each generation and distribution subsid- iary was established as a separate corporate entity with its own board. This process of corporatization apparently reflected the government’s intention that EEHC should be expected to finance its own projects. Law 164 provided for the sale of up to 49 percent of the total share- holding of these generation and distribution entities to private investors. Although shares of the seven distribution monopolies were prepared at that time for offer on the Egyptian Stock Exchange, investors’ lack of interest prevented realization of this plan. Since then, the government has not shown any interest in privatizing any of these entities. An internal wholesale power pool was also created in 2002 under Law 164 to replace the previous dispatch processes. Under the pool provi- sions, the generators provide bids for dispatch, and their generating units are scheduled for dispatch on the basis of these bids. The bids are based Arab Republic of Egypt       163 on costs, however, and so the pool has never operated as a genuine mar- ket-clearing exchange. Moreover, EEHC has retroactively adjusted the cost-based prices in the pool to maintain substantial cross-subsidies among the pool members, which has further blunted any competitive pressure to improve efficiency. Due to the high growth rate of the power sector, further unbundling took place in 2002 with the division of one of the distribution companies into two companies, and again in 2004 with the division of another of the distribution companies into two companies. Egypt is now served by nine electricity distribution companies, six generation companies, and one transmission company, all of which are affiliated and controlled by EEHC, their parent company. EEHC is also responsible for the planning, devel- opment, and operation of the government-owned electric utilities. All of these reforms took place without an independent regulator. Despite the issuance of Presidential Decree No. 326 in 1997 for the establishment of the Electric Utility and Consumer Protection Regulatory Agency (ERA), no progress was made until 2000, when Decree No. 339 was issued. The regulatory agency was established in May 2001 and started operations in early 2002. In addition to ensuring an adequate sup- ply of electricity to meet demand at equitable prices, ERA’s mandate covers preparing for competition in the power market. ERA’s powers fall short of a truly independent regulatory agency, however, because it does not have tariff-setting power. Moreover, its rulings are under government influence because its board is chaired by the minister of electricity and energy. Between 1992 and 2004 there were no changes to the tariffs in nomi- nal terms, even though a substantial decline in real terms resulted. Then in October 2004 the cabinet of ministers approved nominal tariff increases of approximately 5 percent per annum for the next five years, with the aim of covering costs by 2009. In August 2007 the government announced a three-year plan to remove subsidies from natural gas and electricity tariffs for energy-intensive industries. In June 2008 the tariff increases under this plan were accelerated and implemented immediately. Egypt’s Private Power Generation Projects In the early 1990s Egypt’s government was advised by the main external financiers of its infrastructure projects, namely the multi- and bi-lateral agencies that provided loans on soft financing terms, to open its infrastruc- ture markets to private sector financing and operation. The government 164       Power Market Structure was also advised to focus its limited amounts of available public sector funding on social sectors. These agencies made availability of their financ- ing for the power sector in particular conditional on the sector reaching commercial performance standards, which required substantially higher electricity prices. Because the government considered that such price lev- els would be too unpopular to implement, it kept electricity prices unchanged and decided to open its power market to private participation. In June 1996 Law No. 12 of 1976 was modified again, this time by Law No. 100 to permit the private sector to develop and operate electric power generating plants under BOOT project arrangements.1 Under such projects, a private developer has a long-term agreement to sell electricity in bulk to EEA under a long-term agreement and transfers the project assets to EEA at the end of the contract. The 1997 Investment Law pro- vided private investors with a number of additional key features: tax exemption (for the first five years), currency conversion, full repatriation of profits, and protection against nationalization and expropriation. EEHC organized the first tender for private power generation in 1996 and awarded a contract under a power purchase agreement (PPA) in 1998. The PPA provided for power to be supplied from a gas-fired steam generator of 682.5 MW capacity for a period of 20 years under BOOT arrangements with project financing. Under the PPA’s pricing terms, EEHC must pay for an agreed amount of power produced from the plant whether or not it takes as much as that amount. This minimum payment obligation was based on the amount of energy produced if the plant were operated at a utilization rate of between 65 percent and 70 percent of its capacity. The fuel cost was based on a formula stated in the PPA and passed through to EEHC. EEHC’s payments were made in U.S. dollars and were to be backed by a guarantee from the Egyptian Central Bank. EEHC quickly concluded two more BOOT projects for generating plants under similar contract terms and the same set of conditions extended by the government. Between 1996 and 2003 the private sector added 2 gigawatts in new power capacity in the form of three gas-fired steam generating plants of equal rated capacity of 682.5 MW, accounting at that time for about 10 percent of the country’s installed capacity. Debt financing was provided by local and foreign banks as well as by institu- tional investors and multilateral agencies. Egypt was able to secure power from independent power producers (IPPs) under these agreements at electricity prices that were among the lowest for such IPP projects in developing countries. Under the first PPA, power was priced at $0.0254 per kilowatt-hour. The main factors that Arab Republic of Egypt       165 explain this low tariff are the low price for natural gas supplied to the plants, the project developers’ perceptions of a favorable investment cli- mate, the absence of currency risk for the developers, and the developers’ plans at that time to expand their operations in the Egyptian market by building a portfolio of generation assets. The elements of the favorable investment climate were a clear policy framework, coherent power sector planning, international competitive bidding process, abundant low-cost fuel, the willingness of government to share risks, political stability, and a country with an investment grade rating for foreign direct investment. Retail tariff subsidies or the absence of an autonomous sector regulator were not major deterrents to foreign investors in IPPs (Eberhard and Gratwick 2007). Despite a large devaluation of the Egyptian currency in later years and wholesale changes in ownership for all three projects,2 the original agree- ments have remained in force without any renegotiations of contract terms, and the three private gas-fired generating plants continue to pro- vide reliable and affordable electricity. Power provided by the IPPs remains competitively priced by international standards (largely due to cheap state-supplied natural gas to the plants), but the major devaluation of the currency doubled the cost of power purchases in local currency terms for EEHC under the dollar-denominated contracts. The Egyptian government, however, is apparently not keen to develop further IPPs with the same terms and conditions for sharing currency and other contractual risks. Since 2000 it has been developing a second IPP framework with new provisions for financing and off-take terms that are less attractive than those offered to the first IPPs: all foreign currency must be obtained from abroad, rather than being sourced from domestic banks; local designers, contractors, and manufacturers must contribute substantially to the execution of the projects; and local costs must be paid in local currency. In addition, the bids that have both a larger equity- financing stake and a larger local investment component will be favored. Finally, project developers must bring their own customers with them; that is, EEHC will not be the sole buyer.3 To date, however, no new IPP projects have been undertaken within this second regime. The Return to Publicly Financed Power Projects With more concessionary funding becoming available, the Egyptian gov- ernment has charged EEHC with procuring further generation capacity with financial support from development finance institutions. EEHC has 166       Power Market Structure continued to work on five-year development plans—particularly for gen- erating capacity. EEHC concluded its first fast track power generation program for adding 4,500 MW of gas-fired combined cycle generating capacity during its fifth five-year plan for 2002–07. EEHC is currently implementing its second fast track power generation program during its sixth five-year plan for 2007–12, which consists of 7,240 MW of new generating capacity (6,500 MW gas-fired plant and 600 MW of wind power capacity). EEHC is planning to add about 15,000 MW of new capacity during its seventh five-year plan for 2012–17. Nevertheless, EEHC’s generation reserve margin is expected to remain tight for some time because of the expected growth in power demand. In conclusion, the government’s strategy for meeting Egypt’s demand for electricity has managed to expand the power supply impressively, helped by the discovery of large reserves of natural gas that provide low- cost power generation while expanding access to electricity to nearly the whole population. The government has kept electricity prices down to help low-income households afford it, and energy-intensive industries remain competitive. These achievements have, however, come at a cost. The subsidies imposed substantial burdens on the government’s fiscal resources and weakened the financial structure of the state-owned enterprises involved in supplying electricity and energy and in financing the energy sector. This outcome has impeded the government’s inten- tions to privatize power supply entities and attract private investment to the sector. Impact on Sector Structure Egypt’s reforms to its power sector have followed a sequence of unbun- dling and rebundling of its state-owned power entities combined with shuffling of responsibilities for policy and regulatory oversight and corpo- rate direction. The sector’s ownership and structure as state-owned monopolies remained consistent with the government’s economic devel- opment strategy that gave priority to state direction of investment and pricing of public services. The entry in the late 1990s of private investors to develop three power generation plants now appears to have been a temporary diversion from this general direction. Currently the Egyptian electricity market is composed of government-owned utilities (six generation, one transmission, and nine ­ distribution) under the direct management of EEHC; three IPP-owned projects; one wind-generating company under the direction of the Arab Republic of Egypt       167 Figure 6.1  Structure of the Egyptian Power Sector Ministry of Electricity and Energy (MOEE) EEHC Six generation companies NREA EETC: The transmission company and the single- Three IPPs buyer entity Nine distribution New IPPs companies Consumers Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: EEHC = Egyptian Electricity Holding Company; EETC = Egyptian Electric Transmission Company; IPPs = independent power producers; NREA = New Renewal Energy Authority. New Renewal Energy Authority within MOEE, and about 12 small isolated and/or semiconnected independent service providers in either generation or distribution. The structure of the power market is depicted in figure 6.1. At present, the Egyptian Electric Transmission Company (EETC) operates under a single-buyer model and purchases bulk power from all generation entities. EETC in turn sells bulk power to distribution compa- nies and to high voltage and extra-high voltage (EHV) customers. EEHC sets and controls the purchase and selling prices of electricity among the government-owned utilities. This single-buyer market does not allow free competition among incumbent generation companies. EEHC has not set up an independent transmission operator or system operator. Impact on Sector Performance Evidence of possible impacts from reforms is sought from trends from the early to mid-1990s up to 2008 in the following five indicators: 168       Power Market Structure • Access to electricity supply by the population in terms of new residen- tial connections. The Egyptian distributors increased residential con- nections steadily at an average annual rate of 4 percent to reach 99 percent of the population. • Customer service quality. Power outage rates and durations and dis- tribution system losses have trended downward since the early 2000s. The total number of distribution transformer failures per year fell substantially by 48 percent from 2002 to 2008. The total level of transmission and distribution losses as a percentage of total output dipped from approximately 13 percent in 2002 to around 11 percent in 2008. These trends indicate that the distribution entities suc- ceeded in improving customer service quality during the previous decade. • Supply security. The margin of the power system’s generation reserve capacity declined steadily from around 20 percent in the early 2000s to less than 10 percent in more recent years, showing that the system now has little scope for avoiding power shortages during annual peak demand periods (afternoons of the hottest days). This trend underlies the need for EEHC’s fast-track generation programs. • Financial sustainability. Financial performance data for EEHC and its affiliates should be viewed cautiously because of the heavy cross- subsidies present in the Egyptian electricity and energy sectors, some of which are not fully transparent. Indicators of EEHC’s financial stress are its difficulty in mobilizing sufficient funding for its invest- ment programs and, reportedly, its difficulty in fully servicing its debts to fuel suppliers and local lenders. EEHC’s debt servicing prob- lems have had to be managed by government interventions to restruc- ture some of the debt so as to maintain EEHC’s viability with revenues based on the government-controlled electricity tariffs. • Environmental sustainability. The carbon emissions index has been steadily increasing from 0.51 in 2002 to 0.55 in 2008, but is expected to improve due to the significant investment in renewable energies. Trends in these indicators are shown in the following figures. Figure 6.2  Milestones of Power Sector Reform in Egypt • Private concession • Law 164 8 DISCOs First Presidential – EEHC Draft • Nationalization transferred Decree • PPA Financial Electricity • MOEE formed to the establishing signed crisis. Law and national utility Ministry of regulatory Devalution unbundled Public agency of Egyptian Enterprises currency 1893 2001 1962 1976 1992 1996 1997 1998 2000 2009 2007 1964 Egyptian • Law 100 • Law 18 • EEA Unbundling Electricity • Provision • DISCOs in corporatized as of generation Authority allowing to electricity EEHC and formed for IPPs in sector • Second distribution generation Presidential (under Decree for EEHC) establishment of regulatory agency Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: The milestones are reported in different shades: white = main external factors; light gray = main government interventions; dark gray = main private sector involvements. DISCOs = distribution companies; EEA= Egyptian Electricity Authority; EEHC = Egyptian Electricity Holding Company; IPPs = independent power producers; MOEE = Ministry of Electricity and 169   Energy; PPA = power purchase agreement. 170       Power Market Structure Figure 6.3  Egypt: Access to Residential Electricity 90 1.2 80 1.0 70 60 0.8 Percent Million 50 0.6 40 30 0.4 20 0.2 10 0 0 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 20 2 97 98 99 00 01 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 0 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 20 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Population without access Residential customers with access Access rate Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Figure 6.4  Egypt: Quality of Electric Service 400 2.5 350 number/customer Hours/customer, 300 2.0 $ cents/kWh 250 1.5 200 150 1.0 100 0.5 50 0 0 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Total number of distribution transformer failures Total opex per unit consumed SAIFI SAIDI Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: kWh = kilowatt-hour; opex = operational expenditures/costs; SAIFI = System Average Interruption Frequency Index; SAIDI = System Average Interruption Duration Index. Arab Republic of Egypt       171 Figure 6.5  Egypt: System Losses and Operating Costs 12 2.5 10 2.0 $ cents/kWh 8 Percent 1.5 6 1.0 4 2 0.5 0 0 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Distribution losses Transmission losses Total opex per unit consumed Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: kWh = kilowatt-hour; opex = operational expenditures/costs. Figure 6.6  Egypt: Electricity Generation by Source and Carbon Emissions 140,000 1.0 120,000 0.8 100,000 CO2 ton/kWh 0.6 GWh 80,000 60,000 0.4 40,000 0.2 20,000 0 0 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Renewable Thermal (gas) Hydro Carbon emissions index Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: GWh = gigawatt-hour. 172       Power Market Structure Figure 6.7  Egypt: Energy Security and Capital Expenditure 120 25 100 20 $ cents/kWh 80 Percent 15 60 10 40 20 5 0 0 19 0 19 1 19 2 19 3 19 4 19 5 19 6 19 7 19 8 20 9 20 0 20 1 20 2 20 3 20 4 20 5 20 6 20 7 20 8 20 9 10 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 19 System reserve capacity Energy self-sufficiency Total capex per unit consumed Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: Capex = capital expenditures; kWh = kilowatt-hour. Figure 6.8  Egypt: Average Tariff and Operating Costs 2.5 2.0 $ cents/kWh 1.5 1.0 0.5 0 91 92 05 09 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 00 01 02 03 04 06 07 08 19 19 20 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Total opex per unit consumed Average tariff-general Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: kWh = kilowatt-hour; opex = operational expenditures/costs. Figure 6.9  Egypt: Capacity Utilization 100 25 90 80 20 70 $ cents/kWh 60 15 Percent 50 40 10 30 20 5 10 0 0 19 0 19 1 19 2 19 3 19 4 19 5 19 6 19 7 19 8 20 9 20 0 20 1 20 2 20 3 20 4 20 5 20 6 20 7 20 8 09 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 19 Capacity utilization Total capex per unit consumed Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: Capex = capital expenditures; kWh = kilowatt-hour. Arab Republic of Egypt       173 Figure 6.10  Egypt: Market Concentration 12,000 10,000 8,000 6,000 HHI 4,000 2,000 0 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Generation Transmission Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: HHI = Herfindahl-Hirschman Index. Figure 6.11  Egypt: Private Ownership 100 80 Percent 60 40 20 0 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Transmission Generation Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Figure 6.12  Egypt: Private Management 100 80 Percent 60 40 20 0 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Transmission Generation Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. 174       Power Market Structure Figure 6.13  Egypt: Degree of Vertical Integration 100 98 96 94 92 Percent 90 88 86 84 82 80 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Between generation and transmission Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Notes 1. Law 100 specified that “local and foreign investors may be granted public utility concessions allowing them to build, operate and maintain power gen- eration stations.” 2. After two years of operation by the IPPs that developed these projects, these firms sold their interests in the projects to other IPPs. 3. ERA put out for discussion in 2010 a proposal in a white paper by which new large industrial and commercial users of electricity would have to contract bilaterally for electricity supply with other producers besides EEHC. In turn, new IPPs would have to sell a specified proportion of their output directly under bilateral contracts to large users. This proposal has not progressed. Reference Eberhard, Anton, and Katharine Gratwick. 2007. “From State to Market and Back Again: Egypt’s Experiment with Independent Power Projects.” Energy 32: 724–38. CHAPTER 7 Indonesia Indonesia falls into the lower-middle categories for national income (just above $2,000 per capita) and high power system size (30,000 MW [megawatts] installed generation capacity). Even though the country has sizable resources of oil, gas, and coal reserves, it faces an enormous chal- lenge in providing energy efficiently for the world’s fourth largest popula- tion spread over an archipelago of more than 6,000 inhabited islands. The electric power industry in Indonesia is managed solely by Perusahaan Listrik Negara (PLN), a state-owned monopoly. PLN has various business units that carry out functions that include generation, transmission, and distribution. About 75 percent of the power produced in Indonesia is on the main island of Java. PLN controls about 85 percent of the total generation capacity, and the remainder is owned by large industries and mines mainly for their own use and by independent power producers (IPPs) that sell their output to PLN. In the last two decades, the power industry in Indonesia has experi- enced high growth in demand, averaging 8 percent per annum. In 2009 PLN served more than 40 million consumers and sold 135 TWh (ter- awatt-hour). The residential consumer category accounted for 41 percent of PLN’s energy sales, the industrial category for 34 percent, the commer- cial category for 18 percent, and the public category for 7 percent. PLN 175   176       Power Market Structure produced 77 percent of the 157 TWh total amount of electrical energy generated,1 and IPPs produced the remaining 23 percent. PLN generated 36 percent of its output from coal-fired power plants, 29 percent from oil-fired power plants, 24 percent from gas-fired power plants, 8 percent from hydropower plants, and 3 percent from geothermal power plants. Indonesia’s power sector faces investment needs that greatly exceed the public sector’s financial resources. Therefore, the government must rely heavily on the private sector to expand the country’s power system. The chronology of government’s attempts to reform the power sector forms the basic theme of this case study. Reform History Successive Indonesian governments have attempted to modernize the power sector since the mid-1980s, and in particular to create an invest- ment climate conducive to private investment in the power sector. So far, the government’s success relative to the sector’s needs has been limited. The attempts to modernize have been continuously impeded by the basic institutional and legal arrangements for the sector. Institutionally, the dominant state-owned enterprise (PLN) formed strong resistance to any significant reform attempts by the government. Legally, the government’s central role, particularly in the electricity sector, was stipulated by the 1945 Constitution, which provides the government with the mandate and the power as the sole provider of electricity for the nation.2 To imple- ment this mandate, PLN has held the exclusive right and monopoly to supply and distribute electricity for public use in Indonesia. Efforts to reform and commercialize the electricity sector started as early as the mid-1970s when multilateral agencies began to press the Indonesian government and PLN to prepare for the privatization of the electricity sector. Privatization was regarded as preferable to continued borrowing of foreign funds by PLN to fund its inefficient electricity operations. This pressure followed two decades of failed attempts by these agencies to convince the government of the need for fundamental restructuring of the electricity market. The World Bank eventually threat- ened the government with nonrenewal of its loan agreements unless PLN took steps to open the electricity generation market to IPPs and electric cooperatives. This pressure eventually led to passage of Law No. 15 of 1985 Concerning Electricity Business. The law was the first serious attempt to modernize the electricity sector. It sought to improve the sector’s performance by decentralizing ­ Indonesia       177 control of power generation capacity and by proposing new ways of sec- tor governance. For the first time the law allowed IPPs and electric coop- eratives to supply electricity in the Indonesian electricity market, a function previously dominated by PLN. Yet the law still provided PLN with the central authority to manage essential regulatory functions by allowing it to control the issuance of electricity business permits to the IPPs and cooperatives. The law also confirmed PLN’s role as the sole sup- plier and distributor of electricity for Indonesia. The implementation of the 1985 electricity law was slow. The estab- lishment of the first IPPs followed only in 1992; seven years after passage of the law. Although the law signified the start of the structural reform that contributed to the opening up of the electricity market to private investors, it had little impact on the administrative governance structures. The government lacked the means to set policy or regulate the sector itself, and PLN continued to carry out these functions. The First IPPs and the Asian Financial Crisis With the signing of power purchase agreements (PPAs) for 27 power plants developed and operated by IPPs dominated by large foreign enter- prises and backed by foreign funds, the government was able to signifi- cantly increase the national electricity generation capacity. The amount of the IPP-generated electricity, however, remained marginal relative to the overall supply provided by PLN. In the first years of operation up to 1998, IPP-generated energy provided less than 5 percent of the total amount of energy produced and purchased by PLN. Indonesia’s electricity sector suffered greatly along with the broader economy from the Asian financial crisis in 1997–98 through severe cur- rency depreciation and collapse of foreign investment flows. From June 1997 to July 1998 the Indonesian rupiah dropped 83 percent against the U.S. dollar. The crisis particularly affected the IPP contracts financed with dollar-denominated foreign funds. Three factors contributed to the extreme financial difficulties faced by PLN and the government. First, as the cost of power production increased, the government was unable to raise electricity tariffs due to the sensitive political situation in the coun- try. Second, PLN had to settle its payment obligations to the IPPs in U.S. dollars from revenues earned in the rapidly depreciating local currency. Third, PLN was also forced to supply its own power plants with gas pur- chased in U.S. dollars from the global markets. The bad situation was made worse by the PPA contract terms that guaranteed the IPPs a high return on their equity investment that the 178       Power Market Structure IPPs demanded in the high-risk environment posed by the Indonesian energy sector. PLN negotiators were often presented with prepared con- tracts for their signature with terms that President Suharto had personally agreed to with foreign statesmen. PLN negotiators lacked the experience needed to protect PLN’s interests in negotiating such complex contracts with the IPPs. When the financial burden of the IPP contracts became unsustainable for PLN, the government suspended most of the contracts. The IPPs called in guarantees as a remedy for the breach of contracts that resulted in substantial payments by the government as counterguarantor. The government honored these commitments even at substantial costs to prevent the IPPs from defaulting to their lenders and thereby managed to maintain the overall confidence of foreign investors. These actions helped the government to resume negotiations with the IPPs after the Asian financial crisis with lower target return on equity and generally more bal- anced contract terms for the parties to the PPAs. By the end of 2005 PLN had renegotiated the PPAs for 26 power plant projects with IPPs. As a result, PLN’s purchase price was reduced to 5 $ cents per kWh, well below the level of 8.4 $ cents set in the previous agreements. Fourteen of the IPPs agreed to continue their projects under the new pricing scheme, seven terminated their agreements, and five projects were taken over by PLN and Pertamina, the state-owned oil and natural gas corporation. Post-2000 Reforms after the Asian Financial Crisis The fall of Suharto’s regime in May 1998 was followed by a period of political democratization and liberalization of Indonesia’s economic and social environment. The institutional reforms that were implemented, including those concerning the electricity sector, were influenced by the International Monetary Fund (IMF) under its assistance to the country in the Asian financial crisis. One of these reforms is the emergence of the Ministry of Energy and Mineral Resources (DEMR) in 2000 as the formal institution for policy and regulation in these sectors and therefore for sector governance. But the electricity sector also depends on administra- tive decisions by the Ministry of State-Owned Enterprises (MSOE), the Ministry of Finance (MOF), and the National Development Board (BABBENAS), which exposes the administrative process for sector policy and regulation to political manipulation and interagency disputes.3 The government had attempted to depoliticize the tariff-setting process in 1994 by setting up an automatic electricity tariff adjustment mechanism Indonesia       179 (ETAM) that would base fees on the movements of four variables: inflation, exchange rates, fuel prices, and the level of power purchases. But electricity tariffs remained low4 because the government and PLN could not overcome public opposition to tariff increases under the heavy politicization of the tariff-setting process. The prevailing low levels of electricity tariffs deterred most multinational power companies from developing new power projects in Indonesia in the years following the Asian financial crisis, required the government to provide large subsidies to cover PLN’s production costs, and impeded any prospect of unbundling PLN into components that could operate to commercial standards in a power market. In April 1998 PLN told the government that the company would have to multiply its tariff by 150 percent to match the prevailing market and business conditions. The government responded by first declining PLN’s request and then by freezing the ETAM and proposing a lower tariff increase of 55 percent in May 1998. Its proposed increase, however, met substantial opposition in Parliament and was eventually withdrawn.5 PLN then embarked on the more politically attuned strategy of imposing tariff increases for high-income residential consumers and nonresidential consumers in 1999. PLN’s financial situation remained highly precarious throughout 2000. Its auditor issued a disclaimer to PLN’s accounts, and PLN renounced its financial commitments to the government. PLN then offered a five-step proposal to solve its financial problems. The proposal included a series of tariff increases to reach the full cost-recovery level by 2005 and the restructuring of its outstanding government debts. The government accepted PLN’s proposal and implemented it in 2001. PLN gradually increased tariffs up to mid-2003.6 This depoliticization of the tariff pro- cess was then stopped by the approaching presidential elections and the incoming president’s support for lower electricity tariffs. PLN was still able to raise its tariffs to its business consumers during the middle years of the decade to compensate for higher oil prices. 2002 Electricity Law Under pressure from the IMF, in 1999 the Indonesian government started a fresh process for reforming the power sector to improve the sector’s efficiency and reduce its fiscal burden. This reform included the unbun- dling of PLN and the establishment of a legal and regulatory framework for a competitive electricity market through new legislation. The process became protracted partly due to the opposition of PLN to competition from private suppliers and from PLN’s labor unions to prospective job 180       Power Market Structure losses under privatization and competition. But the process did eventually lead to the passage of Law No. 20 of 2002 on Electricity, which aimed at a gradual liberalization of the power sector, allowing private companies to produce and sell power to customers in unregulated competition with PLN. The law replaced the Electricity Law of 1985. In late 2004, however, the Constitutional Court annulled the 2002 electricity law on the grounds that certain provisions of the law contravened Article 33 of the 1945 Constitution. According to the Constitutional Court, electricity is a vital commodity for people and should be under the control of the govern- ment. The Constitutional Court also reenacted the former 1985 electric- ity law; once again the government had control of electricity tariffs, and PLN operated as the single buyer and seller of all generated electricity. 2005 Government Regulation on Public-Private Projects During the First Indonesian Infrastructure Summit in January 2005, the government offered 91 infrastructure projects worth $22.5 billion in five priority sectors including transportation, gas pipelines, electric power, water supply and resources, and telecommunications. The projects, which spanned the 2005–09 period, were designed to attract investment and boost annual economic growth to more than 6 percent. On February 16, 2005, the government issued Government Regulation No. 3/2005 to provide investors with legal certainty in developing power projects. According to this regulation, private investors can participate in power projects, but they must be in partnership with PLN through a tender process.7 This arrangement accorded with the Constitutional Court’s position on ­electricity supply, namely, that it had no objection to allowing private producers to enter the power market on the condition that the state maintain ultimate authority for policy and decision making in the sector. “Crash Programs” for Power Projects The annulment of the 2002 electricity law—following the painful experi- ence of renegotiation of existing PPAs as an outcome of the 1998 Asian financial crisis—effectively stalled the interest of IPPs in proceeding with more power projects in Indonesia during the early years of the century. Furthermore, PLN was unable to finance large amounts of new genera- tion capacity from its own resources since its financial situation deteriorated from 2006 due to its dependence on oil as fuel for its power ­ plants and the fluctuations in oil prices, which led to a sharp increase in Indonesia       181 its production costs and higher power subsidies. Indonesian consumers experienced serious power supply shortages as their growing demand for electricity exceeded PLN’s supply capacity. By means of Presidential Decree PR No. 71, in 2006 the government instructed PLN to carry out a “crash program” for the construction of power plants using fuels other than oil. The goal was to increase the nationwide generation capacity from 24,000 MW to 55,000 MW by 2015. In the first phase between 2006 and 2010, a PLN-run 10,000 MW accelerated plan would aim to build 35 power plants across the country, and in the second phase between 2009 and 2015, PLN would build an additional 10,000 MW. In the first phase, the increased capac- ity would consist predominantly of coal-fired power plants, but in the second phase, the capacity would be divided among gas, geothermal, coal, and hydro-powered plants with geothermal producing close to 50 percent of the generated capacity. Although PLN has been the main target of the government’s accelerated plan, some 40 percent of the increased generation capacity in the second phase is estimated to come from IPPs. PLN’s progress has fallen short of the crash program’s scheduled addi- tions to generation capacity. By 2009 the overall national generation capacity had increased by only 6,000 MW to 30,000 MW. To meet the capacity targets set out for the accelerated power programs by 2015, PLN needs to find $17 billion of financing for the second phase, which it is unlikely to achieve. Moreover, some of the current IPP projects are facing financing problems. 2009 Electricity Law Faced with the prospect of persistent power supply shortages, the Indonesian House of Representatives passed on September 8, 2009, the Electricity Law No. 30 of 2009, which ends PLN’s monopoly and gives private investors an opportunity to actively participate in the electricity sector. State-owned companies, regional-owned companies, private business entities, cooperatives, and community initiatives may supply electricity for public use, but the right of first priority is still vested in PLN. The 2009 law, therefore, provides for little institu- tional reform or for the unbundling of PLN. Instead, it confirms the state as the controller of electricity supply and PLN’s central statu- tory role as supplier, as stipulated in the Constitution. It appears that further sector reform requires a change to Article 33 of the Indonesian Constitution. 182       Power Market Structure In view of the need to speed up the addition of new generation capac- ity, in January 2010 the government passed Presidential Regulation (PR) No. 4 of 2010, which provides a mandate to PLN to expedite the con- struction of power projects using renewable energy, coal, and gas under Electricity Generation Program II in accordance with the Electricity Law of 2009. PR No. 4/2010 specifically invites private investors to partici- pate in the construction of power plants, including the related transmis- sion lines, and for PLN to purchase the electricity and therewith supply end users. It also specifically provides that PLN may cooperate with private investors under schemes whereby private investors construct the power plants and PLN purchases the power. Such an explicit provision was absent from PR No. 71 of 2006 in respect of Electricity Generation Program I. PR No. 4/2010 also introduces a government guarantee with respect to the business feasibility of PLN to be regulated by the Ministry of Finance. Impact on Sector Structure and Performance One effect of the introduction of IPPs is the decrease of public ownership in the generation segment from 100 percent of the total installed ­ generation capacity to about 78 percent in 2008. The transmission and distribution sectors were not impacted because the supply of transmis- sion services has remained an integrated monopoly. Evidence of the possible impacts from unbundling and the other reforms in Indonesia we have described is sought from trends from the early 1990s up to 2008 in the following indicators: • Access to electricity supply by the population in terms of new residen- tial connections. Indonesia’s per capita electricity consumption and electrification ratio are low among countries in the East Asian region. Nearly 70 percent of the total population has access to public electric- ity supply, but on some islands this proportion is around 40 percent. PLN increased residential connections steadily at an average annual rate of 4 percent from 1998 to 2008. • Customer service quality. The Indonesian power system has periodi- cally experienced major blackouts for long periods, such as in 2002 and 2005. Millions of PLN’s customers have incurred substantial losses and inconvenience. Consumers and businesses have registered countless complaints of fluctuating voltage that damages electronic Indonesia       183 goods, localized power outages without notice, and continually increasing tariffs for this poor service. The unreliability of the power supply has imposed costs and constraints on manufacturers for meet- ing delivery schedules, with loss of sales and profits. The situation is barely evident from the published SAIDI (System Average Interrup- tion Duration Index) and SAIFI (System Average Interruption Fre- quency Index) rates because these rates may reflect outages from transmission and distribution occurrences only and exclude short- ages from inadequate generation capacity. System losses decreased steadily from 2003 onward, from rates above 16 percent to around 10 percent in 2008. • Supply security. The margin between total available generating capacity on the interconnected system and peak demand on this sys- tem varied substantially between 2003 and 2008. It was highest in 1990 and 1998–99, and lowest in 2004 and 2005. But the occurrence of major power blackouts and routine shortages indicates that PLN has had little capacity margin to meet the rapid growth in power demand, partly because some of its generation capacity may have been unavailable for production when needed to meet demand on the power system. • Financial sustainability. PLN’s revenues from electricity sales have almost always been insufficient to cover its cost of supply, mainly because of low tariffs but also due to its operating inefficiency. Follow- ing the rapid rise of fossil fuel prices in the international market, the removal of subsidies on petroleum products by the government in 2005, and the government’s suspension of electricity price increases since 2004, PLN’s financial viability has deteriorated significantly. Although the prices of fossil fuel have fallen due to the current global financial crisis, PLN’s tariff level is still insufficient to cover its supply cost for almost all the categories of its customers, including those who are able to pay for the electricity at cost-recovery levels. The structure of the current tariff system also needs to be rationalized to reflect the economic cost structure of supply. • Environmental sustainability. To reduce its dependency on oil, the gov- ernment of Indonesia is seeking to significantly increase the share of coal in the fuel mix of power generation. According to PLN’s long- term plan, the share of coal in the generation fuel mix will increase 184       Power Market Structure from around 35 percent to around 70 percent by 2020. Consequently, Indonesia’s greenhouse gas emissions from power generation will con- tinue to grow, but the government plans to moderate this trend by raising the proportion of renewable energy in the fuel mix through expanding geothermal development. Trends in these indicators are shown in the following figures. Figure 7.1  Milestones of Power Sector Reform in Indonesia Fast track program to 2003 Law build on SOE— 10,000 • PresidentiaI Government MW of Decree Financial under • Social coal-fired allowing crisis. obligation safety net generating private Devaluation to established plants and entry of compensate • Domestic 10,000 MW Electricity • First IPP Indonesian the losses of fuel prices renewable Law entry currency PLN increase energy 2003 1985 1976 1992 1994 1997 2005 2006 2004 27 PPAs Renegotiation of signed PPA concluded Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: The milestones are reported in different shades: white = main external factors; light gray = main government interventions; dark gray = main private sector involvements. IPP = independent power producer; MW = megawatt; PLN = Perusahaan Listrik Negara; PPA = power purchase agreement; SOE = state-owned enterprise. 185   186       Power Market Structure Figure 7.2  Indonesia: Access to Residential Electricity 250 0.8 0.7 200 0.6 150 0.5 Percent Million 0.4 100 0.3 0.2 50 0.1 0 0 98 99 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Population without access Residential customers with access Access rate Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Figure 7.3  Indonesia: System Energy Losses 18 14 16 12 14 10 $ cents/kWh 12 Percent 10 8 8 6 6 4 4 2 2 0 0 98 99 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Total system losses Total opex per unit consumed Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: kWh = kilowatt-hour; opex = operational expenditures/costs. Indonesia       187 Figure 7.4  Indonesia: Electricity Generation by Source and Carbon Emissions Index 120,000 0.8 100,000 0.7 0.6 CO2 ton/kWh 80,000 0.5 GWh 60,000 0.4 40,000 0.3 0.2 20,000 0.1 0 0 99 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Steam Gas turbine Diesel Carbon emissions index Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: GWh = gigawatt-hour; kWh = kilowatt-hour. Figure 7.5  Indonesia: Energy Security and Capital Expenditure 120 12 100 10 $ cents/kWh 80 8 Percent 60 6 40 4 20 2 0 0 19 9 19 0 19 1 19 2 19 3 19 4 19 5 19 6 19 7 19 8 20 9 20 0 20 1 20 2 20 3 20 4 20 5 20 6 20 7 20 8 09 8 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 19 Energy self-sufficiency System reserve capacity Total capex per unit consumed Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: Capex = capital expenditures; kWh = kilowatt-hour. 188       Power Market Structure Figure 7.6  Indonesia: Average Tariff and Operating Costs 14 12 10 $ cents/kWh 8 6 4 2 0 98 99 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Total opex per unit consumed Average tariff-general Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: kWh = kilowatt-hour; opex = operational expenditures/costs. Figure 7.7  Indonesia: Labor Productivity employee, MWh/employee 4,000 54,000 Number of employees Number of customers/ 3,500 52,000 3,000 50,000 2,500 48,000 2,000 46,000 1,500 1,000 44,000 500 42,000 0 40,000 99 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Number of employees in electricity sector Energy consumed/employee Residential customers/employee Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: MWh = megawatt-hour. Indonesia       189 Figure 7.8  Indonesia: Capacity Utilization 100 6 90 80 5 $ cents/kWh 70 4 Percent 60 50 3 40 30 2 20 1 10 0 0 19 9 19 0 19 1 19 2 19 3 19 4 19 5 19 6 19 7 19 8 20 9 20 0 20 1 20 2 20 3 20 4 20 5 20 6 20 7 08 8 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 19 Capacity utilization Total nonfuel opex per unit consumed Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: kWh = kilowatt-hour; opex = operational expenditures/costs. Figure 7.9  Indonesia: Cost Recovery Index 0.50 7 0.45 6 0.40 $ cents/kWh 0.35 5 Percent 0.30 4 0.25 0.20 3 0.15 2 0.10 1 0.05 0 0 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Cost recovery index Average tariff Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: kWh = kilowatt-hour. 190       Power Market Structure Figure 7.10  Indonesia: Market Concentration 12,000 10,000 8,000 HHI 6,000 4,000 2,000 0 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Generation Distribution and transmission Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: HHI = Herfindahl-Hirschman Index. Figure 7.11  Indonesia: Private Ownership 100 90 80 70 60 Percent 50 40 30 20 10 0 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Distribution and transmission Generation Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Indonesia       191 Figure 7.12  Indonesia: Private Management 100 90 80 70 60 Percent 50 40 30 20 10 0 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Distribution and transmission Generation Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Figure 7.13  Indonesia: Degree of Vertical Integration 100 90 80 70 Percent 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 19 0 19 1 92 19 3 94 19 5 96 19 7 98 20 9 00 20 1 02 20 3 20 4 05 20 6 07 08 19 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 0 0 0 0 8 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 19 Between generation and transmission, and between generation and distribution Generation Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. 192       Power Market Structure Notes 1. PLN has additional power supply from 15,200 MW of captive power plants that are built, operated, and used by private companies such as mining com- panies, oil exploration companies, pulp and paper factories, and high rise building management companies. These companies sell surplus energy from their plants to PLN. Almost 400 private companies located around Indonesia have their own power generation plants producing up to 15MW and mainly using diesel. They hold a special license that allows each company to generate electricity only for its own use and they may not sell it to the public. 2. “Sectors of production which are important for the country and affect the lives of the people shall be controlled by the state” (Article 33, paragraph 2, of the 1945 Constitution of the Republic of Indonesia as amended). 3. The MSOE oversees the shareholder interest of the state in PLN; the MOF is responsible for allocating government subsidies and loans to the electricity sector; and BABBENAS is responsible for planning energy sector develop- ment and has some jurisdiction over economic issues, natural resources, and regional development. 4. PLN’s annual tariff yields—in $ cents per kWh—averaged 2.1 in 1998, 2.9 in 1999, and 3.3 in 2000 and 2001. 5. This process took place at a highly sensitive time as it coincided with President Suharto’s resignation. The incoming president lacked the political authority to impose the government’s proposed tariff increase. 6. PLN’s annual tariff yields—in $ cents per kWh—averaged 4.8 in 2002, 6.4 in 2003, 6.5 in 2004, and 6.1 in 2005. 7. Power generated from renewable energy, marginal gas fields, and at mine mouths can be developed without a tender process. CHAPTER 8 Republic of Korea The Republic of Korea falls into the upper bounds of both the system size and per capita income categories. Its power market is a medium to large size market by world standards with a total installed generating capacity of about 73,000 MW (megawatts) at the end of 2008. The Korean annual per capita income averages about $20,000. The country relies on nuclear power and on coal and natural gas to fuel its electricity generation. Reform History Korea’s electricity industry went through gradual changes starting in the mid-1990s. The vertically integrated state-owned company, KEPCO (Korean Electric Power Corporation) was partly unbundled and attempted privatization. When this effort failed, a competitive cost- based electricity pool market was created. KEPCO has remained a verti- cally integrated monopoly company in generation, transmission, and distribution, including retail sales. This power industry structure has created problems for introducing market reforms, such as the one related to strong entry barriers, into all the industry sectors. To tackle those issues, in January 1999 the Korean government announced its “Basic Plan for Electricity Industry Restructuring,” which set out the skeleton of the 193   194       Power Market Structure new electricity industry structure and the methodology for restructuring. This plan was a step-by-step action plan for transforming the Korean electricity industry from a state-owned monopoly to a privatized indus- try operating in a competitive power market. In summary, the key parts of the basic plan were: (1) spin off several generation companies (GENCOs) from KEPCO’s generation division to introduce competition in the supply of wholesale power; (2) gradual privatization of GENCOs to improve the efficiency of generation and thereby reduce costs; and (3) in the long run, unbundle the distribution segment from the transmission segment and introduce competition in the retail sales segment, accompanied by open access to the power system to enhance private sector participation and ensure fair competition between state-owned companies and private companies. In April 2001 KEPCO’s generation division was divided into 6 separate­GENCOs, and the cost-based power pool started operation as a transitional power pool market. The electricity industry restructuring process—the privatization of GENCOs and spin-off of distribution com- panies—was, however, suspended in May 2004. A joint study group was established in September 2003 by a tripartite commission composed of representatives of government, the industry, and the labor unions for ­ unbundling of KEPCO’s distribution division. The group concluded that unbundling of the distribution sector could not be reasonably justified, and it recommended that this idea should be dropped, which the gov- ernment quickly accepted. The Korean electricity industry restructuring plan was then suspended without any discussion about further progress. Impact on Sector Structure KEPCO still has more than a 95 percent market share in generation and a 100 percent market share in transmission and distribution. The current market structure is depicted in figure 8.1. Impact on Sector Performance • Access to electricity supply by the population. Access to electricity by household increased steadily from 85 percent in 2000 to 97 percent in 2008. • Customer service quality. KEPCO’s service quality has been good by world standards. One indicator is annual average duration of service Republic of Korea       195 Figure 8.1  Korea’s Current Market Structure GENCO GENCO (public) (private) Bid Bid Bid Power pool (KPX) Regional PPA KEPCO IPPs power (transmission/distribution) service Large size Customer Customer customer Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: GENCO = generation company; IPPs = independent power produces; KEPCO = Korean Electric Power Corporation; KPX = Korea Power Exchange; PPA = power purchase agreement. interruption for KEPCO’s customer, which was consistently just below 20 minutes from 2000 to 2008. This performance coincided with a steady increase in KEPCO’s nonfuel operating expenses (opex) per unit of sold energy, which indicates KEPCO’s effort to maintain service quality. Another indicator of good service quality is the low level by global standards of total losses in the power system, which declined from around 5 percent in 1999 to 4 percent in 2006–08. • Supply security. KEPCO maintained good supply security but possibly at high cost by having sufficient installed generation capacity and a diversified fuel supply. Its generating capacity utilization in the ­2005–08 period was around 67 percent, which indicates the presence of substan- tial underutilized generating capacity. Likewise, the policy of spreading fuel supply over three imported fuels (natural gas for 18 percent of total generation, coal for 41 percent, and nuclear for 36 percent in 2008) avoided overdependence on one source, but possibly at a cost premium on generation costs. This situation is one of the main drivers for reform of the Korean power sector. • Sustainability. The key trend since 2000 for financial sustainability is the pronounced increase in fuel costs and other opex costs that increased average opex from 3.7 $ cents/kWh in 1998 to 13 $ cents/kWh in 196       Power Market Structure 2008. Consequently, KEPCO’s cost recovery index steadily declined from 1.2 in 2000 to 0.60 in 2008, despite a steady increase in average residential tariffs from around 7 $ cents/kWh in 2001 to 10 $ cents/ kWh in 2007 and nearly 9 $ cents/kWh in 2008. These trends appeared following the unbundling of KEPCO’s generation assets and the introduction of the cost-based power pool in 2001, but it is not clear ­ whether the trends were caused by restructuring (see box 8.1). Carbon emissions have increased from 1999 onward, reflecting the increasing proportion of power generation from natural gas and coal relative to nuclear power. Trends in these indicators are shown in charts in this section. Box 8.1 Challenges of Korea’s Wholesale Electricity Market Many inefficiencies remain in Korea’s wholesale electricity market even after the introduction of significant improvements to the payment systems for energy and capacity. The reason is that the current market is a transitional market to a two- way bidding pool with competition in the retail market. The present market struc- ture has the following drawbacks: • Because of the limited market share of private companies in the generation sec- tor, with no more than 5 percent of total generation sector and no private players in transmission and distribution sectors even after restructuring, the industry is still effectively a monopoly by state-owned companies. • The current modified cost-based pool has some problems in that end customers have to bear all inefficient overcharged generation costs. The inefficiency origi- nated from the full production cost reimbursement guaranteed by the govern- ment to all generators. • Distorted pricing mechanism caused by the effective state-owned monopoly results in inefficiency of resource allocation. For example, to stabilize the con- sumer price index for political considerations, the government prevented an increase in the electricity tariff. • The private sector is reluctant to make firm investment commitments because of existing electricity market uncertainties. Figure 8.2  Milestones of Power Sector Reform in Korea KEPCO Korean Korean Korean generation government government government unbundled starts selects first selects into six program IPP from first second IPP GENCOs; a to introduce bidding from second cost-based IPP projects round bidding power pool round begins operation 1993 1994 194 1995 1996 1995 1997 1998 1999–2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 Korean Korean Further industry government government restructuring establishes finalizes suspended as an electricity industry outcome of a restructuring restructuring tripartite committee plan commission set up following labor opposition Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: The milestones are reported in different shades: white = main external factors; light gray = main government interventions; dark gray = main private sector involvements. GENCOs = generation companies; IPP = independent power producer; KEPCO = Korean Electric Power Corporation. 197   198       Power Market Structure Figure 8.3  Korea: Access to Residential Electricity 60 1.00 50 0.95 40 0.90 Million Percent 30 0.85 20 0.80 10 0.75 0 0.70 19 8 20 9 20 0 20 4 20 5 06 20 7 20 8 19 3 19 4 19 5 19 6 01 20 2 20 3 09 19 0 19 1 92 97 0 0 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 0 0 0 0 0 19 20 19 19 20 Residential customers with access Population without access Access rate Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Figure 8.4  Korea: Quality of Electric Service 140 1 12 120 1 10 Minutes/customer 100 $ cents/kWh 8 80 6 60 4 40 20 2 0 0 94 95 97 98 99 00 02 03 04 05 06 01 07 08 96 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 19 20 20 20 19 SAIDI Total opex per unit consumed Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: kWh = kilowatt-hour; opex = operational expenditures/costs; SAIDI = System Average Interruption Duration Index. Republic of Korea       199 Figure 8.5  Korea: System Energy Losses. 7 12 6 10 5 $ cents/kWh 8 Percent 4 6 3 4 2 1 2 0 0 98 99 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 93 94 95 96 97 20 20 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Distribution losses Transmission losses Total nonfuel opex per unit consumed Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: kWh = kilowatt-hour; opex = operational expenditures/costs. Figure 8.6  Korea: System Load Factor 79 78 77 Percent 76 75 74 73 72 71 05 98 99 00 01 02 03 04 06 07 08 20 20 20 20 20 20 19 19 20 20 20 Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. 200       Power Market Structure Figure 8.7  Korea: Electricity Generation by Source and Carbon Emissions 500,000 0.60 400,000 0.55 CO2 ton/kWh 300,000 GWh 0.50 200,000 100,000 0.45 0 0.40 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Hydro Coal Gas Oil Carbon emissions index Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: GWh = gigawatt-hour; kWh = kilowatt-hour. Figure 8.8  Korea: Energy Security and Capital Expenditure 100 5.0 90 4.5 80 4.0 70 3.5 $ cents/kWh 60 3.0 Percent 50 2.5 40 2.0 30 1.5 20 1.0 10 0.5 0 0 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Energy self-sufficiency System reserve capacity Total capex per unit consumed Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: Capex = capital expenditures; kWh = kilowatt-hour. Republic of Korea       201 Figure 8.9  Korea: Average Tariff and Operating Costs 14 12 10 $ cents/kWh 8 6 4 2 0 94 96 97 98 99 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 93 95 19 19 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 19 Residential tariff Total opex per unit consumed Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: kWh = kilowatt-hour; opex = operational expenditures/costs. Figure 8.10  Korea: Labor Productivity Number of customers/employee, 12,000 40,000 35,000 10,000 Number of employees 30,000 MWh/employee 8,000 25,000 6,000 20,000 15,000 4,000 10,000 2,000 5,000 0 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 Total employees in electricity sector Energy consumed/employee Residential customers/employee Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: MWh = megawatt-hour. 202       Power Market Structure Figure 8.11  Korea: Capacity Utilization 70 5.0 68 4.5 66 4.0 64 3.5 $ cents/kWh 62 Percent 3.0 60 2.5 58 2.0 56 1.5 54 1.0 52 0.5 50 0 03 04 05 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 00 01 02 06 07 08 20 20 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 19 19 19 20 Capacity utilization Total capex per unit consumed Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: Capex = capital expenditures; kWh = kilowatt-hour. Figure 8.12  Korea: Cost Recovery Index 1.40 12 1.20 10 1.00 8 $ cents/kWh Percent 0.80 6 0.60 4 0.40 0.20 2 0 0 97 98 99 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Cost recovery index Residential tariff Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: kWh = kilowatt-hour. Republic of Korea       203 Figure 8.13  Korea: Market Concentration 12,000 10,000 8,000 HHI 6,000 4,000 2,000 0 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Generation Transmission and distribution Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Figure 8.14  Korea: Private Ownership 50 40 Percent 30 20 10 0 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Generation Distribution and transmission Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. 204       Power Market Structure Figure 8.15  Korea: Private Management 50 40 Percent 30 20 10 0 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Generation Share of private management in generation Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Figure 8.16  Korea: Degree of Vertical Integration 100 80 Percent 60 40 20 0 90 91 92 94 95 97 98 00 01 04 05 93 96 99 02 03 07 08 06 09 19 19 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 Generation and transmission Transmission and distribution Generation and distribution Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. CHAPTER 9 Peru Peru falls into the category of medium per capita income/medium system size with a gross national income per capita of about $4,000 and total installed generating capacity of about 7,000 MW (megawatts) in 2008. Peru is well endowed with hydroelectric and natural gas sources of energy. Its hydropower potential is considered to amount to at least 60,000 MW (producing about 400,000 GWh [gigawatt-hours] annually). Peru has about 11.8 trillion cubic feet of proven reserves of natural gas. Historically, Peru has relied mostly on hydropower, but after the entry into production in 2004 of natural gas from the huge Camisea field, current electricity generation capacity is evenly divided between thermal and hydropower. More electrical energy is still produced from hydropower, however, and thermal plants are used mainly during daily peak load periods and in sea- sons when hydropower output is lower than average. The requirements of Peru’s electricity users are provided by two gen- eral sources, self-generation by some users (mainly large mining and industrial consumers)1 and by regulated public service system generation, which supplies its users through the power transmission and distribution networks. Within the regulated system, power supply to the capital city, Lima, was more comprehensive and of higher quality than power supply to the rest of the country, especially to areas not connected to the main 205   206       Power Market Structure transmission network. Peru’s pre-reform public service system was organized into vertically integrated power utilities. Two of them— ­ Electroperú and Electrolima—provided about two-thirds of Peru’s elec- tricity services through the national interconnected system Sistema Eléctrico Interconectado Nacional (SEIN). Nine regional companies provided the rest to isolated power systems (see figure 9.1). The government’s attempt to commercialize the power sector during the 1980s did not deliver significant benefits because that decade was marked by a political and economic crisis in the late 1980s and heavy political intervention in the corporate affairs of state-owned enterprises. By the early 1990s the condition of the power sector had deteriorated from lack of financing that constrained capital investment and from elec- tricity tariffs that were below production costs. These problems led to inadequate maintenance in operating capacity and were compounded by sabotage of the power system’s physical assets in the 1980s. Consequently, in 1990 only 45 percent of the population had access to electricity (a much lower proportion than in neighboring countries), the power sup- ply was insufficient to cover demand, and power losses in the distribution segment were high—more than 20 percent. Figure 9.1  Peru: Taxonomy of Power Sector before Reform (1990) Electroperù (Master system Policy Ministry of Energy and Mines expansion plan) Ministry of Economy Electricity Tariff General Electricity Regulation and Finance Commission Directorate 9 regional Electroperú Electrolima Generation companies 54% 24% 22% Electroperú 9 regional Transmission 92% of lines >= 138 kV companies 8% Electroperú Electrolima 9 regional companies Distribution 6% 59% 35% 1,860,000 regulated customers Vertical integration Regional company vertically integrated Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: kV = kilovolt. Peru       207 Reform History Reform of the power sector started with the passage of the Electric Concessions Law (LEC) in 1992 with its regulations (Law No. 25844) and Supreme Decree (No. 009-93-EM) in 1993. These laws established a new legal framework that provided for the restructuring in 1992 and 1993 of the main vertically integrated power suppliers into separate gen- eration, transmission, and distribution segments, and the breakup of the generation segments into various companies. They laid the basis for pri- vate operators and competition in wholesale supply and retail supply (commercialization) and for open access to the transmission and distribu- tion networks by generators, power traders, and large power users. The new legal framework also provided for the creation of a sector regulator, OSINERGMIN (Organismo Supervisor de la Inversión en Energía y Minería), and it stipulated the methodology for rate setting, granting of concessions, customer service guidelines, and accountability of operators. The state’s role was limited to sector policy and general regulations, the granting of concessions, and basic sector planning. The generation segment was unbundled into 13 companies, of which 9 are in the private sector and account for about 70 percent of total ­ generation capacity. The entire transmission system was transferred to 6 private companies. Restructuring of the distribution sector formed 16 companies from the distribution businesses of Electrolima and 9 regional companies. Electrolima’s distribution business was split into two separate companies, Empresa de Distribución Eléctrica de Lima Norte (Edelnor) and Luz del Sur, which formed the two largest distribu- tors in the country, to enable the regulator to apply benchmark competi- tion in assessing the performance of these companies. The regulatory benefits from this division were deemed sufficient to outweigh any loss of economies of scale. The 1994–97 privatization in the power sector resulted in the transfer of 70 percent of generation capacity, 100 percent of transmission capacity, and 45 percent of the distribution market from public to private ownership, management, and operation. The LEC also established the system operator COES (Comité de Operación Económica del Sistema Interconectado), which at its incep- tion was in charge of (1) real-time dispatch of generation supply, follow- ing a merit-order procedure, independently of any bilateral contracts or the results of generation auctions; and (2) the management of the whole- sale market, establishing payment obligations among generators, large users, and distribution companies. COES’s membership consisted of 208       Power Market Structure 20 generating companies, 5 transmission companies, and 17 distribution utilities. COES manages the dispatch of the generation capacity on the interconnected system. The LEC recognized two categories of electricity public service users related to the size of their demand. One category consists of large users— termed free clients—with power demand greater than 1,000 kilowatts (one megawatt). Large users contract directly with generators or distribu- tion companies through bilateral, freely negotiated contracts. They now account for about 36 percent of the total gross national consumption (including losses) of electricity. The other category consists of the small retail or regulated users who are supplied with electricity by distribution companies at regulated prices. The power sector structure after these reforms is shown in figure 9.2. Figure 9.3 shows the organization of the Peruvian electricity market following the reform. The Peruvian electricity tariff scheme is designed on the basis of full- cost recovery in each of the three systems: generation, transmission, and distribution. OSINERGMIN determines the generation regulated energy Figure 9.2  Peru: Taxonomy of Power Sector after Reform (1998) Ministry of Energy and Mines Policy (Reference system expansion plan) Electricity Tariff General Electricity OSINERG Regulation Commission—Tariffs Directorate—Norms Control Generation 10 private generators 64% 4 state generators 36% Etecen y Etesur (State) Transmission Other 6% 94% of lines >= 138 kV 8 private generators 5 state 8 private 3 state Retailer/ distributors Commer. 33% generators 33% distributors 29% 5% 10 private distributors 6 state Distribution 88% distributors 12% 3,052,000 regulated customers — 210 unregulated customers State agency Privatized company Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: Etecen = Empresa de Transmision Electrica Centro Norte; Etesur = Empresa de Transmision Electrica Sur; kV = Kilovolt; OSINERG = Organismo Supervisor de la Inversión en Energía. Peru       209 Figure 9.3  Organization of the Peruvian Electricity Market Unregulated market Contract $ (free clients/large users) MWh Regulated market (regulated clients) Distributors Tariff $ Distribution Client Retailing Competitive market system services regulated distributors/large users MWh Contract $ COES Information Contract $ System Market administration operations settlement and transfers High voltage Spot price $ Contracts to Information generators network Generators/distributors/ MWh large users Contract $ Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: COES = Comité de Operación Económica del Sistema Interconectado; MWh = megawatt-hour. tariff every year, according to the expected evolution of demand and generation supply capacity, fuel prices, competitive generation auction prices, and other economic parameters, such as price indexes and infla- tion. COES carries out real-time dispatch of generation supply by follow- ing a cost-based, merit-order procedure independently of bilateral contracts or the results of energy auctions. Hourly transactions among generators, distribution companies, and large users in the wholesale mar- ket are done at the marginal energy price.2 Transmission tariffs are regulated under an economic cost-based pro- cedure and the results of competitive bidding for transmission facilities that are required according to a transmission planning exercise. They are recalculated every year. Distribution tariffs are regulated with reference to a cost-based efficient model company for each of five typical distribu- tion sectors (urban high density, urban medium density, urban low den- sity, urban-rural, and rural). These values are recalculated every four years. Transmission and distribution tariffs are regulated for all types of users. 210       Power Market Structure Generation, on the other hand, has different price regimes—a generation tariff for small users, established by the regulator, and two options for large users: (1) negotiate electricity quantities and prices directly with suppliers (generators or distributors) or (2) participate in the supply auc- tions as part of an aggregated demand with distributors. The private companies in the Peruvian power sector that emerged from the 1992 reform made substantial investment commitments under their privatization concessions that they fulfilled in 1996–99, and their investments in generation, transmission, and distribution increased year after year, reaching a peak of about $760 million in 1999. They reduced their levels of investments in the following years to about $230 million in 2003. Sector authorities and the government were concerned by this reduction of investment and the resulting lower reserve margin of the system. Their concern was compounded by a drop in hydropower output caused by an extended dry period in 2003 and 2004. Moreover, between 1997 and 2000 the privatization process slowed down considerably due to domestic and foreign factors, such as the impact of the Asian financial crisis, a brief domestic political crisis, and a steady reduction of public approval in government’s privatization policy. In 2002 the government’s final attempt to reengage in the privatization of power suppliers suffered an important setback when strong regional opposition and public outcry forced it to cancel the privatization of two publicly owned generating companies serving southern provinces. To address the problems, Congress passed Law No. 28832, “To Ensure the Efficient Development of Electricity Generation,” in July 2006. This law introduced important changes to the LEC, mainly regarding genera- tion and transmission regulation, the administration and functioning of the electricity market, and the determination of electricity prices. The most important changes were (1) establishment of an obligatory com- petitive auction mechanism to contract the supply to distribution com- panies that is gradually replacing the original system of administrated tariffs in the regulated market; (2) formalization of transmission planning nationwide and a bidding process for building and operating the required system transmission expansion resulting from the planning; (3) changing the governance of COES with the introduction of more distribution companies and large users as new members to counter the perception that COES was controlled by a few large companies; (4) the pass-through of auction prices as part of the regulated generation tariff; and (5) stabi- lization of remuneration for the use of transmission facilities. The power sector structure after these reforms is shown in figure 9.4. Peru       211 Figure 9.4  Peru: Taxonomy of Power Sector after Reform (2008) Policy Ministry of Energy and Mines Regulation OSINERGMIN Generation 13 private generators 71% 5 state generators 29% 7 private transmission companies Transmission 100% of lines >= 138 kV 13 private generators 5 state 23 private 11 state Retailer/ distributors Commer. 69% generators 31% distributors 63% 37% 23 private distributors 11 state Distribution 69% distributors 31% 4,624,534 regulated customers — 258 unregulated customers State agency Privatized company Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: kV = kilovolt; OSINERGMIN = Organismo Supervisor de la Inversión en Energía y Minería. Impact on Sector Structure At present, there are about 5,590 MW of installed firm-generating capac- ity in the market, of which the private sector owns 70 percent (some 3,909 MW). The largest generation company, Empresa de Generación Eléctrica de Lima (Edegel) has 28 percent of the total capacity, and the largest four generators have 75 percent of the total capacity. Accordingly, Electroperú’s share of the generation market declined from 72 percent in 1991 to 25 percent in 2007. The generation share of the public sector declined during the same period from 100 percent to 27 percent. As a result of the restructuring and privatization process and the subsequent expansion of privately owned generation capacity, the market concentra- tion index (Herfindahl-Hirschman Index) dropped considerably from 5,995 in 1991 to 1,724 in 2008. Six private companies own nearly all the high voltage transmission sys- tem (with the public sector owning only some subtransmission lines to supply remote areas). Three of these companies are subsidiaries of Interconexión Eléctrica, ISA, of Colombia, and they own about 85 percent of all the high voltage transmission assets (measured by line length). 212       Power Market Structure Privately owned companies presently own 69 percent of the distribu- tion segment of the national power system, and various regional publicly owned distribution companies own the other 31 percent, measured by number of customers. The two largest private distribution companies serve the capital city of Lima, with 41 percent of the national market. Distriluz,3 a holding of four regional companies, is the largest of the pub- licly owned companies and serves a diverse market that includes several medium size cities with moderate load concentration. The remaining publicly owned distribution companies serve medium size and small towns with low load concentration and rural areas with dispersed com- munities and low demands. Impact on Sector Performance Evidence of possible impacts from unbundling and the other reforms in Peru that we have described is sought from trends from the early 1990s up to 2008 in the following indicators. • Access to electricity supply by the population. Peru offers a successful model of electrification, increasing electrification rates from the low level of about 60 percent in 1995 to almost 80 percent in 2008. The number of connections increased exponentially from about 2 million in the early 1990s to more than 4 million in 2007. Some of this increase was achieved by electrification of rural areas under the General Directorate of Rural Electrification. ­ • Customer service quality. Data on service quality is available only from 2002, when the level and intensity of power cuts were already at rela- tively low levels compared to the levels before sector reform. Frequency and duration of power cuts have been increasing in recent years, par- ticularly in service areas outside of metropolitan Lima where the fre- quency has been almost double that in Lima and their duration about three and a half times more. This difference is due partly to low levels of investment by the publicly owned distribution companies. The reformed power market has yielded remarkably stable tariffs for regu- lated electricity supply to consumers, even in the presence of volatile marginal energy costs in the wholesale power market. The annual aver- age tariff declined and then increased gently from 1995 to 2007 within a narrow band of 8.3 $ cents to 10.4 $ cents per kWh (kilowatt-hour). Likewise, the annual average tariffs negotiated by large users were Peru       213 much lower and also varied relatively little between 4.7 $ cents and 5.6 $ cents per kWh.4 • Supply security. In 1995 power losses in the transmission and distribu- tion systems were close to 20 percent nationally and above 30 percent in some areas. Electricity distribution operations improved considerably following the sector reform, and these losses went down to 8.2 percent in 2007. System reserve generation capacity has been generally ade- quate. For the first time since the reform, the electricity system suffered power cuts of significant magnitude in 2008 due to congestion in the transmission system, a capacity limitation in the Camisea gas pipeline, and low reserve capacity during the dry season (which was as low as 5 percent in August 2008). New electricity generation was added sub- sequently to cover the expected demand and to increase the capacity reserve margin to more than 20 percent. • Financial sustainability. The financial performance of the privatized generators and distributors was sound. The two private distribution companies that serve Lima have concentrated and profitable markets that support sound technical and financial performance. Distriluz’s market is not highly profitable, but yields a sufficient return to sustain the business and expand the market modestly. The publicly owned distribution companies, on the other hand, have struggled to maintain their financial stability and to invest in system maintenance and ­expansion. • Environmental sustainability. Peru has had low average carbon emis- sions per unit of energy generated for decades because power generated from fossil fuels has constituted around 20 percent or less of total gen- erated power. The increase in carbon emissions since 1984, with the increase in thermal power generation to around 40 percent of total generation, has been mitigated by the use of natural gas from the Camisea field as the generation fuel. ­ Trends in these indicators are shown in the following figures. Figure 9.5  Milestones of Power Sector Reform in Peru 214 • Privatization Decree No. of GENCOs 020-97-EM started Edegel, Quality of Cahua service • Privatization standards Meaures to Drought—forcing of DISCOs improve Decree No. First BOOT operation of old, continue finances of 009 - 93 - EM for new inefficient thermal Etevensa, utilities— Electricity transmission plants and driving Ede-Chancay retail tariffs regulations lines—Mantaro up spot increase passed Socabaya market price 1990–91 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1999–2002 2003 2004 2005 2007 2008 2009 Law No. Privatization • Privatization of Additional: Natural gas becomes Natural gas 25844 of DISCOs GENCOs continued • BOOTs for new a huge player: supply shortage Electricity started— (Egenor, EE Piura) transmission lines Camisea gas field due to flat Concessions Edelnor, Luz Privatization of • GENCOs starts production production levels Law—Vertical del Sur • DISCOs continued privatization (use of gas in power and pipeline and horizontal (Ede-cañete) • Concession of generation capacity unbundling both transmission grows by 54% from restrictions companies (Etecen 2004 to 2008) and Etesur–ISA Won 2002) Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: The milestones are reported in different shades: white = main external factors; light gray = main government interventions; dark gray = main private sector involvements. BOOT = build-own-operate-transfer; DISCOs = distribution companies; Edelnor = Empresa de Distribución Eléctrica de Lima Norte; Egenor = Empresa de Generación Eléctrica Nor; Etecen = Empresa de Transmision Electrica Centro Norte; Etesur = Empresa de Transmision Electrica Sur; GENCOs = generation companies. Peru       215 Figure 9.6  Peru: Access to Residential Electricity 35 0.9 30 0.8 0.7 25 0.6 Percent Million 20 0.5 15 0.4 10 0.3 0.2 5 0.1 0 0 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Population without access Residential customers with access Access rate Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Figure 9.7  Peru: Quality of Electric Service 60 9 8 50 Number/customer, 7 Hours/customer $ cents/kWh 40 6 5 30 4 20 3 2 10 1 0 0 95 96 97 98 00 01 02 03 04 05 99 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 19 SAIFI SAIDI Total opex per unit consumed Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: kWh = kilowatt hour; opex = operational expenditures/costs; SAIDI = System Average Interruption Duration Index; SAIFI = System Average Interruption Frequency Index. 216       Power Market Structure Figure 9.8  Peru: System Energy Losses 25 9 8 20 7 $ cents/kWh 6 15 Percent 5 4 10 3 5 2 1 0 0 95 96 97 98 99 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 19 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Total system losses Total opex per unit consumed Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: kWh = kilowatt hour; opex = operational expenditures/costs. Figure 9.9  Peru: Electricity Generation by Source and Carbon Emissions 40,000 0.4 CO2 ton/kWh GWh 20,000 0.2 0 0 89 19 0 19 1 19 2 19 3 19 4 19 5 19 6 19 7 19 8 20 9 20 0 20 1 20 2 20 3 20 4 20 5 20 6 20 7 08 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 19 19 Thermal Hydro Nonhydro renewables (mostly biomass and waste) Carbon emissions index Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: GWh = gigawatt hour; kWh = kilowatt-hour. Peru       217 Figure 9.10  Peru: Energy Security and Capital Expenditure 180 5.0 160 4.5 140 4.0 $ cents/kWh 120 3.5 Percent 100 3.0 2.5 80 2.0 60 1.5 40 1.0 20 0.5 0 0 20 3 19 3 19 6 20 0 20 1 20 2 04 20 5 20 6 20 7 08 19 9 19 0 19 1 19 2 94 19 5 97 19 8 20 9 9 9 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 8 9 9 9 9 9 9 20 19 19 19 System reserve capacity Energy self-sufficiency Total capex per unit consumed Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: Capex = capital expenditures; kWh = kilowatt hour. Figure 9.11  Peru: Average Tariff and Operating Costs 12 10 $ cents/kWh 8 6 4 2 0 94 95 96 98 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 99 97 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 19 19 Total opex per unit consumed Average tariff—general Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: kWh = kilowatt hour; opex = operational expenditures/costs. 218       Power Market Structure Figure 9.12  Peru: Capacity Utilization 100 5.0 90 4.5 80 4.0 3.5 $ cents/kWh 70 Percent 60 3.0 50 2.5 40 2.0 30 1.5 20 1.0 10 0.5 0 0 19 9 19 0 91 19 2 19 3 19 4 19 5 19 6 19 7 19 8 20 9 00 20 1 02 20 3 20 4 20 5 20 6 20 7 08 8 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 0 0 0 0 0 0 19 19 20 20 Capacity utilization Total capex per unit consumed Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: Capex = capital expenditures; kWh = kilowatt hour. Figure 9.13  Peru: Cost Recovery Index 1.4 12 1.2 10 1.0 $ cents/kWh 8 Percent 0.8 6 0.6 4 0.4 0.2 2 0 0 94 95 96 98 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 99 97 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 19 19 Cost recovery index Average tariff—general Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: kWh = kilowatt hour. Peru       219 Figure 9.14  Peru: System Load Factor 105 100 95 Percent 90 85 80 75 98 99 03 04 05 06 07 00 01 02 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Notes 1. Mining is the major user of self-generated electricity because mines are usu- ally located in remote locations that are difficult to reach by the electricity grid. Up to 1997 self-generation averaged about 21 percent of total electricity generation. Since 1998, with the expansion of the national interconnected system, this percentage decreased steadily, averaging about 12 percent of total generation in the period 1998–2007, and dropping to 6 percent in 2007. 2. The marginal energy price is a fluctuating value determined by the operating cost of the most expensive generating unit needed to cover the peak demand at a specific moment. 3. Distriluz was privatized in 1998, only to be returned to public hands in August 2001, after the private operator failed to comply with its contractual obligations with the state. 4. Large users benefit from lower tariffs than regulated customers partly because suppliers incur the significant costs of the distribution system and customer service only for the latter category of consumers. CHAPTER 10 South Africa South Africa falls well into the category of large system size/middle per capita income gross domestic product per capita of about $6,000). Its total installed generating capacity reached 40,000 MW (megawatts), of which 87 percent consists of coal-fired capacity. Power supply has been in the hands of Eskom—a generation and transmission monopoly that is one of the largest power supply companies in the world. The existence of this monopoly reflects a historic national policy of concentrating supply arrangements under state ownership to obtain economies of scale and ensure the availability of the huge amounts of required financing at affordable terms, under which competition and private participation is not considered for the provision of infrastructure services. Currently, Eskom also supplies about 60 percent of total distribution, and the rest is supplied by numerous municipalities that buy most of their bulk power needs from Eskom. By the 1980s Eskom’s economic performance had deteriorated. Its management had overinvested in generating capacity, at heavy cost to the economy, without being held accountable for its decisions, yet most of the population lacked access to electricity. A large proportion of Eskom’s electricity sales was—and still is—to the mining and heavy industrial sec- tors. This situation forced South Africa’s government to consider the need 221   222       Power Market Structure to reform Eskom and other large state-owned enterprises that faced similar problems. Reform History Following the advent of democratic government in 1994, reform took the shape of corporatizing and commercializing Eskom, rather than under- taking more radical options, and creating an independent regulator in 1995. Eskom then improved its productivity. Eskom embarked on a huge program of electrification and associated strengthening of distribution systems. It eased the financial strain— because electricity tariffs were kept low to support economic growth and to keep electricity affordable for the population—by using its huge reserve margin of generation capacity (nearly 40 percent in the early 1990s) to defer major investment in new generating capacity. Eskom has not increased its installed generating capacity much during the past decade of high economic growth, but it has now embarked on a massive program of new capacity to avert power shortages. The cabinet approved the “White Paper on Energy Policy” in December 1998. The white paper emphasized the need to attract private investment to the energy sector and to promote efficiency through competition. In keeping with the vision laid out in the white paper, the reform of Eskom’s governance arrangements led to its reorganization into a holding com- pany with three main subsidiaries—one each for generation, transmission, and distribution. In May 2001 the cabinet approved proposals for the reform of the electricity supply industry through a process of “managed liberalization.” The main elements are: (1) Eskom to retain no less than 70 percent of the existing electricity generation market, privatization of the remainder, and the aim of transferring 10 percent to black economic ownership no later than 2003; (2) vertical unbundling to ensure nondiscriminatory and open access to the transmission lines under a separate and independent state-owned transmission company that also carries the market operation functions (initially this transmission company would be a subsidiary of Eskom); (3) a multimarket model electricity market framework with a variety of trading platforms, including bilateral contracts, a power exchange, and a balancing mechanism; and (4) a regulatory framework that ensures the participation of independent power producers (IPPs) and the diversification of primary energy sources. South Africa       223 In 2004 the government set a target of some 30 percent of the new generation capacity to come from IPPs and procured through competi- tive tendering processes facilitated by the Department of Minerals and Energy (DME). In 2006 the DME launched the process for procuring two new open-cycle gas turbine power plants to be run on fuel oil to help meet peak loads from IPPs, but neither process was successful in attract- ing private investment in such plants. The failure may have been due in part to the difficulty of developing peaking plants run on costly fuel under project financing. Impact on Sector Structure The current structure of power supply is shown in figure 10.1. The government has not proceeded with more substantial forms of unbun- dling Eskom’s activities or moving into the reforms envisaged in the proposals approved in 2001, partly because of opposition by the labor unions. Efforts to restructure the distribution sector into larger and more economically efficient units have been resisted by the municipalities con- ­ cerned and their labor unions because of the economic benefits to municipal finances and employment that they derive from their electric- ity businesses. Little real progress in this area has been achieved to date. Figure 10.1  South Africa Power Market Structure Eskom Municipal generation Eskom generation IPPs Eskom internal Imports Eskom enterprises pool Eskom transmission Muni1 Muni2 Muni250 Eskom distribution Special Customers customers Source: Eberhard 2004. Notes: Subscripts indicate the number of municipalities; IPPs = independent power producers. 224       Power Market Structure Impact on Sector Performance Trends in performance indicators for Eskom under the slow and moderate reforms to date are illustrated as follows: • Access to electricity supply by the population in terms of new residen- tial connections. Access to electricity increased starting in the mid- 1990s as a result of the National Electrification Programme instituted by the new democratic government. The access rate has doubled from about one-third to about two-thirds of households, with approximately equal proportions supplied by Eskom and by municipalities. • System reserve generation capacity. The capacity has remained ade- quate, albeit declining from an excessive level of 34 percent in 1994 to 15 percent in 2008, which is close to the minimum level for security of supply on a system such as Eskom’s. This decline may have been a fac- tor in Eskom’s decision to suspend power exports to Botswana in 2008. • Financial cost recovery. Eskom’s operating cost recovery ratio declined steadily from 1.53 in 1998 to 1.33 in 2003, then increased to 1.53 in 2005, but has since declined to 1.09 in 2008. This long-term decline— despite a doubling in average revenue yield (in nominal price terms) over the same period—can be traced to heavy investments in extending access to power supply to customers whose business was largely unprofitable for Eskom. The current declining trend in Eskom’s financial performance, coupled with uncertainty about Eskom’s future under sector reorganiza- tion, led one of the rating agencies to down-rate Eskom’s bonds in 2008. • Total system energy losses. Losses in the distribution networks increased from around 6 percent in the mid-1990s to 8 percent in 2008. This trend probably reflects the drive to electrify many households in previ- ously nonelectrified areas and Eskom’s mixed experience with its huge program to install prepayment meters for low-income households, as the meters did not reduce theft of electricity as much as expected. • Carbon emissions. Emissions of CO2 have been fairly constant from the early 1990s to the present at around 850 tons/gigawatt-hour generated, which is reasonable for the types of coal-fired plants operated by Eskom. The lack of a decline reflects little overall change in the stock of Eskom’s generating plant over this period. Trends in these indicators are shown in the following figures. Figure 10.2  Milestones of Power Sector Reform in South Africa New policy “Managed Eskom emerges: liberalization” “White Paper process of the Eskom Electricity program of Eskom’s on Energy electricity price Control electrifying bonds Policy” supply increases Board 700,000 Eskom down- to allow industry approved established new corporatized rated by competition approved by NERSA households Moody. 1922 1987 1991 1995 1998 2001 2002 2003 2004 2008 National Eskom South Africa Eskom blocks Electricity Electricity issues Conversion exports to Act Regulator corporate Act Botswana, (NER) bonds established which relies on them for 70% of its total supply Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: The milestones are reported in different shades: white = main external factors; light gray = main government interventions. NERSA = National Electricity Regulator of South Africa (previously National Electricity Regulator [NER]). 225   226       Power Market Structure Figure 10.3  South Africa: Access to Residential Electricity 60 90 80 50 70 40 60 Percent Million 50 30 40 20 30 20 10 10 0 0 98 99 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Population without access Residential customers with access Access rate Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Figure 10.4  South Africa: Quality of Electric Service 70 2.5 60 Number/customer, 2.0 hours/customer 50 $ cents/kWh 40 1.5 30 1.0 20 0.5 10 0 0 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 SAIFI SAIDI Total opex per unit consumed Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: kWh = kilowatt-hour; opex = operational expenditures/costs; SAIDI = System Average Interruption Duration Index; SAIFI = System Average Interruption Frequency Index. ­ South Africa       227 Figure 10.5  South Africa: System Losses and Operating Costs 12 2.5 10 2.0 $ cents/kWh 8 Percent 1.5 6 1.0 4 2 0.5 0 0 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Transmission losses Distribution losses Total opex per unit consumed Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: kWh = kilowatt-hour; opex = operational expenditures/costs. Figure 10.6  South Africa: Electricity Generation by Source and Carbon Emissions 300,000 1.00 250,000 CO2 ton/kWh 200,000 0.95 GWh 150,000 100,000 0.90 50,000 0 0.85 19 9 19 0 91 19 2 19 3 19 4 19 5 19 6 19 7 19 8 20 9 20 0 01 20 2 20 3 04 20 5 20 6 20 7 08 8 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 0 0 0 0 0 0 19 19 20 20 Nuclear Coal Hydro Carbon emissions index Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: GWh = gigawatt-hour; kWh = kilowatt-hour. 228       Power Market Structure Figure 10.7  South Africa: Energy Security and Capital Expenditure 120 1.4 100 1.2 1.0 $ cents/kWh 80 Percent 0.8 60 0.6 40 0.4 20 0.2 0 0 19 9 90 19 1 92 19 3 94 19 5 96 19 7 98 20 9 00 20 1 02 20 3 04 20 5 06 20 7 08 09 8 9 9 9 9 9 0 0 0 0 19 19 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 Energy self-sufficiency System reserve capacity Total capex per unit consumed Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: Capex = capital expenditures; kWh = kilowatt-hour. Figure 10.8  South Africa: Average Tariff and Operating Costs 3.5 3.0 $ cents/kWh 2.5 2.0 1.5 1.0 0.5 0 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 00 01 90 91 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 20 20 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Total opex per unit consumed Average tariff—general Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: kWh = kilowatt-hour; opex = operational expenditures/costs. South Africa       229 Figure 10.9  South Africa: Capacity Utilization 100 1.4 90 1.2 80 70 1.0 $ cents/kWh 60 Percent 0.8 50 40 0.6 30 0.4 20 0.2 10 0 0 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Capacity utilization Total capex per unit consumed Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: Capex = capital expenditures; kWh = kilowatt-hour. Figure 10.10  South Africa: Cost Recovery Index 1.4 3.5 1.2 3.0 1.0 2.5 $ cents/kWh Percent 0.8 2.0 0.6 1.5 0.4 1.0 0.2 0.5 0 0 19 9 19 2 19 5 90 19 1 19 3 94 96 19 7 98 20 9 00 20 1 02 20 3 04 20 5 06 20 7 20 8 09 10 8 9 9 9 9 9 9 0 0 0 0 0 19 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 Cost recovery index Average tariff—general Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: kWh = kilowatt-hour. 230       Power Market Structure Figure 10.11  South Africa: Labor Productivity 9,000 45,000 employee, MWh/employee Number of customers/ Number of employees 8,000 40,000 7,000 35,000 6,000 30,000 5,000 25,000 4,000 20,000 3,000 15,000 2,000 10,000 1,000 5,000 0 0 20 7 08 20 0 20 1 20 2 20 3 20 4 20 5 20 6 20 9 19 9 19 0 19 2 19 3 19 8 91 94 19 5 19 6 19 7 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 8 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 19 19 19 Number of employees in electricity sector Energy consumed/employee Residential customers/employee Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: MWh = megawatt-hour. Figure 10.12  South Africa: Market Concentration 10,500 10,000 HHI 9,500 9,000 8,500 19 9 19 0 19 1 19 2 19 3 19 4 19 5 19 6 19 7 19 8 20 9 20 0 20 1 20 2 20 3 20 4 20 5 20 6 20 7 08 8 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 19 Distribution and transmission Generation Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: HHI = Herfindahl-Hirschman Index. Figure 10.13  South Africa: Private Ownership 100 80 Percent 60 40 20 0 95 96 97 98 99 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 89 90 91 92 93 94 19 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 19 19 19 19 19 19 Generation, distribution, and transmission Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. South Africa       231 Figure 10.14  South Africa: Private Management 100 80 Percent 60 40 20 0 95 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 89 90 91 92 93 94 96 97 98 99 00 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 19 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 19 19 19 19 19 Generation, distribution, and transmission Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Figure 10.15  South Africa: Degree of Vertical Integration 100 90 80 70 60 Percent 50 40 30 20 10 0 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Between generation and transmission, between generation and distribution, and between transmission and distribution Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Figure 10.16  South Africa: System Load Factor 77 76 75 74 Percent 73 72 71 70 69 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. 232       Power Market Structure Reference Eberhard, Anton. 2004. “The Political Economy of Power Sector Reform in South Africa.” Working Paper 6 (revised). Stanford, CA: Stanford University, Program on Energy and Sustainable Development. April. CHAPTER 11 Turkey Turkey falls into the category of medium per capita income/large system size with a gross national income per capita of about $8,890 (World Bank 2008) and total installed generating capacity of about 42,200 MW (megawatts) in 2008. Turkey’s installed power generation capacity in 2008 consisted of 10,100 MW of lignite- and coal-fired plant, 17,600 MW of gas- and oil- fired plant, and 13,900 MW of hydroelectric plant, with 600 MW of geothermal and other types of capacity. Annual generation of electricity was 198.6 TWh (terawatt-hours) in 2008, of which about 66 percent was from thermal power generation and 33 percent from hydroelectric gen- eration (the remaining 1 percent was from geothermal and wind power). This amount of power was supplied to 29.52 million consumers. The country is virtually entirely electrified, mostly from the power networks. Turkey is moderately endowed with primary energy resources, mainly hydropower and lignite with some natural gas, and therefore relies on imports for about 70 percent of its energy needs. But it lies at a major international crossroads of energy trade between the gas and oil rich regions of the Middle East and Central Asia and the major European demand centers, which enables Turkey to diversify its sources of imported energy and to profit from extensive transit trade in energy products. 233   234       Power Market Structure Reform History The history of reforms to the Turkish power sector has evolved over some decades from the original state-owned and directed monopoly. The Ministry of Energy and Natural Resources was created in 1963, and the Turkish Electricity Authority (TEK) was founded in 1970 as an integrated monopoly, incorporating all electricity activities other than distribution, which was assigned to municipalities until 1982. Electrification acceler- ated during this period, and investment in generation capacity was given priority to meet growing demand. Due to unfavorable economic condi- tions of the period, however, the investment needed for renewal and maintenance, as well as for new projects, could not be provided from the central budget. In 1984 the Turkish Parliament passed Law No. 3096 to set up a framework for private participation in the electricity sector by removing TEK’s monopoly power. The goal was to attract private investment to ease strain on the government’s budget. This law created three separate forms of private participation in the electricity sector. Two involved inde- pendent power producers (IPPs): the build-operate-transfer (BOT) framework for new generation (“greenfield IPPs”) and the transfer of operating rights (TOOR) framework for existing generation and distribu- tion assets (“brownfield IPPs”); the third was the autoproducer frame- work for companies to produce their own electricity. Under the BOT framework, private companies were allowed to build and operate power plants and sell electricity to TEK. At the end of the contract term, the assets would be transferred to the state at no cost. But all these models required the Treasury’s guarantee, with contracts signed on a take-or-pay basis, and consequently they did not reduce the financial burden on the government’s budget. The BOT framework established under Law No. 3096 was unsuccess- ful in attracting significant private investment in the power sector due to the Constitutional Court’s interpretation of the law, which held that the generation, transmission, and distribution of electricity was, according to the Turkish Constitution, a public service. Any arrangement for private electricity generation therefore must be in the form of a concession. Concessions, under the Constitution, are subject to approval by a multi- tude of government agencies, including the Ministry of Energy and Natural Resources, the High Planning Council, the State Planning Organization, and the Treasury. In addition, investors had limited recourse to international arbitration, and contracts had to be approved by the Turkey       235 Danistay (the Supreme Administrative Court), which can be a rather lengthy process. At that time the rapid growth of 8 percent annually in electricity demand created the need for an equally rapid increase in installed generating capacity. But because of its budgetary constraints, Turkey’s only option was private (in particular, foreign) investment. In 1993 TEK was split into two separate public utilities: the Turkish Electricity Generating and Transmission Corporation (TEAS), responsible for both generation and transmission activities, and the Turkish Electricity Distribution Company (TEDAS), responsible for distribution and retail sale activities. These entities were corporatized. In 1994 the Turkish Parliament passed Law No. 3996, which was intended to enhance the attractiveness of BOT projects to foreign inves- tors by authorizing Treasury guarantees for the obligations of the off-taker and fuel-supplier (in the case of gas-fired IPPs), and providing tax exemp- tions. In an attempt to bypass the Danistay, the law contained language that laid out certain arrangements that would be nonconcessionary and therefore subject to private law, but the Constitutional Court struck down the framework as unconstitutional in March 1996. In June the Turkish Council of Ministers issued Decree No. 96/8269 concerning a new model for private participation in the power sector. The decree created the build-operate (BO) framework, whereby private firms would retain ownership of the facility rather than transfer it to the state. After a poor response to the first government tender for power plant construction under this framework, the ministry revised the terms. One important change was that companies would be eligible for dispute ­ resolution under the UN Commission on International Trade Laws rather than in the Turkish administrative court system. The new tender also offered the possibility of 100 percent Treasury guarantees for the obliga- tions of TEAS for the duration of the sales contract. Before any compa- nies had a chance to build any power plants under the new BO terms, however, the Danistay suspended the decree, claiming that the previous BOT law was applicable and that an alternative model should be passed by Parliament and not by ministerial fiat. In July 1997 the Turkish Parliament passed the BO Law (Law No. 4283), which repeated the revised ministerial decree except that it exempted hydroelectric, nuclear, and geothermal plants from consider- ation. In 1999 the Turkish Parliament passed a constitutional amend- ment that applied private law to infrastructure investment in the electricity sector and that limited the Danistay’s role in the review pro- cess. This IPP framework was successful in attracting foreign investment 236       Power Market Structure in about 6,000 MW of generating capacity, but at above market prices and take-or-pay contracts for electricity off-take backed by Treasury guarantees. These obligations put an immense financial burden on TEAS. The guarantees were necessary because of TEAS’s financial weakness, which was caused by a high level of electricity losses resulting from technical factors, theft, and nonpayment. In addition, the repeated mac- roeconomic shocks Turkey had experienced over the previous decade had weakened the federal budget. By the end of the 1990s, it had become clear that these types of con- tracts with long-term sales arrangements and predetermined fixed prices did not serve the overall objective of developing competition in the elec- tricity market. In addition, privatization with Treasury guarantees was not going to be feasible given Turkey’s rapidly deteriorating fiscal stance because a succession of economic crises had weakened the budget. As a condition attached to an International Monetary Fund loan, the Turkish government agreed to phase out these guarantees in future power-­ purchase agreements. It was at about this time that the Turkish govern- ment began to recognize the need for deeper structural reforms in the ­electricity sector. In 2001 the Electricity Market Law (EML) No. 4628 was passed as a fundamental approach to easing the burden of the power sector on the public budget. The provisions of the EML were designed to be in line with the European Union’s Energy Acquis as part of Turkey’s ambition to join the EU. The law overhauled the electricity legislation to provide the basis for a radically different framework for the design and regulation of the Turkish electricity market. The law provided for the unbundling of the state owned electricity assets, opened the market above a certain level of electricity consumption (the threshold to gradually decline), and allowed third-party access to the grid. The EML required the creation of a bilateral contracting market complemented by a residual balancing mechanism. All generation capacity is to be sold to wholesalers, retailers, and consumers either directly or via a spot market. In response, TEAS was unbundled into three separate state-owned entities: • The Electricity Generation Company of Turkey (EUAS) for generation. EUAS directly owns most hydropower units and acts as the holding company for six portfolio generation companies with thermal power units and some hydropower units. In addition, several private sector generating units established under BOT, BO, and TOOR supply power Turkey       237 to the grid on the basis of power purchase agreements guaranteed by the government. There are also a few privately owned IPPs. Industries with captive generating units (autoproducers) and privately owned renewable energy units also supply to the grid. • The Turkish Electricity Transmission company (TEIAS) for transmis- sion and dispatch. It also operates the balancing market, which comple- ments the bilateral free market, and it acts as the settlement agency. • Turkish Electricity Trading and Contracting Company (TETAS) acts as the single buyer of electricity sold under the PPAs with BOT, BO, and TOOR units, and it on-sells this electricity to the distribution companies. Although corporatized with separate accounts, these entities remained under government control in terms of decision making, and they had little managerial autonomy. Distribution is handled by 21 regional distribution companies, 20 of which are the holders of operating rights for their franchise areas from TEDAS. The remaining one (Kayseri) is a privately owned distribution company. The EML also established the Energy Market Regulatory Authority (EMRA) as an independent and financially autonomous regulator of power, gas, petroleum, and liquefied petroleum gas, supervised by the Energy Market Regulatory Board. EMRA is responsible for preparing and implementing secondary legislation; authorizing market participants; approving and publishing tariffs; monitoring and supervising market participants; conducting technical, legal, and financial audits; settling dis- ­ putes; approving, amending, and enforcing performance standards; and, where necessary, applying sanctions. In 2004 the Strategy Paper “Road Map of the Market Reform and Transition” was approved by the Higher Planning Council. It outlined the steps for further liberalization of the electricity sector. It covered proce- dures for privatizing distribution and generation assets with the introduc- tion of transitory vesting contracts through which generation, either from existing contracts (via TETAS) or from public companies, will be allo- cated to distribution companies based on their weighted share in total demand to compensate for the demand of captive consumers. The main purpose of these contracts is to provide for a smooth transition by ensur- ing predictability of electricity prices and supply during the transition period and to cover stranded costs that are taken by TETAS. These con- tracts were designed to cover more than 85 percent of the energy demand of the captive customers in each distribution region. Publicly owned 238       Power Market Structure thermal and hydropower plants were to be allocated to a group of gener- ating companies on a portfolio basis, and these companies were then to be privatized. The Strategy Paper also provided the basis for determining the revenue requirements of the regional distribution companies ex ante. Any differ- ences that may occur between the ex ante revenue requirements of the distribution companies and the real incomes collected via the tariff in force is expected to be reimbursed by means of a price equalization mechanism. The paper also envisaged the implementation of a national tariff. As set out in the Strategy Paper, TEDAS, with its 20 regional distribu- tion companies, was transferred to the Privatisation Administration (PA) on April 1, 2005. The PA decided to commence the privatization of the electricity distribution sector with the concurrent tender of three compa- nies using a TOOR approach backed by a share sale model. According to this model, the investor will be the sole owner of the shares of the distri- bution company, which will be licensed for distribution and retail sale and to perform related activities in a designated region. A competitive wholesale electricity market went into operation in 2006. A balancing and settlement system has been developed and is oper- ated a branch of TEI  AS. By 2010, approximately 400 private companies were trading power in this market, through which on average about 30 percent of total electricity supply is dispatched. In July 2008 the EML of 2001 was substantially amended to promote energy security (Law No. 5784). EMRA issued in April 2009 new balancing and settlement regulations to improve the functioning of the wholesale electricity mar- ket. In December 2009, the market moved from monthly settlement to hourly settlement. Impact on Sector Structure The present market structure is represented in Figure 11.1 Power sector ownership has shifted significantly from public to private, with an increasingly environmental friendly generation mix. The market- based electricity reform program has helped attract private investment in the power sector, especially in renewable energy. The share of private sector generation in Turkey’s electricity supply has increased steadily and reached 50 percent in 2008. It is expected to increase further. By 2010 the privatization of five distribution companies had been completed and the tenders had been finalized for eight additional Turkey       239 Figure 11.1  Transitional Electricity Market Structure in Turkey BOT and BOO EUAS EUAS Independent TETAS Portfolio 1 Portfolio 2 Portfolio 6 generators hydro Transitional contracts TEIAS Balancing market Transitional contracts Transitional contracts Bilateral contracts Region 1 Region 2 Private Region 20 TEDAS DISCO Licensed by region Uniform regional tariffs—with equalization mechanism Source: Krishnaswamy 2009. Note: BOO = build-operate-own; BOOT = build-own-operate-transfer; DISCO = distribution company; EUAS = Electricity Generation Company of Turkey; TEDAS = Turkish Electricity Distribution Company; TEIAS = Turkish Electricity Transmission Company; TETAS = Turkish Electricity Trading and Contracting Company. ­ ompanies. All distribution companies were expected to be privatized by c the end of 2010. This delay relative to the target of end 2006 set out in the 2004 Strategy Paper was due to the time taken to establish cost recov- ery pricing necessary for creating creditworthy distribution companies suitable for privatization and hence for attracting private investment in generation capacity. Impact on Sector Performance Evidence of possible impacts from reforms is sought from the following five indicators: • Access to electricity supply by the population in terms of new residential connections. The proportion of the total population with access to elec- tricity increased steadily from 62 percent in 1990 to 96 percent in 2009. 240       Power Market Structure The number of connections approximately doubled from 13 million to 27 million over this period. This expansion of access progressed through- out all the reform stages described herein. • Customer service quality. Service quality by the distribution companies has improved on average since the early 2000s, as shown by data for SAIDI (System Average Interruption Duration Index) and the total volume of load shed during unplanned outages. Total network energy losses declined from around 20 percent of total energy supplied to the network around 2000 to about 15 percent at the end of the decade. • Supply security. According to the trends in the indicators that reflect supply security—system reserve capacity, energy self-sufficiency, sys- tem load factor, and capacity utilization—it appears that Turkey has managed to cover its substantial growth in power demand reliably. System reserve capacity has steadily declined from 2003, but this may ­ partly reflect the decline in hydropower and increase in thermal gen- eration in the generation mix. The higher level of system load factor from 2003 onward relative to previous years could reflect a tightening on supply at periods of peak system demand, but it could also reflect more efficient use of generation capacity. Some support for the latter contention is given by the modest increase in capacity utilization from 2003 onward. Trends in these indicators are shown in the following figures. Figure 11.2  Milestones of Power Sector Reform in Turkey Turkish Parliament The Higher Turkish Turkish passes the Planning Turkish Parliament Council of Electricity Market Council Parliament passes Law Ministers Turkish Law No. 4628 to issues a passes Law No. 3996 issues decree Parliament unbundle G&T and Strategy No. 3096 for to enhance to create the passes Law set up the Paper for private the build- No. 4283 regulatory further participation attraction operate to enact framework and a liberalization through BOTs of BOT framework the 1996 competitive power of the power and TOORs projects decree market sector 1984 194 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 2000 2001 2002 2004 2006 2008–2010 TEK split into The The Private TEAS for Energy competitive investment in generation Market wholesale generation and Regulatory power market capacity and transmission Authority enters into privatization and TEDAS (EMRA) operation of some for distribution becomes distribution operational companies Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: The milestones are reported in different shades: light gray = main government interventions; dark gray = main private sector involvements. BOTs = build-operate-transfers; G&T = generation and transmission; TEAS = Turkish Electricity Generating and Transmission Corporation; TEDAS = Turkish Electricity Distribution Company; TEK = Turkish Electricity Authority; 241   TOORs = transfers of operating rights. 242       Power Market Structure Figure 11.3  Turkey: Access to Residential Electricity 80 1.2 70 1.0 60 50 0.8 Percent Million 40 0.6 30 0.4 20 10 0.2 0 0 90 91 92 93 94 09 95 96 97 98 99 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 19 19 19 19 19 20 19 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Population without access Residential customers with access Access rate Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Figure 11.4  Turkey: Quality of Electric Service 0.07 0.06 GWh/customer 0.05 0.04 0.03 0.02 0.01 0 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 SAIDI Total volume of load shed during unplanned outages Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: GWh = gigawatt-hour; SAIDI = System Average Interruption Duration Index. Turkey       243 Figure 11.5  Turkey: System Losses and Operating Costs 25 4.0 3.5 20 3.0 $ cents/kWh 15 2.5 Percent 2.0 10 1.5 1.0 5 0.5 0 0 96 98 01 02 05 90 91 92 93 94 95 97 99 00 03 04 06 07 08 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 20 19 20 20 20 19 20 20 20 20 20 Distribution losses Transmission losses Total opex per unit consumed Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: kWh = kilowatt-hour; opex = operational expenditures/costs. Figure 11.6  Turkey: Electricity Generation by Source and Carbon Emissions 250,000 1.0 200,000 0.8 CO2 ton/kWh 150,000 0.6 GWh 100,000 0.4 50,000 0.2 0 0 19 0 19 1 19 2 19 3 19 4 19 5 19 6 19 7 98 20 9 20 0 01 20 2 03 20 4 05 20 6 07 08 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 0 0 0 0 19 20 20 20 19 20 Gas Coal Oil-fired Renewable Hydro Carbon emissions index Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: GWh = gigawatt-hours. 244       Power Market Structure Figure 11.7  Turkey: Energy Security and Capital Expenditure 120 100 80 Percent 60 40 20 0 19 0 19 1 19 3 19 4 95 19 6 97 19 8 99 20 0 20 1 92 02 20 9 10 20 3 20 4 20 5 20 6 07 20 8 9 9 9 9 9 9 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 System reserve capacity Energy self-sufficiency Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Figure 11.8  Turkey: System Load Factor 76 75 74 Percent 73 72 71 70 69 68 67 66 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Figure 11.9  Turkey: Capacity Utilization 100 90 80 70 Percent 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 93 90 91 08 92 94 95 96 97 98 99 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 09 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Turkey       245 Figure 11.10  Turkey: Average Tariff and Operating Costs 18 16 14 $ cents/kWh 12 10 8 6 4 2 0 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Total opex per unit consumed Average tariff—general Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: kWh = kilowatt-hour; opex = operational expenditures/costs. Figure 11.11  Turkey: Labor Productivity (Distribution) employee, MWh/employee 7,000 40,000 Number of customers/ Number of employees 6,000 35,000 5,000 30,000 25,000 4,000 20,000 3,000 15,000 2,000 10,000 1,000 5,000 0 0 19 0 19 1 19 2 19 3 19 4 19 5 19 6 19 7 19 8 20 9 20 0 20 1 20 2 20 3 20 4 20 5 20 6 20 7 20 8 09 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 19 Number of employees (distribution) Energy consumed/employee (distribution) Number of residential customers/employee (distribution) Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: MWh = megawatt-hour. 246       Power Market Structure Figure 11.12  Turkey: Market Concentration 12,000 10,000 8,000 HHI 6,000 4,000 2,000 0 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 19 20 20 20 Distribution and transmission Generation Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: HHI = Herfindahl-Hirschman Index. Figure 11.13  Turkey: Private Ownership 100 90 80 70 60 Percent 50 40 30 20 10 0 90 91 92 93 94 04 09 95 96 97 98 99 00 01 02 03 05 06 07 08 19 19 19 19 19 19 20 20 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Distribution and transmission Generation, distribution, and transmission Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Turkey       247 Figure 11.14  Turkey: Private Management 100 90 80 70 60 Percent 50 40 30 20 10 0 90 91 92 93 94 04 95 96 97 98 99 00 01 02 03 05 06 07 08 09 19 19 19 19 19 19 20 20 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Distribution and transmission Generation, distribution, and transmission Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Figure 11.15  Turkey: Degree of Vertical Integration 100 80 State-owned vertically TEAS separated into EUAS (generation), Percent 60 integrated TEK separated into TEIAS (transmission), and TEAS (generation, transmission, 40 TETAS (wholesale) and wholesale) 20 and TEDAS (distribution) 0 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Between generation and transmission Between generation and distribution Between transmission and distribution Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: EUAS = Electricity Generation Company of Turkey; TEAS = Turkish Electricity Generating and Transmission Corporation; TEDAS = Turkish Electricity Distribution Company; TEIAS = Turkish Electricity Transmission Company; TEK = Turkish Electricity Authority; TETAS = Turkish Electricity Trading and Contracting Company. References Krishnaswamy, Venkataraman. 2009. “Turkey—Case Study.” World Bank. 2008. World Development Indicators. World Bank, Washington, DC. PA R T 3 Case Studies: Intermediate Economies CHAPTER 12 Botswana Botswana falls into the category of middle per capita income (gross domestic product of $6,200 per capita) because of its mineral exports, but low power system size, with installed operational generating capacity of about 267 MW (megawatts) (about equal proportions of hydropower and thermal power capacity based on domestic coal reserves), relative to a system served maximum demand of about 450 MW. In 2008 this capac- ity supplied about one-third of domestic electricity consumption, and the rest was imported from South Africa. Reform History Despite its increasing dependence on power imports, Botswana has undertaken little meaningful reform of its power sector. Electricity con- sumption has grown at about 6 percent per year since the mid-1990s, and was satisfied by imported power. In 2007 the government amended the energy supply act to facilitate the participation of independent power producers in the electricity sector. There are plans to restructure the elec- tricity supply industry in Botswana in accordance with the ­ country’s membership in the Southern Africa Power Pool. 251   252       Power Market Structure The Botswana Power Corporation (BPC) is the state-owned vertically integrated national power utility with a monopoly. The government regu- lates the power sector through the Energy Affairs Division of the Ministry of Minerals, Energy, and Water Resources, which monitors BPC. There are currently no specific plans to unbundle the power utility. BPC is cur- rently expanding its coal-fired generating capacity by about 1,200 MW to compensate for the downturn in availability of power imports from South Africa. The first 600 MW is scheduled to start coming onstream in 2012–13, according to BPC. Impact on Sector Structure There is no impact from reform to report as there has been no meaning- ful reform to the power sector in Botswana. Impact on Sector Performance The lack of reform has probably contributed to the following trends in performance indicators for the power sector: • Access to electricity supply by the population in terms of new residen- tial connections. Access is a qualified success. BPC increased its residential connections at the creditable rate of about 13 percent per ­ year from 2002 to 2008, but still only about 40 percent of Botswanan households are connected to the public electricity supply. • System reserve generation capacity. Botswana has not had any system reserve generating capacity since early 1992, when it imported large quantities of electricity from South Africa. By 2008 it relied on these imports to cover about two-thirds of its total electricity consumption. Its installed coal-fired generating capacity is increasingly unreliable due to its age and experiences substantial unplanned ­ outages. • Total system energy losses. Total system losses have been consistently around 11 percent since the 1990s. This is a reasonable level. • Financial performance. BPC’s financial situation has deteriorated since the early 2000s due to rising costs. The operating cost recovery ratio has declined steadily from 1.18 in 2003 to 0.89 in 2008, despite benefiting from low-cost power imports and reasonable power retail tariffs. BPC’s Botswana       253 sales revenue from electricity tariffs have averaged around 4.5 $ cents per kilowatt-hour since 2002. • Carbon emissions. The unit rate of carbon emissions from an old and inefficient coal-fired plant, such as the Moropule station operated by BPC, would be expected to be high by global standards. Data from the 1990s for the operation of this plant show that CO2 emissions then were running at about 1,900 tons per gigawatt-hour generated, which is high. Trends in these indicators are shown in the figures that follow. Figure 12.1  Milestones of Power Sector Reform in Botswana 254 Vision 2016 Policy to South Africa increase Government blocks exports renewable amends the to Botswana, Botswana energy Energy where BPC relies Power consumption Supply Act to on imports from Corporation National and address facilitate the South Africa for (BPC) Energy environmen- participation 70% of its established Policy tal damage of IPPs supply 1970 1973 1977 1996 1997 2001 2002 2003–2006 2007 2008 Electricity Regulation Mines and Law Law Minerals Act and Electricity Supply Act amended to require environ- mental approvals for mining license, IPP license, and acquisition of transmission lines Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: The milestones in light gray refer to the main government interventions. BPC = Botswana Power Corporation; IPP = independent power producer. Botswana       255 Figure 12.2  Botswana: Access to Residential Electricity 2.5 0.5 2.0 0.4 Percent 1.5 0.3 Million 1.0 0.2 0.5 0.1 0 0 98 99 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Population without access Residential customers with access Access rate Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Figure 12.3  Botswana: System Losses and Operating Costs 14 6 12 5 $ cents/kWh 10 4 Percent 8 3 6 4 2 2 1 0 0 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Transmission losses Distribution losses Total opex per unit consumed Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: kWh = kilowatt-hour; opex = operational expenditures/costs. Figure 12.4  Botswana: Electricity Generation by Source and Carbon Emissions 1,200 1.00 1,000 0.99 CO2 ton/kWh 800 0.98 GWh 600 0.97 400 200 0.96 0 0.95 89 19 0 19 1 19 2 19 3 19 4 19 5 19 6 19 7 19 8 20 9 20 0 20 1 20 2 20 3 20 4 20 5 20 6 20 7 08 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 19 19 Thermal Carbon emissions index Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: GWh = gigawatt-hour; kWh = kilowatt-hour. 256       Power Market Structure Figure 12.5  Botswana: Energy Security and Capital Expenditure 100 3.5 80 3.0 $ cents/kWh 2.5 Percent 60 2.0 40 1.5 1.0 20 0.5 0 0 19 9 19 0 19 1 19 2 19 3 19 4 19 5 19 6 19 7 19 8 20 9 20 0 20 1 20 2 20 3 20 4 20 5 20 6 20 7 20 8 09 8 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 19 Energy self-sufficiency Total capex per unit consumed Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: Capex = capital expenditures; kWh = kilowatt-hour. Figure 12.6  Botswana: Average Tariff and Operating Costs 6 5 $ cents/kWh 4 3 2 1 0 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Total opex per unit consumed Average tariff—general Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: kWh = kilowatt-hour; opex = operational expenditures/costs. Figure 12.7  Botswana: Capacity Utilization 100 3.5 90 3.0 80 70 2.5 $ cents/kWh 60 Percent 2.0 50 40 1.5 30 1.0 20 10 0.5 0 0 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Capacity utilization Total capex per unit consumed Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: Capex = capital expenditures; kWh = kilowatt-hour. Botswana       257 Figure 12.8  Botswana: Cost Recovery Index 120 6 100 5 80 4 $ cents/kWh Percent 60 3 40 2 20 1 0 0 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Cost recovery index Average tariff—general Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: kWh = kilowatt-hour. Figure 12.9  Botswana: Market Concentration 12,000 10,000 8,000 HHI 6,000 4,000 2,000 0 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Generation, distribution, and transmission Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: HHI = Herfindahl-Hirschman Index. Figure 12.10  Botswana: Private Ownership 100 80 Percent 60 40 20 0 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Generation, distribution, and transmission Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. 258       Power Market Structure Figure 12.11  Botswana: Private Management 100 80 Percent 60 40 20 0 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Generation, distribution, and transmission Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Figure 12.12  Botswana: Degree of Vertical Integration 100 80 Percent 60 40 20 0 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Between generation and transmission, between generation and distribution, and between distribution and transmission Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. CHAPTER 13 Andhra Pradesh If the Indian state of Andhra Pradesh (AP) were classified as a country, it would fall into the category of high system size/low per capita income (gross national income of $1,077 per capita in 2010), which is similar to the all-India average level)1 and current total installed generating capacity of about 15,000 megawatts (MW) (68 percent thermal, 25 percent hydro, and 7 percent renewable and nuclear).2 Access to electricity is around 90 percent of AP’s urban population and 70 percent of the rural population, compared to 66 percent for all of India (International Energy Agency 2010). AP’s electricity supply is subject to both the federal government and to the state government (GoAP). The reason is that electricity was placed in the “concurrent” list in the Indian Constitution, which entered into force on January 26, 1950, meaning that electricity is assigned constitu- tionally to both the Indian government (GoI) and state governments. Therefore, the history of power sector reform in Andhra Pradesh draws from two interconnected strands—reforms enacted at the federal level that directly affect power markets in all or most of the states, and reforms enacted by GoAP concerning AP’s power market. Reforms at the federal level form an important component of reform in AP. 259   260       Power Market Structure Reform History Andhra Pradesh State Electricity Board (APSEB) was formed in 1959 under the 1948 Electricity (Supply) Act as part of GoI’s policy of creating state electricity boards (SEBs) around the country. This policy reflected GoI’s socialist ideology that the state should occupy the commanding heights of the economy. APSEB was incorporated as a state-owned verti- cally integrated utility responsible for the generation, transmission, and distribution of power. Like other SEBs, APSEB took over the existing privately owned power supply systems in its service area. Until 1982 APSEB was the sole provider of publicly supplied electricity in AP (some large users installed power generators on their premises to produce elec- tricity for their own consumption). Like state-owned enterprises in various Indian economic sectors, SEBs were subject to soft budgets and depended on government transfers for their capital funding and their financial survival. In turn, GoI used SEBs to advance its social policies, such as subsidized power for favored con- sumer groups (notably farmers and households) and employment for workers, and its economic policies, such as preference for locally manu- factured electrical plant and equipment. This relationship turned SEBs into instruments of substantial political patronage for exerting influence on target groups of voters and for dealing with powerful labor unions. Electricity tariffs were to be determined by the requirement that SEBs earn a 3 percent rate of return on their net asset value, without having specific regulatory oversight. But SEBs were not able to achieve this level of profitability because state governments held down their tariffs. Because SEBs did not generate sufficient financial resources to fund investments in new supply capacity, they turned to their state governments for finan- cial assistance. By the late 1980s the SEBs’ losses became too large to be sustained from state budgets and prevented state governments from financing important social and infrastructure services.3 The Indian gov- ernment did not have a strategy for correcting the unstable financial equilibrium between SEBs and their creditors. The government was forced to act by India’s macroeconomic crisis of 1991. The crisis resulted from the huge rise in central- and state-level debt incurred during the 1980s in an effort to accelerate economic growth. The crisis ended India’s socialist approach to economic manage- ment. Politicians chose instead to liberalize the economy gradually, and they adopted a policy of attracting private investment to capital-intensive infrastructure development. A new reformist central government used the crisis to implement radical currency reforms and to start improving Andhra Pradesh       261 the business climate for foreign investors. This policy extended to the power sector, where a new liberal approach to the power supply with private provision and investment was starting to attract attention around the world. The new government launched a “disinvestment” program (actually privatization, but more acceptable politically) to raise revenues and to meet the conditions set by the International Monetary Fund for helping India resolve its fiscal crisis. The reforms to the power supply introduced by GoI in 1991 were designed to alleviate the shortage of generating capacity quickly by allow- ing private investment in this sector of the power market. The reforms did not address the SEBs’ poor performance because improvements would take too long to materialize to help resolve the immediate crisis. The Electricity Laws (Amendment) Act of 1991 changed the 1948 Electricity Supply Act to allow private generators to operate on a cost-plus model with their tariffs regulated by the Central Electricity Authority. Tariff rules were set to guarantee a 16 percent return on equity (after tax) and full repatriation of profits in hard currency for the investors. To launch this reform, GoI awarded fast-track status to eight power generation projects that included a power purchase agreement with a SEB. Only three projects actually reached the development stage,4 and only two of them, both located in AP, were actually constructed and are in operation. One of them was developed by Godavari Spectrum Power Generation Ltd. (208 MW) at Kakinada, and the other was developed by GVK Industries (216 MW) at Jegurupadu. These projects benefited from a business-friendly environment in AP and the availability of locally pro- duced natural gas. In the late 1990s, two other independent power pro- ducers (IPPs) also developed gas/naphtha-based generating stations in AP to augment power generation in the state.5 As a result, AP was the most successful state in attracting IPPs. While the federal government focused on attracting IPPs to generate electricity in India, many state governments looked at the need to turn their SEBs into efficient and financially viable enterprises. In the absence of a nationwide reform strategy for SEBs from GoI, the states embarked on a variety of reform strategies that ranged from full unbundling, corpo- ratization, regulation, and privatization (Orissa in the mid-1990s and New Delhi in the 00s) to unbundling, corporatization, and regulation without privatization (AP and others)6 to corporatization and regulation (others). APSEB was one of few well-managed power utilities in India until the late 1980s. It had consistently earned the regulated 3 percent rate of return on net fixed assets, but its financial position started to worsen in 262       Power Market Structure 1989–90 and then deteriorated further. By 1997–98 APSEB had overall outstanding debts of Rs. 26,000 million (nearly $600 million) due to the following: (1) increased burden of debt servicing, where about one-third of APSEB’s income was used to repay loans and interest in 1998; (2) increase in the operational costs due to rising costs of fuel and fuel transportation charges; (3) increase in consumption by agricultural con- sumers, who accounted for about 40 percent of consumption and only 4 percent to 5 percent of the revenue in 1997–98;7 and (4) rising trans- mission and distribution (T and D) losses, which were about 33 percent in fiscal 1997/98, attributable to inadequate investments in the T and D network. Because of its poor financial health, APSEB was unable to raise money for its capital investments. Further, IPPs were facing difficulty in getting financial closure for their projects, as APSEB—the sole buyer of power from IPPs—was in poor financial health. APSEB’s deteriorating financial position, coupled with an increasing energy deficit in the state, led GoAP to reform APSEB. In January 1995 GoAP constituted a high-level committee (Hiten Bhaya Committee) to study and report on the issues of restructuring the power sector into sepa- rate profit centers without privatization and keeping APSEB as the holding company for the unbundled entities. In June the committee recommended the separation of generation, transmission, and distribution functions and the creation of a regulatory authority to fix tariffs and issue licenses. GoAP issued a policy statement in 1997 that established the following reform objectives and the strategy for implementing them: • Providing operational, managerial, and functional autonomy to succes- sor utilities to enable them to operate on commercial lines • Separating the policy and regulatory functions from management of the power sector • Establishing a regulatory framework to enable rational tariff formula- tion to ensure cost optimization • Limiting the role of the government to policy making and withdrawing regulatory functions from the purview of the government • Promoting increased participation of the private sector in the power sector • Providing good quality power to all the people of Andhra Pradesh at an affordable cost • Achieving commercial viability in the power sector so that the sector can finance its investment needs and not be dependent on budgetary subsidies Andhra Pradesh       263 GoAP was one the most progressive state governments in the late 1990s. It started its reform process by passing the Andhra Pradesh Electricity Reforms Act in 1998. The act provided for the establishment of the Andhra Pradesh Electricity Regulatory Commission (APERC); restructuring the power sector; rationalizing the generation, transmis- sion, distribution, and supply of electricity; creating avenues for private participation in the power sector; and generally for taking measures conducive to the development and management of the power sector in an efficient, economic, and competitive manner. In accordance with the 1998 Act, APSEB was unbundled into two separate entities in February 1999 (the first transfer scheme): Andhra Pradesh Power Generation Corporation Limited (APGENCO) and Transmission Corporation of Andhra Pradesh Limited (APTRANSCO). APGENCO was mandated to acquire, establish, construct, and operate power-generating stations in the state, and APTRANSCO was made responsible for transmission and bulk supply and for distribution and retail supply. APTRANSCO was further unbundled in April 2001 (the second transfer scheme) with the separation of the transmission and dis- tribution businesses. Four new distribution companies were created on a regional basis. APERC also awarded licenses to nine Rural Electric Cooperative Societies operating in the state. The reform model adopted by GoAP bases the determination of tariffs and subsidies on the concept of an annual revenue requirement, which is defined as the difference between the costs of serving customers and the revenues derived from the tariffs charged. If costs exceed revenues for a class of consumers, GoAP is expected to provide a subsidy to cover this deficit, rather than resort to the previous practices of cross-subsidies and accounting tricks. This subsidy allows the distribution entities to become financially self-sufficient provided that they meet performance goals for reducing losses. Because the distributors were at different stages of transi- tion toward commercial performance,8 APERC announced a differential bulk supply tariff among them in its tariff order for fiscal 2001/02, to allow uniform retail tariffs across the zones by customer tariff category. Initially, the power sector reforms were met with opposition, but strong political support developed to drive the reforms ahead as the pro- cess gained momentum. The ruling party took charge of steering the reforms in the state. GoAP’s strong commitment to carry out the restruc- turing exercise was evident in its 1997 policy statement. To clear the apprehensions of APSEB’s employees, GoAP entered into a tripartite agreement with APSEB and the APSEB Engineers Association/APSEB 264       Power Market Structure Assistant Engineers Association that there would be no retrenchment of employees for any reason and their status/service would not change.9 GoAP also took other initiatives to inform the stakeholders of the urgency to usher in power reforms. It actively supported APSEB’s public- ity campaign to educate the public about the need for the reforms. To help the distributors reduce losses, GoAP passed strong antitheft legisla- tion under which many consumers and APSEB employees have been convicted, fined, and even sent to prison (Bhatia and Gulati 2004). In March 1999 GoAP established the Andhra Pradesh Electricity Regulatory Commission as a quasi-judicial body. APERC is responsible for determining electricity tariffs, issuing licenses to companies that trans- mit and distribute power, issuing regulations, setting performance stan- dards, promoting competition in the power sector, and protecting the interests of consumers. The formation of APERC was in accordance with GoI’s Electricity Regulatory Commissions Act of 1998, which provided a legal basis for state regulatory commissions in response to the increasing number of state electricity regulatory commissions formed during the 1990s. The act defined the rules that governed these commissions’ inde- pendence, jurisdiction and powers, constitution, procedures, and qualifi- cations of commissioners.10 Spurred by the political turmoil caused by electricity tariff adjustments in June 2000 (following APERC’s first tariff order) and the strike by APSEB employees when the AP electricity reform legislation was enacted, GoAP sought quick and demonstrable gains in popular support for its power reform agenda. In parallel with an increase in tariffs, the power companies invested to improve the quality of power supply and customer service. These investments yielded the following benefits: more energy handled by the supply network, fewer interruptions and low ­ voltage ­ problems faced by farmers and industrial consumers, reduction in the distribution transformer failure rate, increased revenues from the installa- tion of high-accuracy meters with tamper detection features for ­ high-value ­ consumers, improved supply reliability by installing dedicated feeders to large industrial users of power and separating agricultural loads from other loads on rural feeders, and reduced theft of electricity by l ­egalizing 2­million users with unauthorized connections to the power system. Despite these efforts, AP’s power sector was still in poor condition. Tariffs remained generally low and distorted: rates to industrial and commercial consumers were much higher than costs, while rates to agri- ­ cultural and household consumers were much lower than costs, which resulted in huge direct subsidies and cross-subsidies to the latter groups. Andhra Pradesh       265 Total losses—technical and nontechnical—remained high (around 50 percent). The sector also accumulated enormous debts to the central power supply corporations, fuel suppliers, and financiers. Concerned about the general lack of improvement in the performance of SEBs, GoI focused its efforts on measurable performance outcomes, backed by a new funding mechanism in 2000–01, the Accelerated Power Development and Reform Programme (APDRP), which rewarded the states with the best performance. The APDRP was intended to provide funding for investments to improve the performance of state electricity distributors who could not generate sufficient funds internally or borrow funds because of their poor credit standing. Each state government signs a memorandum of understanding (MOU) with GoI about the reforms to be carried out. In return GoI increases power to the state from centrally owned power stations, upgrades interstate transmission lines, and provides other benefits and financing under the APDRP. Most state governments signed a MOU. The substantial amounts of funds under the APDRP helped states overcome local obstacles to reforming their power sectors. A notable innovation under the APDRP was the measurement and ranking of state electricity suppliers according to a number of perfor- mance indicators that included improvements in T and D, installation of meters, and institutional reform. APDRP funds were directed to the states with the best performance, thus creating competition for these funds. Two ratings firms were hired to rank the states. In the first ranking in 2003, AP was the highest, so presumably AP’s power distributors were able to obtain some much-needed financing from the APDRP. Despite the impact of the APDRP, state-level power supply remained problematical, and the federal government wanted to pass a comprehen- sive electricity reform act to advance the reforms and replace the variety of measures being implemented by the states. It started the process for a new act in 2001 but was unable to get Parliament to pass the law for two years (Electricity Act 2003). Under the act’s framework, private investors are encouraged to participate in all stages of the power supply chain, although the act does explicitly mandate privatization of distribution. Generators can build plants without having to obtain a licence and transmission companies must provide open access to their networks, ­ including out-of-state suppliers. The law also provides for special regula- tory tribunals to streamline the judicial review of regulatory decisions. Accordingly, in July 2005 APERC introduced open access in transmis- sion and distribution by issuing a regulation to that effect to intrastate transmission and distribution networks. APERC determines the open 266       Power Market Structure access charges as per the 2005 regulations. No cross-subsidy surcharge is payable if the open access is provided to a person who has established a generating plant for his own use. In June 2005 GoAP announced the third transfer scheme by virtue of which procurement and bulk supply of electricity, trading of electricity, and PPAs were transferred and allocated to the four distribution compa- nies in specified proportions. The generation capacities of thermal and hydro energy generating stations (including those of APGENCO, which were vested with APTRANSCO under the PPAs), the IPPs, and the firm ­ llocated and transferred to allocation of central generating stations were a the distributors. Impact on Sector Structure Andhra Pradesh’s power sector experienced major restructuring with the vertical and horizontal unbundling of APSEB and the entry of IPPs and the central thermal power generator to the sector described so far in this chapter. Impact on Sector Performance Evidence of possible impacts from unbundling and other reforms is sought from trends from the early to mid-1990s up to 2008 in the fol- lowing indicators: • Access to electricity supply by the population in terms of new residential connections. The total number of consumers of electricity more than doubled from 9.34 million in 1996–97 to 18.91 million in 2007–08. Before APSEB’s unbundling, the growth in number of consumers was slow as compared to the period after unbundling. The access rate for both urban areas and rural areas increased steadily to around 90 percent for the former and 70 percent for the latter. This increase can be partly attributed to the improvement in the financial situation of the electricity distributors in the state, even after allowing for the impact on access ratios of convert- ing large numbers of consumers from illegal to legal connections. • Customer service quality. Because AP, like most Indian states, had been chronically short of power since the 1980s, a reliable indicator of customer service is the shortage of power supply relative to demand. ­ The state had an energy deficit of 2.2 percent during 2007 and 3.9 percent in 2008, even though demand for electricity grew rapidly Andhra Pradesh       267 during the decade following the reforms to AP’s economy and the power sector. The total volume of power sold to various categories more than doubled from 21,607 GWh (gigawatt-hours) in 1997 to 48,013 GWh in 2008, indicating a strong growth in demand. • Supply security. From the start of the reform period in 1999, T and D losses declined steadily, from 37.1 percent in fiscal 2000 to 20.2 percent in fiscal 2006. Most of this decline was in distribution losses (26.0 percent to 15.8 percent ). This decline is attributable to invest- ments and the anti-theft campaign. • Financial sustainability. From the start of the reform period in 1999, the financial health of all of AP’s power utilities improved and were con- sistently ranked number one by Credit Rating and Information Services of India. Although the utilities incurred a deficit of Rs. 17,200 million (about $380 million) in fiscal 2000, they recorded a profit of Rs. 2,910 million (about $65 million) in fiscal 2006. All utilities were profitable for many years. The improvement in performance of the utilities also brought down financial burden on the state government. The subsidy support provided by the state government declined from Rs. 30,644 million (about $675 million) in fiscal 2000 to Rs. 13,510 million (about $300 million) in fiscal 2007, but increased to Rs. 28,664 m ­ illion ($630 million) in fiscal 2008. As a proportion of revenues of the ­ utilities, subsidy provision declined from 49 percent in fiscal 2000 to 14 percent in fiscal 2006. This was achieved in the absence of tariff increases between 2002 and 2006 (People’s Monitoring Group on Electricity Regulation 2007). Capital expenditure before unbundling showed a declining trend, indicating inadequate capital investments. It was about Rs. 6,093 million in 1997–98; after unbundling it rose to Rs. 22,730 million in 2002–03, declined again to Rs. 16,554 million, and increased to about Rs. 48,541 million in 2007–08. • Environmental sustainability. AP’s carbon emissions per unit of energy generated have experienced opposing influences, with a tendency to increase from thermal power generated by new gas-fired plants owned and operated by IPPs and more efficient newer coal-fired plants owned and operated by IPPs and by NTPC (formerly known as National Ther- mal Power Corporation), the large central thermal power generator. Trends in these indicators are shown in the figures that follow. Figure 13.1  Milestones of Power Sector Reform in Andhra Pradesh 268 First transfer Second scheme— transfer APTRANSCO scheme— further Transfer of unbundles with properties, APSEB APSEB IPP entry GoAP policy AP Reform separation of liabilities, established monopoly statement on Act for transmission and Incentives in the need for restructuring and distribution obligations schemes generation restructuring business. to the implemented ends Four new unbundled DISCOs companies created 1978 1982 1990 1997 1997 1999 2000 2001 2005–07 2007–08 AP Electricity Third Transfer Three-tier Regulatory scheme audit Commission involving process created procurement implemented of bulk supply and PPAs Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: The milestones are reported in different shades: light gray = main government interventions; dark gray = main private sector involvements. AP = Andhra Pradesh; APSEB = Andhra Pradesh State Electricity Board; APTRANSCO =Transmission Corporation of Andhra Pradesh; DISCOs = distribution companies; GoAP = state government of Andhra Pradesh; IPP = inde- pendent power producer; PPAs = power purchase agreements. Andhra Pradesh       269 Figure 13.2  Andhra Pradesh: Access to Residential Electricity 90 0.9 80 0.8 70 0.7 60 0.6 Percent Million 50 0.5 40 0.4 30 0.3 20 0.2 10 0.1 0 0 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 00 02 03 05 06 07 01 04 08 09 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Population without access Residential customers with access Access rate Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Figure 13.3  Andhra Pradesh: Quality of Electric Service and Operating Costs 35 10 Number/customer, 30 8 hours/customer $ cents/kWh 25 20 6 15 4 10 2 5 0 0 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Distribution transformer failure rate (APCPDCL_Disco 1) Distribution transformer failure rate (APCPDCL_Disco 2) Distribution transformer failure rate (APCPDCL_Disco 3) Distribution transformer failure rate (APCPDCL_Disco 4) Distribution transformer failure rate (APCPDCL) Opex per unit consumed (Distribution—APCPDCL) Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: APCPDCL = Central Power Distribution Company of Andhra Pradesh Ltd.; DISCO = distribution company; kWh = kilowatt-hour. 270       Power Market Structure Figure 13.4  Andhra Pradesh: System Energy Losses and Operating Costs 40 9 35 8 30 7 $ cents/kWh 25 6 Percent 5 20 4 15 3 10 2 5 1 0 0 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Distribution and transmission losses Opex per unit consumed (Distribution—APCPDCL) Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: APCPDCL = Central Power Distribution Company of Andhra Pradesh Ltd.; kWh = kilowatt-hour; opex = ­operational expenditures/costs. Figure 13.5  Andhra Pradesh: Electricity Generation by Source and Carbon Emissions 35,000 0.8 30,000 0.7 25,000 0.6 CO2 ton/kWh 0.5 20,000 GWh 0.4 15,000 0.3 10,000 0.2 5,000 0.1 0 0 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Thermal Hydro Renewable Carbon emissions index Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: GWh = gigawatt-hour; kWh = kilowatt-hour. Andhra Pradesh       271 Figure 13.6  Andhra Pradesh: Energy Security 100 90 80 70 Percent 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 System reserve capacity Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Figure 13.7  Andhra Pradesh: System Load Factor 66 64 Percent 62 60 58 56 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Figure 13.8  Andhra Pradesh: Capacity Utilization 50 45 40 35 Percent 30 25 20 15 10 5 0 06 00 01 02 03 04 05 07 08 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 20 20 20 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. 272       Power Market Structure Figure 13.9  Andhra Pradesh: Labor Productivity 16,000 Number of customers/ employee, 15,000 MWh/employee 14,000 13,000 12,000 11,000 10,000 98 99 00 01 02 03 04 05 95 96 97 19 19 20 20 20 20 19 19 20 20 19 Number of employees (generation) Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: MWh = megawatt-hour. Figure 13.10  Andhra Pradesh: Cost Recovery Index 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.6 Percent 0.5 0.4 0.3 0.2 0.1 0 05 06 07 90 91 01 02 03 04 08 09 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 00 20 20 20 20 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 19 19 19 Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Andhra Pradesh       273 Figure 13.11  Andhra Pradesh: Market Concentration 10,000 9,000 Unbundling of 8,000 APTRANSCO and 7,000 creation of four 6,000 regional distribution HHI 5,000 companies 4,000 3,000 2,000 1,000 0 97 98 99 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 20 20 20 20 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 19 19 19 Generation Distribution Transmission Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: APTRANSCO = Transmission Corporation of Andhra Pradesh; HHI = Herfindahl-Hirschman Index. Figure 13.12  Andhra Pradesh: Private Ownership 100 90 80 70 Percent 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 90 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 00 01 03 05 06 08 09 91 02 04 07 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 19 20 20 20 Generation Distribution Transmission Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Figure 13.13  Andhra Pradesh: Private Management 100 90 80 70 Percent 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 90 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 00 01 03 05 06 08 09 91 02 04 07 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 19 20 20 20 Generation Distribution Transmission Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. 274       Power Market Structure Figure 13.14  Andhra Pradesh: Degree of Vertical Integration 100 90 80 Unbundling of transmission 70 and distribution 60 Percent 50 40 30 20 10 0 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 00 01 04 05 06 08 09 99 02 03 07 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 19 20 20 20 Between transmission and distribution Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Notes 1. Wikipedia, http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_Indian_states_by_GDP#cite_ note-0); http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/States_and_territories_of_India; http:// en.wikipedia.org/wiki/States_of_India_by_installed_power_capacity. 2. This capacity consists of 8,481 MW by the state power generation company; 3,708 MW by private power generators (IPPs); and 2,845 MW by central power generators, according to the Central Electricity Authority Monthly Executive report for March 2011, http://cea.nic.in/reports/monthly/ executive_rep/mar11/28-34.pdf. 3. In practice, state governments used a range of noncash transactions to reduce or avoid cash transfers from their budgets. These transactions included fore- gone interest payments to the state, electricity duties, and other liabilities for SEBs. SEBs also built up huge accounts payable to GoI suppliers, particularly to National Thermal Power Corporation for bulk power supply, fuel suppliers (especially coal), Indian railways (for transporting coal) and the Power Finance Corporation (for loans). These debts effectively transferred some of SEB’s financial problems to the central government. 4. One of them was the Dabhol project in Maharashtra to be developed by Enron. 5. These stations were Lanco Kondapalli (368 MW) and BSES Andhra Power Ltd. (220 MW). 6. In principle, the first two models differ in the sequencing of reform steps; in the first model, privatization of the entities in their poor condition occurs soon, whereas in the second model, considerable time and public funding is expended to improve the performance of entities in preparation for eventual privatization. Andhra Pradesh       275 7. This was mainly because of nonremunerative tariffs charged to agricultural consumers (charged on flat rate basis for connected load), which encouraged overuse of electric pumps. 8. This differential partly reflects differences in the mix of urban/rural service areas among the distribution companies, as serving urban areas is more profit- able than serving rural areas. 9. In addition, all employment and wage benefits, welfare schemes such as com- passionate appointment, medical reimbursement, and the like were to be continued without any change. 10. In 2000 GoI set up the Central Electricity Regulatory Commission to oversee inter-state power trade and the national power suppliers such as NTPC and the national high voltage transmission company (Grid Corporation of Orissa Limited). References Bhatia, Bhavna, and Mohinder Gulati. 2004. “Reforming the Power Sector: Controlling Theft and Improving Revenues.” Public Policy for the Private Sector. Note 272. September. World Bank, Washington, DC. http://rru.worldbank. org/Public PolicyJournal. International Energy Agency. 2010. World Energy Outlook: The Electricity Access Database. http://www.worldenergyoutlook.org/database_electricity 10/electricity_database_web_2010.htm. People’s Monitoring Group on Electricity Regulation. 2007. “Andhra Pradesh: Power Sector Status and Issues.” Note prepared by Hyderabad, Andhra Pradesh, for the workshop organized by Prayas, Pune. March 22. http://www .pmger.org/articles.asp. CHAPTER 14 Gujarat Gujarat falls into the category of high system size/low per capita income with current total installed generating capacity of just below 8,000 MW (megawatts) and gross national income of $1,000 per capita in 2008 (World Bank 2008). Reform History The government of Gujarat passed the Gujarat Electricity Industry (Reorganization and Regulation) Act, 2003, for the restructuring of the power sector in the state. The erstwhile Gujarat Electricity Board (GEB) was unbundled and reorganized into six successor entities in 2005, as ­follows: • Generation: Gujarat State Electricity Corporation Limited • Transmission: Gujarat Energy Transmission Corporation Limited • Distribution: Dakshin Gujarat Vij Company Limited, ­ Madhya Gujarat Vij Company Limited, Uttar Gujarat Vij Company Limited, and Paschim Gujarat Vij Company Limited ­ 277   278       Power Market Structure A separate company, Gujarat Urja Vikas Nigam Limited, was incorpo- rated to look after the residual functions of GEB and to undertake the purchase of electricity from various sources and in turn supply it to the distribution companies/licensees. The most noteworthy feature of the exercise was the signing of a tri- partite agreement among recognized unions and associations of GEB employees, the government of Gujarat, and GEB. This exercise was undertaken to gain the consensus of employees and allay their fears of job losses and other problems. As part of the financial restructuring plan, a detailed road map for the successor entities was prepared. The road map included a turnaround plan for subsidy support from state government and capital infusion to improve their efficiency parameters by 2011. The assets of the erstwhile GEB were restated upward to reflect the prevailing market value. Impact on Sector Performance Evidence of possible impacts from unbundling and other reforms is sought from trends from the early to mid-1990s up to 2008 in the fol- lowing indicators. After the power sector was restructured (unbundled) in 2005: • Profit increased from a deficit of Rs. 969 crores in 2004–05 (GEB) to Rs. 126 crores in 2008–09 (total profit all unbundled utilities). • Transmission and distribution losses were reduced from 33.5 percent in 2005 to 21.14 percent in 2009. • The average cost to serve increased from Rs. 3.74 per kilowatt-hour (kWh) in 2005 to Rs. 4.64 per kWh in 2009, and the average realization of revenue has increased from Rs. 3.44 per kWh in 2005 to Rs. 4.68 per kWh in 2009, indicating a surplus. • Electricity generation in the state increased from 23,000 MW in 2005 to above 28,000 MW in 2009, representing an annual increase of more than 4 percent. Gujarat       279 Figure 14.1  Gujarat: Access to Residential Electricity 50 0.9 0.8 40 0.7 0.6 Percent 30 Million 0.5 20 0.4 0.3 10 0.2 0.1 0 0 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 00 01 02 03 09 04 05 06 07 08 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 20 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Residential customers with access Population without access Access rate Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Figure 14.2  Gujarat: Quality of Electric Service 16 1.4 14 1.2 number/customer Hours/customer, 12 1.0 $ cents/kWh 10 0.8 8 0.6 6 0.4 4 2 0.2 0 0 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 SAIFI SAIDI Total opex per unit consumed Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: kWh = kilowatt-hour; opex = operational expenditures/costs; SAIDI = System Average Interruption Duration Index; SAIFI = System Average Interruption Frequency Index. Figure 14.3  Gujarat: System Energy Losses 30 1.4 25 1.2 1.0 $ cents/kWh 20 Percent 0.8 15 0.6 10 0.4 5 0.2 0 0 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Distribution losses Transmission losses Total opex per unit consumed Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: kWh = kilowatt-hour; opex = operational expenditures/costs. 280       Power Market Structure Figure 14.4  Gujarat: Electricity Generation by Source and Carbon Emissions 35,000 1.00 30,000 0.90 CO2 ton/kWh 25,000 20,000 0.80 GWh 15,000 0.70 10,000 0.60 5,000 0 0.50 19 1 19 2 19 3 19 4 19 5 19 6 19 7 19 8 20 9 20 0 01 20 2 20 3 20 4 20 5 20 6 20 7 20 8 09 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 19 20 Hydro Thermal Carbon emissions index Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: GWh = gigawatt-hour; kWh = kilowatt-hour. Figure 14.5  Gujarat: Average Tariff and Operating Costs 4.5 4.0 3.5 $ cents/kWh 3.0 2.5 2.0 1.5 1.0 0.5 0 07 08 09 95 96 97 98 99 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 94 20 20 20 20 19 19 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 Average tariff—general Total opex per unit consumed Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: kWh = kilowatt-hour; opex = operational expenditures/costs. Figure 14.6  Gujarat: Labor Productivity Number of customers/employee, 300 30,000 290 Number of employees 280 29,500 MWh/employee 270 29,000 260 250 28,500 240 230 28,000 220 27,500 210 200 27,000 19 0 19 1 19 2 19 3 19 4 19 5 19 6 19 7 19 8 20 9 20 0 20 1 20 2 20 3 20 4 20 5 20 6 20 7 20 8 09 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 19 Number of residential customers/employee Number of employees (distribution) Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: MWh = megawatt-hour. Gujarat       281 Figure 14.7  Gujarat: Capacity Utilization 8,000 1.20 7,000 1.00 6,000 $ cents/kWh 5,000 0.80 Percent 4,000 0.60 3,000 0.40 2,000 1,000 0.20 0 0 04 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 00 01 02 03 05 06 07 08 09 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 19 20 20 20 20 20 Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: kWh = kilowatt-hour. Figure 14.8  Gujarat: Private Ownership 100 80 Percent 60 40 20 0 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Generation Transmission Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Figure 14.9  Gujarat: Private Management 100 80 Percent 60 40 20 0 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Generation Transmission Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. 282       Power Market Structure Figure 14.10  Gujarat: Market Concentration 10,000 8,000 6,000 HHI 4,000 2,000 0 19 0 19 1 19 2 19 3 19 4 19 5 19 6 19 7 19 8 20 9 20 0 20 1 20 2 20 3 20 4 05 20 6 20 7 20 8 09 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 19 20 Generation Transmission Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: HHI = Herfindahl-Hirschman Index. Figure 14.11  Gujarat: Degree of Vertical Integration 100 90 80 Unbundling of 70 generation, Percent 60 transmission, 50 40 and distribution 30 20 10 0 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Between generation and transmission, and between generation and distribution Between transmission and distribution Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Reference World Bank. 2008. World Development Indicators. World Bank, Washington, DC. CHAPTER 15 West Bengal West Bengal falls into the category of high system size/high per capita income, with a gross national income of $1,000 per capita in 2008 (World Bank 2008) and current total installed generating capacity of just below 8,000 MW (megawatts). West Bengal State Electricity Board (WBSEB) was formed on May 1, 1955, as a vertically integrated power utility covering all the spheres of the electricity business of generation, distribution, and transmission. Under the Electricity Act of 1948, WBSEB had the whole of West Bengal as its command area except the Damodar Valley Corporation (DVC) and the Disergarh Power Supply Corporation (DPSC) area. In 1985 West Bengal Power Development Corporation Limited (WBPDCL) was formed to access funds and to provide focused attention to thermal gen- eration of the state. At first, WBPDCL operated only the Kolaghat Thermal Power Station, and subsequently the new Bakreswar Thermal Power Project. In June 2001 the process of transferring thermal genera- tion to WBPDCL was completed when the Bandel and Santaldihi Thermal Power stations were also transferred. In 1998 the West Bengal Rural Energy Development Corporation Limited was formed to focus on rural electrification, and the following year the West Bengal Electricity Regulatory Commission was set up. 283   284       Power Market Structure Reform History Before unbundling, which took place in April 2007, WBSEB was involved in hydro generation, along with negligible generation from diesel and gas; transmission, including State Load Dispatch Centre (SLDC) activities; and distribution, trading, and bulk supply activities. After the Electricity Act 2003 came into effect, the Department of Power, Government of West committee on Bengal, in July 2003 constituted a state-level reorganization ­ restructuring the power sector’s distribution system. The committee was chaired by Subimal Sen, a member of the State Planning Board. The key objectives of the restructuring process were to improve the level of consumer service and operational efficiencies on a sustainable basis within the statutory framework, to avoid creating any tariff shocks for the consumers, and to pave the way for the government to meet its commitments on rural electrification and socioeconomic development of the state. The Power Department also established a task force, made up of the top management of the three power utilities and officials of the Power Department, to constantly interact with consultants. The three power utilities, WBSEB, WBPDCL, and DPL (Durgapur Projects Limited), also established designated task forces at department-head level within their organizations. The state government formulated a set of guiding principles for achieving the desired objectives in the restructuring of the power sector. These principles were: • Ensure sustainable viability of restructured entities with minimal struc- tural disruptions that require no recurring budgetary revenue support from government; restructure finances to clean up past debt burdens and open access to competitive funding for investments in system improvements; address transitional issues; and avoid tariff shocks for consumers • Strengthen managerial initiatives within a government-ownership framework requiring introduction of good corporate governance prac- tices; adopt “best-in-class” business processes and systems • Support economic growth in the state through competitive tariffs with improved customer service, accelerated rural electrification, and gen- eration capacity with strong transmission/distribution systems • Safeguard the interests of the employees of the power utilities while designing the restructuring interventions West Bengal       285 The functions and business in transmission and load dispatch were transferred to and vested in WBSETCL (West Bengal State Electricity Transmission Company Limited); the functions and business in distribu- tion activities and all existing hydropower stations, all gas turbine units, and diesel generation units with all associated and related equipment of WBSEB were transferred to WBSEDCL (West Bengal State Electricity Distribution Company Ltd.) from the effective date. WBSEDCL and WBSETCL were incorporated under the provisions of the Companies Act of 1956 on February 16, 2007, and obtained a cer- tificate of commencement of business on March 21. These companies are government entities within the meaning of Section 617 of the Companies Act, and their entire share capital is held by the government of West Bengal (GoWB), except the shares allotted to the signatories of the Memorandum of Association of the company. Impact on Sector Performance Evidence of possible impacts from unbundling and other reforms is sought from trends from the early to mid-1990s up to 2008 in the fol- lowing indicators. The main players in the power sector before it was restructured (pre-unbundling) in April 2007 included WBSEB, WBPDCL, West Bengal Renewable Energy Development Agency, and DPL in the state sector; Calcutta Electric Supply Corporation Ltd. (CESC) and DPSC in the private sector; and National Thermal Power Corporation (NTPC) and DVC in the central governmental sector. Around 48 percent of the generation capacity is state-owned. WBPDCL is the mainstay of the power requirement of the state and Table 15.1  Key Players in the Power Sector of West Bengal before Restructuring Entity Function WBSEDCL Hydro generation, distribution WBSETCL State transmission utility and SLDC WBPDCL Thermal generation DPL Thermal generation, distribution, coke oven, water supply Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: DPL = Durgapur Projects Limited; SLDC = State Load Dispatch Centre; WBPDCL = West Bengal Power Development Corporation Limited; WBSEDCL = West Bengal State Electricity Distribution Company Limited; WBSETCL = West Bengal State Electricity Transmission Company Limited. 286       Power Market Structure Table 15.2  Power Sector of West Bengal before Restructuring Ownership Entity Function State sector WBSEB Hydro, diesel, and gas generation; HV, MV, LV distribution, transmission, load dispatch WBPDCL Thermal generation DPL Thermal generation, HV, MV, LV distribution, coke oven, water supply WBREDA Nonconventional generation WBREDC Rural electrification Central sector DVC Thermal and hydrogeneration, transmission, HV, MV ­distribution DPSC Thermal generation, HV, MV distribution Private sector CESC Thermal generation, HV, MV, LV distribution Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: HV, MV, and LV = high, medium, and low voltage, respectively. CESC = Calcutta Electric Supply Corporation Limited; DPL = Durgapur Projects Limited; DPSC = Disergarh Power Supply Corporation; DVC = Damodar Valley Corporation; WBPDCL = West Bengal Power Development Corporation Limited; WBREDA = West Bengal Renew- ­ nergy Development Agency; WBREDC = West Bengal Rural Energy Development Corporation Limited; able E WBSEB = West Bengal State Electricity Board. engaged in thermal generation. It is the largest generator in the West Bengal power system followed by NTPC. Since its establishment in 1955, WBSEB has been acting as the State Transmission Utility and SLDC, with a transmission capacity of 12,563.5 MVA (megavolt amperes). WBSEB alone handled more than half of the electricity supply in the state. Besides WBSEB, three companies, CESC, DPL, and DPSC, supply electricity in their own licensed areas. Because not much time has passed since unbundling, its performance cannot be benchmarked clearly. But improvements can be seen as profits of unbundled utilities have increased, expenses have gone down, and cost recovery has improved. In addition, transmission and distribution losses have been reduced. The technical and operational performance after unbundling can be summarized as the following: • A decrease in the state’s energy deficit as power procurement increased • An increase in WBSEDCL’s installed capacity of 900 MW due to the Purulia Pump Storage Project (PPSP) • An 80 percent increase in the total generation • A 9 percent increase in total power purchase cost and 5 percent increase in per unit power purchase cost • Plans for significant capacity additions in the transmission network West Bengal       287 • Increase in distribution network with additional 16,657 distribution transformers • Reduction in distribution transformer (DT) failure rate • A 6.4 percent increase in the sale of power (million unit); reduced interstate sales • Reduction of AT&C (aggregate technical and commercial) losses and transmission and distribution losses • Reduction of supply outages and improvement of reliability indices • Initiation of prepaid meter facilities During 2007–08 West Bengal had an energy deficit of 3.9 percent as compared to 2.2 percent in 2006–07. The demand for energy has been continuously increasing over the years. Although energy availability has increased, it has not been able to keep up with the significant and continu- ous growth in demand, leading to a deficit situation. • Generation. The sharp rise in installed capacity of 900 MW is attrib- uted to the capacity addition from the PPSP, which was commissioned in 2007–08. The mission of the 900 MW PPSP is to mitigate the peak power deficit in the state by utilizing the low-cost excess power avail- able during periods of low demand. The Rs. 29.53 billion project of WBSEDCL, located in Ajodhya Hills in Bagmundi village of Purulia district, is being funded as loan assistance from the Japan Bank for International Cooperation. The project comprises four units, each with 225 MW, and all of them in operation. WBSEB’s own generation con- tributes only a small proportion of the total energy available to supply power to c ­ onsumers. Therefore, in addition to its own hydro genera- tion, WBSEB purchases power from different power supply agencies. In fact, WBPDCL’s entire capacity of around 15,000 MW is dedicated to WBSEB’s power requirement. The plant load factor (PLF) (hydro) of WBSEB has decreased from 35.34 percent in 2002–03 to 29.48 per- cent in 2006–07. The PLF continued to decline after unbundling and reduced to 26.36 percent. • Transmission. In 2008 WBSETCL registered an increase of 6.7 ­percent in transmission capacity as compared to that of the previous year. WBSEB increased the number of extra-high voltage (EHV) substa- tions from 68 in 2003 to 80 in 2007. After unbundling, WBSETCL is operating through 89 EHV substations some of which have already obtained International Organization for standardization (ISO)-9001 288       Power Market Structure certificates. During 2007–08 about 382 circuit km (kilometers) of transmission lines of capacity and 3 new substations with transforma- tion capacity of 509 MVA were added. WBSETCL has an ambitious program of starting another 30 new EHV substations and an addi- tional 3,000 circuit km of EHV transmission lines during the balance period of the eleventh five-year plan. These additions to the transmis- sion network aim at improving the system’s power supply and reli- ability. India’s Ministry of Power, through the Central Electricity Authority gave WBSETCL the Best Transmission System Availability Award with Gold Shield for 2007–08 in appreciation that availability of the transmission system was more than 99.87 percent. The number of distribution transformers has been increasing continuously since 2003, growing from 81,072 in 2007 to 97,729 in 2008, with an aver- age DT capacity of 0.253 kilovolt amperes, registering an increase of around 21 percent after unbundling. The DT failure rate showed an increasing trend from 2003 (10.8 percent) to 2006–07 (12.9 percent), but it reduced to 10.3 percent in 2008. • Distribution. The total number of consumers served by WBSEDCL was 6,954,106 in 2008, reflecting an increase of around 10 percent over the previous year before unbundling. The consumer profile has not shown any significant change over the years. It has always been dominated by domestic consumers with a share of 85 percent followed by commercial customers (12 percent). • Operational and technical performance. T and D losses decreased when WBSEB was in operation. Losses declined from 34 percent in 2003 to 26 percent in 2007. WBSEB’s aggregate technical and com- mercial (AT&C) losses were very high at 43.4 percent in 2003–04, but have decreased since then and continued to decrease after unbundling. In 2007–08 AT&C losses of WBSEDCL stood at 25.5 percent. This can be attributed to the continuous improvement in the collection efficiency. Total operating expenses went down by 9 percent; sale of power produced a marginal increase in revenue; the average tariff for indus- trial and commercial customers has increased by 19 paise/unit and 37 paise/unit, respectively. Cross-subsidies from industrial and com- mercial customers increased; cost recovery improved, and profits were twice than that of WBSEB during 2007; and the debt-service ratio improved. West Bengal       289 • Labor productivity. Since unbundling there has been a consistent percentage decrease in employees and an increase in consumers. The ­ number of consumers rose by 10 percent, similar to that in 2006–07, and the number of employees declined by 14 percent against only a 7 percent decline in 2006–07. The result was a steep rise in the number of consumers per employee, so that productivity increased by ­ ­ ercent in 2007–08 as compared to 2006–07. 23 p 290 Figure 15.1  Milestones of Power Sector Reform in West Bengal WBPDCL WBSEB established, unbundled with partial State in WBSEDCL asset WBREDC WBPDCL committee (distribution) transfer established asset on and WBSEB from for rural transfer restructuring WBSETCL established WBSEB electrification complete formed (transmission) 1955 1985 1998 1999 2001 2003 2007 2008 WB electricity Performance regulatory based commission incentive scheme created introduced. Audit implemented Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: The milestones in light gray refer to the main government interventions. WBPDCL = West Bengal Power Development Corporation Limited; WBREDC = West Bengal Rural Energy Development Corporation Limited; WBSEB = West Bengal State Electricity Board; WBSEDCL = West Bengal State Electricity Distribution Company Limited; WBSETCL = West Bengal State Electricity Transmission Company Limited. West Bengal       291 Figure 15.2  West Bengal: Access to Residential Electricity 70 0.6 60 0.5 50 0.4 Percent Million 40 0.3 30 20 0.2 10 0.1 0 0 90 91 92 93 94 07 08 09 95 96 97 98 99 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Residential customers with access Population without access Access rate Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Figure 15.3  West Bengal: Quality of Electric Service 80 1.6 70 1.4 Number/customer, hours/customer 60 1.2 $ cents/kWh 50 1.0 40 0.8 30 0.6 20 0.4 10 0.2 0 0 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 SAIFI SAIDI Total opex per unit consumed Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: kWh = kilowatt-hour; opex = operational expenditures/costs; SAIDI = System Average Interruption Dura- tion Index; SAIFI = System Average Interruption Frequency Index. 292       Power Market Structure Figure 15.4  West Bengal: System Energy Losses and Operating Costs 40 1.4 35 1.2 30 1.0 $ cents/kWh 25 Percent 0.8 20 0.6 15 10 0.4 5 0.2 0 0 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Distribution and transmission losses Total opex per unit consumed Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: kWh = kilowatt-hour; opex = operational expenditures/costs. Figure 15.5  West Bengal: Electricity Generation by Source and Carbon Emissions 600 0.0020 500 0.0015 CO2 ton/kWh 400 GWh 300 0.0010 200 0.0005 100 0 0 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Hydro Diesel Gas Carbon emissions index Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: GWh = gigawatt-hour; kWh = kilowatt-hour. West Bengal       293 Figure 15.6  West Bengal: Average Tariff and Operating Costs 14 12 $ cents/kWh 10 8 6 4 2 0 94 95 96 97 98 99 00 01 02 03 05 06 07 08 09 04 19 19 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Average tariff—general Total opex per unit consumed Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: kWh = kilowatt-hour; opex = operational expenditures/costs. Figure 15.7  West Bengal: Labor Productivity 350 Number of customers/employee, 300 250 MWh/employee 200 150 100 50 0 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Connection per employee Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: MWh = megawatt-hour. Figure 15.8  West Bengal: Capacity Utilization 9,000 4.00 8,000 3.50 7,000 3.00 $ cents/kWh 6,000 2.50 Percent 5,000 2.00 4,000 3,000 1.50 2,000 1.00 1,000 0.50 0 0 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Capacity utilization Total capex per unit consumed Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: Capex = capital expenditures; MWh = megawatt-hour. 294       Power Market Structure Figure 15.9  West Bengal: Cost Recovery Index 3.0 14 2.5 12 $ cents/kWh 2.0 10 Percent 8 1.5 6 1.0 4 0.5 2 0 0 19 0 19 1 19 2 19 3 19 4 19 5 19 6 19 7 19 8 20 9 20 0 20 1 20 2 20 3 20 4 20 5 20 6 20 7 20 8 09 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 19 Cost recovery index Average tariff Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: kWh = kilowatt-hour. Reference World Bank. 2008. World Development Indicators. World Bank, Washington, DC. CHAPTER 16 Jordan Jordan in 2008 fell into the middle categories for gross national income ($3,420/capita) and power system size (2,612 megawatts [MW] installed generation capacity). At the start of the review period in the early 1990s, the structure of Jordan’s power sector was a combination of a state-owned vertically integrated power utility with a monopoly in the generation and transmission segments and a minor portion of the distri- bution market (Jordanian Electricity Authority—JEA), a privately owned distributor with about two-thirds of the distribution market (Jordanian Electric Power Company—JEPCO), and a third distributor under almost equal state and private ownership (Irbid District Electrical Company—IDECO). This structure had been in place for nearly three decades. Stability and continuity had characterized these power market ­arrangements. Reform History This period came to an end in 1994 with the Jordanian cabinet’s decision to restructure JEA as a public holding company in preparation for a long- term restructuring of the power sector with the introduction of more private sector participation. The legislative basis for the planned reform 295   296       Power Market Structure was laid down in the General Electricity Law No. 10 of 1996, under which JEA was renamed the National Electric Power Company (NEPCO). In 1999 NEPCO was corporatized and unbundled into three entities: (1) a company to own and operate the transmission network and system operation and to act as a single buyer for bulk power, which inherited NEPCO’s name; (2) Central Electric Generating Company (CEGCO), which took over all the public generating capacity; and (3) Electricity Distribution Company (EDCO), which took over JEA/NEPCO’s distri- bution activities. Following this period of restructuring, the government put in place the regulatory framework for its reformed power market by establishing the Electricity Regulatory Commission (ERC) in 2001 and the following year passing General Electricity Law No. 64, the primary legislation for ERC’s operations. ERC regulates the prices for transactions in the wholesale power market between NEPCO and the generators on the one hand and distributors on the other hand. In 2002 the dissolution of the monopoly in the generation segment started with the establishment of a new state- owned power company, Samra Electric Power Company (SEPGCO) to develop and operate the next addition to Jordan’s generating capacity. This step was followed in 2007 by a major campaign to transfer the state’s ownership to the private sector and resulted in the sale of 51 ­percent of the shares in CEGCO, the state’s 45 percent of IDECO, and the state’s 100 percent ownership of EDCO. The campaign contin- ued with signing agreements with the first independent power producer (IPP) in 2007 and a second IPP in 2009. As a result, only the restructured NEPCO and SEPGCO remain in state ownership. Impact on Sector Structure The impacts of the reforms are shown in terms of the following two eco- nomic indicators in the generation and distribution segments of the power market: (1) concentration of ownership in the power market, and (2) the proportion of the power supply capacity under private ownership. The transmission sector was not impacted because the supply of trans- mission services remained a monopoly. As a result of the reforms the degree of market concentration, as mea- sured by the Herfindahl-Hirschman Index (HHI), for the generation on the interconnected system segment declined from 0.93 when CEGCO had its monopoly to 0.47 in 2008 with SEPGCO and the entry of the first IPP. This value should decline further with the entry of the second IPP by Jordan       297 2012 and continue to decline if followed by more IPPs. Even a value of 0.47 indicates a highly concentrated structure when viewed from the perspective of competition in the market, which requires the value to fall well below 0.2. Nevertheless, this trend indicates that in the next 5 to 10 years, the concentration level in the generation segment is likely to decline to a level that would support a restructuring of bulk power trading from the single buyer to a bilateral trading between generators and distributors. The degree of concentration in the distribution segment (as measured by the HHI) has not been affected by the reforms; it remained around 0.37 from 1990 to 2005, when it increased steadily to 0.40 in 2008 in line with the increase in the market share of the largest distributor, JEPCO, from 54 percent to 58 percent over the same period. This trend probably reflects the greater economic prosperity of Amman and surrounding areas that are served by JEPCO than the areas served by IDECO and EDCO. The proportion of the total power supply capacity from generation through transmission to distribution that was under private ownership increased from the historic level up to 2006 of around 25 percent to the current level of 48 percent (according to an index in which the three stages have equal weights). Within this composite value, the proportion of the generation segment under private ownership increased from zero to 43 percent, and the proportion for distribution from 72 percent to 100 percent. Transmission and system control has remained under 100 percent state ownership. Impact on Sector Performance The impact of these reforms can be examined by comparing trends between the four main phases: • pre-unbundling—before 1999 • unbundled with a single buyer of wholesale power but preautonomous regulation—2000 to 2002 • under autonomous regulation but preprivatization—2003 to 2007 • postprivatization with a single buyer from 2008 onward The last period started too recently to allow time for any impacts on performance trends to appear. Evidence of possible impacts from unbundling and other reforms is sought from trends from the early to mid-1990s up to 2008 in the ­following indicators: 298       Power Market Structure • Access to electricity supply by the population in terms of new residential connections. The Jordanian distributors increased residential connec- tions steadily at an average annual rate of 5.7 percent from 1996 to 2008. The proportion of population served by them was almost 100 percent throughout this period, indicating that the distributors met demand for new household connections in line with new household formation.1 • System reserve generation capacity. The margin between total available generating capacity on the interconnected system and peak demand on this system varied substantially between 1990 and 2008. It was highest in 1990 and 1998–99, and lowest in 1995–97 and 2004–07. Given that investment is least predictable immediately before and after a major reform to industry structure and trading arrangements, one could observe that Jordan wisely built up a large reserve of generation capac- ity to carry the sector through the unbundling disruption by moving to arm’s length trading through the single buyer in 1999 and introducing the new regulatory arrangements in 2002. This impact is a critical risk for these major reforms. • Generation fuel conversion efficiency. Fuel conversion efficiency for the stock of generating capacity on the interconnected system dipped from 34 percent in 1990 to 32 percent in 1994, increased to 36 percent in 2001, declined to 34 percent in 2004, and steadily increased to above 36 percent by 2008. The changes in the earlier years probably reflect more or less use of old inefficient generating units to meet peaks in sys- tem demand. The increase in later years reflects the introduction and expansion of gas-fired CCGTs (combined cycle gas turbines) with higher efficiencies than the existing units that run on diesel and heavy fuel oil. No impact is detectable from the sector reforms on this indicator. • Total system energy losses. Contrary to expectations about the impact of sector reform on this key performance variable, system losses increased steadily from 1996 onward, from around 15 percent to around 18 percent for 2005–08. Most of this increase occurred in the distribution segment, an area that needs firm regulation, especially now that distribution is entirely privately owned. • Total system nonfuel costs. The average nonfuel cost per unit of energy consumed on the interconnected system stayed fairly constant at around 23 JD/MWh in nominal price terms between 1999 and 2005, Jordan       299 and subsequently declined even in nominal price terms to around 20 JD/MWh in 2006–08. This decline may reflect the improvement in labor productivity. Average fuel costs are not used because this indica- tor is largely out of the control of Jordanian generators from year to year. The only lever available is to change the fuel mix over time, which is happening in Jordan with the move to lower-cost, more efficient natural gas for power generation. Changes in the fuel mix will become significant only when the new CCGTs developed by SEPGCO and the IPPs come onstream. • Labor productivity in terms of customers per employee and energy consumed per employee. Although the total number of employees in the power sector increased steadily from around 5,400 in 1996 to almost 8,000 in 2008, both indicators show a steady and marked improvement from 2000 onward, after stagnating or slightly worsening in the previous years. The decline from 1999 to 2000 may reflect the formation of new power companies from the single integrated supplier. But the improvement in these indexes thereafter is striking and shows a constant trend before and after the new regulatory framework and even the privatization in 2007. The trends suggest that the main factor in improvement was unbundling. • Carbon emissions. This indicator is tracked to establish a basis for future performance. Past performance is a consequence of responses to eco- nomic pressures to meet growing demand and to manage fuel costs, rather than to specifically reduce carbon emissions. Jordan is expected to reduce these emissions from power generation as natural gas-fired generation increases and partly displaces generation from liquid fuels. A substantial reduction has already occurred. with the carbon emissions index dropping from 0.9 in 2005 to 0.76 in 2008, and it is expected to drop further toward 0.65 in the next five or so years. The trend beyond this period is presently unclear because of uncertainty about the new baseload generation capacity that Jordan is expected to develop. The index would drop gently if this capacity were to be based on more natural gas-fired CCGTs and drop sharply if and when Jordan’s ambi- tions to develop nuclear power capacity is realized. Conversely, the emissions index would increase again if ­ Jordan decides to base new capacity on burning some of its substantial reserves of oil shale. Trends in these indicators are shown in the figures that follow. Figure 16.1  Milestones of Power Sector Reform in Jordan 300 Jordanian General Electricity General Agreement Agreement cabinet Electricity Regulatory Electricity signed with signed with decides to Law No. 10 Commission Law No. 64 IPP for first IPP for restructure issued. JEA (ERC) passed. project second JEA as a renamed the established Legal basis financed project public National for ERC, its generation financed holding Electric operations plant in generation company Power (licenses, Jordan plant in Company tariffs, etc.) (Amman Jordan (Al (NEPCO) East) Qatrana) <1994 1994 1996 1999 2001 2002 2007 2007 2009 Jordan Electricity NEPCO corporatized and unbundled Samra CEGCO, Authority (JEA) into three companies: Electric IDECO, and dominant supplier— • Transmission, system operation, Power EDCO state-owned monoploy and single buyer Company privatized in generation and • Central Electric Generating (SEPGCO) through sale transmission Company (CEGCO) established of state and some distribution. • Electricity Distribution Company (state owned) shares Two DISCOs: JEPCO (EDCO) (private) and IDECO (public and private) Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: The milestones are reported in different shades: light gray = main government interventions; dark gray = main private sector involvements. CEGCO = Central Electric Generating Company; EDCO = Electricity Distribution Company; IDECO = Irbid District Electricity Company; IPP = independent power producer; JEA = Jordan Electricity Authority; JEPCO = Jordanian Electric Power Company; NEPCO = National Electric Power Company. Jordan       301 Figure 16.2  Jordan: Access to Residential Electricity 7 1.2 6 1.0 5 0.8 Percent Million 4 0.6 3 2 0.4 1 0.2 0 0 19 9 19 0 91 19 2 19 3 19 4 19 5 19 6 19 7 19 8 20 9 20 0 20 1 20 2 20 3 20 4 20 5 20 6 20 7 20 8 09 8 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 19 19 Population without access Residential customers with access Access rate Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Figure 16.3  Jordan: Quality of Electric Service 8 4,600 Hours/customer, $ cents/kWh Number of interruptions 7 4,400 6 5 4,200 4 4,000 3 3,800 2 1 3,600 0 3,400 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 SAIDI Total interruption on distribution network Total nonfuel opex per unit consumed Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: kWh = kilowatt-hour; opex = operational expenditures/costs; SAIDI = System Average Interruption Duration Index. 302       Power Market Structure Figure 16.4  Jordan: System Losses and Operating Costs 25 4.0 3.5 20 3.0 $ cents/kWh 2.5 Percent 15 2.0 10 1.5 1.0 5 0.5 0 0 19 9 20 6 20 7 08 90 19 1 19 2 19 3 19 4 19 5 19 6 19 8 20 9 20 0 20 1 20 2 20 3 20 4 97 20 5 8 0 0 0 9 9 9 9 9 9 0 0 0 0 0 9 9 19 19 19 Distribution losses Transmission losses Generation losses Total nonfuel opex per unit consumed Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: kWh = kilowatt-hour; opex = operational expenditures/costs. Figure 16.5  Jordan: Electricity Generation by Source and Carbon Emissions 16,000 0.95 14,000 0.90 12,000 CO2 ton/kWh 10,000 0.85 GWh 8,000 0.80 6,000 0.75 4,000 2,000 0.70 0 0.65 19 9 19 0 91 19 2 19 3 94 19 5 96 19 7 19 8 20 9 00 20 1 02 20 3 20 4 20 5 06 20 7 08 8 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 0 0 0 0 0 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 Natural gas Petroleum fuels Carbon emissions index Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: GWh = gigawatt-hour; kWh = kilowatt-hour. Jordan       303 Figure 16.6  Jordan: Energy Security and Capital Expenditure 100 90 80 70 Percent 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 19 9 19 0 19 1 19 2 19 3 19 4 19 6 19 7 98 20 9 20 0 20 2 20 3 20 4 05 20 6 20 7 08 95 01 8 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 0 0 0 0 0 0 19 19 19 20 20 System reserve capacity Energy self-sufficiency Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Figure 16.7  Jordan: System Load Factor 0.76 0.74 0.72 Percent 0.70 0.68 0.66 0.64 0.62 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Figure 16.8  Jordan: Capacity Utilization 80 70 60 50 Percent 40 30 20 10 0 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. 304       Power Market Structure Figure 16.9  Jordan: Average Tariff and Operating Costs 9 8 7 $ cents/kWh 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 89 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 19 Average tariff Total opex per unit consumed Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: kWh = kilowatt-hour; opex = operational expenditures/costs. Figure 16.10  Jordan: Labor Productivity 1,600 10,000 1,400 9,000 employee, MWh/employee Number of customers/ Number of employees 8,000 1,200 7,000 1,000 6,000 800 5,000 600 4,000 3,000 400 2,000 200 1,000 0 0 19 0 19 1 19 2 19 3 19 4 19 5 19 6 19 7 19 8 20 9 20 0 20 1 20 2 20 3 20 4 20 5 20 6 20 7 08 19 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 8 19 Number of employees in electricity sector Energy consumed/employee Number of residential customers/employee Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: MWh = megawatt-hour. Jordan       305 Figure 16.11  Jordan: Cost Recovery Index 9 136.0 8 7 135.5 $ cents/kWh 6 135.0 Percent 5 4 134.5 3 134.0 2 1 133.5 0 133.0 97 98 99 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Average tariff Cost recovery index Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: kWh = kilowatt-hour. Figure 16.12  Jordan: Market Concentration 12,000 10,000 8,000 HHI 6,000 4,000 2,000 0 91 92 95 96 97 98 99 90 93 94 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 89 19 19 19 19 20 20 19 19 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 19 Transmission Generation Distribution Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: HHI = Herfindahl-Hirschman Index. Figure 16.13  Jordan: Private Ownership 120 100 80 Percent 60 40 20 0 89 01 03 06 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 00 02 04 05 07 08 19 20 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Transmission Generation Distribution Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. 306       Power Market Structure Figure 16.14  Jordan: Private Management 120 100 80 Percent 60 40 20 0 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 89 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 19 Transmission Generation Distribution Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Figure 16.15  Jordan: Degree of Vertical Integration 100 90 Unbundling of 80 generation, 70 transmission, and 60 Percent distribution 50 40 30 20 10 0 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 89 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 19 Between generation and distribution Between generation and transmission Between transmission and distribution Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note 1. Some larger households with higher than average electricity consumption may have acquired more than one connection in breach of their conditions of service in order to benefit from the highly progressive tariff structure for residential consumers, under which the tariffs for the lowest of the ten con- sumption bands are much lower than for the highest bands. CHAPTER 17 Vietnam Vietnam in 2008 fell into the lower-middle category for gross national income ($1,800/per capita) and in 2010 into the high power system size category (about 15,000 megawatts [MW] installed generation capacity). This chapter illustrates the pressures created by high investment needs to satisfy high growth in demand that move the power market from a state- owned monopolistic structure to a mixed public/private structure with competition in the power market where workable. Reform History Vietnam’s power generation grew rapidly during the first decade of this century. At an average annual rate of about 13 percent. It managed to increase its installed power generating capacity at an average annual rate of about 10.5 percent, which is high by global standards, but nevertheless has not matched the growth in demand and sales, and so the generation reserve margin declined during the 00s. The country has used a combina- tion of hydropower and thermal power to meet its needs and has domes- tic resources of coal and natural gas for thermal power generation. Hydropower was the larger source, supplying around 75 percent of the total generated power in the mid-1990s, but declined steadily to around 307   308       Power Market Structure 40 percent in 2004 and 2008. The proportion supplied from thermal power increased inversely to around 60 percent. Electricity of Vietnam (EVN) is the state-owned vertically integrated monopoly that has served most of the country’s power market since it was established under Governmental Decree No 14/CP of January 27, 1995. Private sector participation in the power sector has been limited. There are two categories of non-EVN power producers in Vietnam. In the first category are power plants developed by private investors under the provi- sions of the build-operate-transfer (BOT) decree. They are secured with government guarantees and long-term power purchase agreements (PPAs). Only two BOT projects are in operation, but several others are under negotiation or have recently been tendered. The other category includes power plants developed by non-EVN state-owned enterprises and domestic investors. These so-called independent power producers have medium-term PPAs that will expire at the commencement of the proposed competitive power market. Vietnam has experienced high growth in power demand for the past decade at a trend rate of around 15 percent to support economic growth and poverty reduction. This growth has eroded power supply reserve margins to the point where power shortages leading to load shedding have been an intermittent problem since 2005, especially in dry hydro- logical years. To achieve an acceptable level of security for power supply, Vietnam needs to pursue a large-scale generation investment program. To ensure that the rapidly increasing demand for power can be met efficiently, in 2005 the Vietnamese government decided to move the power sector toward competitive market-based arrangements. The gov- ernment’s reform program entails a major transformation of the power market, sector structure, trading and purchase agreements, generation pricing, and regulation of network services and retail tariffs. The design of the power market and the restructuring are intended to change how projects are financed, the interest and participation of the private sector (both local and foreign investors), how costs of supply are determined, and how they are reflected in tariffs. The goal is to introduce incentives and regulations to bring about improvements in the quality of service, the efficiency with which energy is used, and to enable existing and new investors to finance sufficient generation to achieve adequate levels of electricity generation capacity for supply security. Central to the reform and restructuring is the Electricity Law that was passed by the National Assembly in November 2004 and came into effect Vietnam       309 on July 1, 2005. The Electricity Law establishes a new framework for the power sector that envisages a phased approach to reforms: • The phased development of a competitive wholesale power market, starting in 2010 with a market in which multiple generators compete to generate and sell to one wholesaler (the Single Buyer), which sells wholesale power to distribution companies and large consumers at regulated prices. This market will subsequently evolve into a wholesale competitive market (WCM) with multiple wholesale buyers (power distribution companies and large consumers) and sellers (power generators) that competitively transact in a power pool. This phase is ­ scheduled to start in 2014 with a pilot wholesale market. The final stage, scheduled for 2022, will be a retail competitive market where retail consumers will be allowed to choose their supplier. • Limitation of the state monopoly in the sector to power transmission, national load dispatch, and strategically important large power plants, leaving power distribution and nonstrategic power generation to poten- tial private investors. • A planning process to select new generation investment to supply projected demand consistent with security and reliability criteria and ­ government energy policies that will gradually evolve from the current centralized master planning process. The first step is to transfer over- sight from EVN to the Ministry of Industry and Trade (MOIT). In later stages of reform, master planning is expected to give way to indicative planning, based on market information, leaving greater discretion to project proponents in choice of project location, technology, and ­timing. • The establishment in October 2005 of a new economic regulator of the sector, the Electricity Regulatory Authority of Vietnam, as a separate institution within MOIT. The restructuring of the electricity sector was initiated with the estab- lishment of EVN as a holding company in 2006. EVN was reorganized into financially independent member units that include seven power companies and some other companies.1 EVN also included a number of financially dependent units: the National Load Dispatching Center (NLDC), four transmission/system operators, all the power generation plants, and others.2 In June 2007 EVN established the Power Purchase 310       Power Market Structure and Sale Company to buy electricity from power plants through the electricity market or through long-term PPAs and to sell electricity to the power retailing companies and big customers that are directly connected to the national power transmission system. In March 2008 EVN set up the National Power Transmission Corporation as a separate legal entity responsible for the operation of the transmission network, upon which EVN became legally unbundled. As part of this process, the government approved in April 2007 the “equitization plan” for partial privatization of most of EVN’s operating units engaged in power generation and distribution, with EVN keeping more than 50 percent of the share capital. Equitization was no longer pursued when the global financial crisis made it increasingly difficult to find investors. The WCM will be a mandatory gross pool with cost-based bids and a spot market. Except for small generators that do not participate in the market, generation will be scheduled and dispatched using a security- constrained least cost dispatch of generation bids. Each generator will have a contract with the Single Buyer to sell a large percentage (probably 90 percent to 95 percent) of its forecast amount of generated power. The remaining generation will be sold by generators and bought by the Single Buyer through the spot market. Thermal bids will be subject to a cap and floor based on reference variable costs depending on technology. Thermal generation bids will include an implicit start-up cost and are required to be monotonically increasing with MW of availability offered. Marginal spot prices will be calculated with an unconstrained least cost dispatch. A capacity pay- ment will complement the energy payments. The existing NLDC, with the regional dispatch centers, will become the system operator (SO). The SO is responsible for maintaining the balance and security of the system and may sign ancillary services contracts. The market operator will be responsible for settlement of spot market transactions. Contracts will be settled between the Single Buyer and generators. It is expected that the WCM will be combined into a single entity, a system and market operator. In connection with the preparation of the competitive market, elec- tricity tariffs were reformed. With Decision No. 21/2009/QD.TTg of February 12, 2009, effective March 1, retail electricity tariffs for grid- based energy were increased to an average D 948.5 per kilowatt-hour (kWh) (5.4 $ cents/kWh). From January 1, 2010, generation tariffs are determined by competition. The MOIT, in coordination with the Ministry Vietnam       311 of Finance, decides the annual adjustments to the retail tariffs based on market-determined generation and distribution tariffs. Impact on Sector Structure The impacts of the reforms on sector structure have been significant in terms of institutions with the unbundling of EVN’s activities under a holding company, but modest to date in terms of ownership, as little privatization of EVN’s assets has occurred. The main developments are the entry of private power producers into the wholesale market and a modest amount of imported power from China.3 The entry of the two privately developed power plants under BOT arrangements placed about one-third of the total installed generating capacity in 2007 under private ownership. Impact on Sector Performance The impact of these reforms can be examined by comparing trends from the early to mid-1990s up to 2008 in the following indicators: • Access to electricity supply by the population in terms of new residen- tial connections is good. EVN increased connections steadily at an aver- age annual rate of 12 percent from 2005 to 2007. The proportion of population with access to electricity reached almost 90 percent in 2008, including one of the most successful rural electrification pro- grams in the world. • Customer service quality. Limited data about the frequency and dura- tion of supply interruptions is publicly available to assess service quality to retail electricity consumers. Between 2005 and 2008 the System Average Interruption Frequency Index (SAIFI) averaged between 2 and 12 interruptions per customer per year among the distribution entities, and the System Average Interruption Duration Index (SAIDI) shows a marked increase in the average duration of interruption. Losses in the transmission and distribution systems are low by global standards, aver- aging in the 6 percent to 7 percent range of total energy supplied during recent years. • Supply security. With the rapid growth of the power demand in Vietnam, the capacity reserve margin has not been maintained during ­ 312       Power Market Structure critical supply/demand periods of the year. Electricity supply has been cut off by load shedding during peak hours due to power shortage, especially during summer seasons when demand peaks and hydro- power output decreases due to seasonal drops in river flows. • Financial sustainability. EVN’s tariffs have generally been lower than supply costs. Tariffs fell in recent years despite increases in 2007 and 2009. The latter increase restored tariffs to the actual financial cost of power supply in 2008 (D 948/kWh, equivalent to 5.8 $ cents/kWh). EVN does not receive any direct subsidy support from the Vietnamese government. EVN covered its operating costs and some self-financing of capital investments in 2002–04, but its self-financing ratio declined from 2005 with increases in its costs that were not fully matched by increase in its tariffs. This decline impeded EVN’s ability to invest suf- ficiently in its supply capacity to meet the rapid growth in demand for electricity, which has contributed to the government’s decision to reform the power sector. • Environmental sustainability. Carbon emissions from power generation in Vietnam increased steadily from the mid-1990s to 2008 as the total amount of power generated from fossil fuels increased from around 4,000 gigawatt-hours (GWh) in 1995 to 44,000 GWh in 2008, equiv- alent to about 20 percent annual growth rate. Trends in these indicators are shown in the figures that follow. Figure 17.1  Milestones of Power Sector Reform in Vietnam EVN EVN Introduction Implementation EVN Equitization established accounts of IPPs of the converted plan as an SOE audited Electricity Law into a allowing for holding private company sector participation 1995 1997 2002 2004 2005 2006 2007 2009 The Generation Tariff regulatory Competitive increased body ERAV Market under established trial Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. ­ ower Note: The milestones in light gray refer to the main government interventions. ERAV = Electricity Regulatory Authority of Vietnam; EVN = Electricity of Vietnam; IPPs = independent p producers; SOE = state-owned enterprise. 313   314       Power Market Structure Figure 17.2  Vietnam: Access to Residential Electricity 10 9 8 7 6 Million 5 4 3 2 1 0 06 07 19 0 91 92 93 94 95 96 02 03 05 08 97 98 99 00 01 04 09 9 20 20 20 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 19 19 20 20 Number of residential connections (DISCO 1, DISCO 2, DISCO 3, HCM PC, Na Noi, Hai Phong, Ninh Binh, Khanh Hoa, Hai Duong) Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: DISCO = distribution company; HCM PC = Ho Chi Minh Power Corporation. Figure 17.3  Vietnam: Quality of Electric Service 14 12 Number/customer 10 8 6 4 2 0 90 91 93 94 96 99 01 02 03 04 05 07 92 95 97 98 00 06 08 09 19 19 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 SAIFI (DISCO 1) SAIFI (Hai Phong) SAIFI (Ninh Binh) SAIFI (Hai Duong) SAIFI (DISCO 2) SAIFI (DISCO 2) Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: DISCO = distribution company; SAIFI = System Average Interruption Frequency Index. Vietnam       315 Figure 17.4  Vietnam: System Energy Losses 7 6 5 Percent 4 3 2 1 0 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Transmission losses Distribution losses Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Figure 17.5  Vietnam: Electricity Generation by Source and Carbon Emissions 80,000 0.6 0.5 60,000 CO2 ton/kWh 0.4 GWh 40,000 0.3 0.2 20,000 0.1 0 0 89 19 0 91 08 19 2 19 3 94 19 5 96 19 7 98 20 9 00 20 1 02 20 3 04 20 5 20 6 20 7 9 9 9 9 9 9 0 0 0 0 0 19 19 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 Thermal Hydro Carbon emissions index Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: GWh = gigawatt-hour; kWh = kilowatt-hour. Figure 17.6  Vietnam: Energy Security and Capital Expenditure 120 100 80 Percent 60 40 20 0 19 5 19 7 89 19 0 91 20 6 19 2 19 3 19 4 96 98 20 9 20 0 01 20 2 20 3 20 4 20 5 07 20 8 09 9 9 9 9 9 9 0 9 0 0 0 0 0 0 19 19 19 19 19 20 20 System reserve capacity Energy self-sufficiency Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. 316       Power Market Structure Figure 17.7  Vietnam: Labor Productivity Number of employees 88,000 800 86,000 700 MWh/employee 600 84,000 500 82,000 400 80,000 300 200 78,000 100 76,000 0 19 0 19 1 19 2 93 19 4 19 5 19 6 19 7 19 8 20 9 20 0 01 20 2 20 3 20 4 20 5 20 6 20 7 20 8 09 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 19 19 20 Energy consumed/employee Number of employees in electricity sector Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: MWh = megawatt-hour. Figure 17.8  Vietnam: Capacity Utilization 100 90 80 70 Percent 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 97 98 02 06 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 99 00 01 03 04 05 07 08 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 20 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Figure 17.9  Vietnam: Market Concentration 12,000 10,000 Introduction 8,000 of IPPs HHI 6,000 4,000 2,000 0 89 19 0 19 1 19 2 19 3 19 4 19 5 19 6 19 7 19 8 20 9 20 0 20 1 20 2 20 3 20 4 20 5 20 6 20 7 08 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 19 19 Generation Transmission Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: HHI = Hirfindahl-Hirschman Index; IPPs = independent power producers. Vietnam       317 Figure 17.10  Vietnam: Private Ownership 40 35 30 25 Percent Introduction 20 of IPPs 15 10 5 0 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 00 01 02 04 05 06 07 08 03 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Generation Distribution and transmission Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: IPPs = independent power producers. Figure 17.11  Vietnam: Private Management 40 35 30 25 Percent Introduction 20 of IPPs 15 10 5 0 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Generation Distribution and transmission Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: IPPs = independent power producers. Figure 17. 12  Vietnam: Degree of Vertical Integration 100 90 80 70 Percent 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 89 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 19 19 Between generation and transmission, and between generation and distribution Between transmission and distribution Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. 318       Power Market Structure Figure 17.13  Vietnam: System Load Factor 78 76 74 Percent 72 70 68 66 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 99 00 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 19 20 20 20 Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Notes 1. Information and Telecommunication Company, Electrical Manufacturing Company, and four power engineering consulting companies. Institute of Energy; Center for Science, Technology, Environment, and 2. Information; and Center for Power Engineering Information. 3. This assessment is being overtaken by events with the commencement in the near future of power imports from new hydropower capacity on the Laotian border (which may not be classified as imports if the power house is located in Vietnamese territory), as well as the possibility of more power imports from China. CHAPTER 18 Zambia Zambia falls into the category of medium system size/low per capita income with total installed generating capacity of just over 1,800 mega- watts (MW) and a gross national income of $950 per capita in 2008 (World Bank 2008). Zambia provides a case study in the difficulty of reforming a power sector under difficult economic conditions and the lack of sustained political commitment. Power supply is dominated by ZESCO (Zambia Electricity Supply Corporation), the vertically integrated state-owned utility. The other important sector participant is Copperbelt Energy Corporation (CEC), a private company that purchases bulk power from ZESCO and supplies the copper mines and neighboring population. CEC was listed on the Lusaka Stock Exchange in January 2008. CEC provides power to the mines under long-term agreements at an exceptionally favorable price. ZESCO used to sell power to CEC for 2 $ cents per kilowatt-hour (kWh), and CEC resold it at 3 $ cents per kWh. As a consequence, demand growth has outpaced supply capacity, and the system is projected to run into a negative supply- demand balance soon. Electricity is a key input for mining—more than 50 percent of electricity generated in Zambia serves the mining sector. Lunsemfwa Hydro Power Company operates a plant of 40 MW of capac- ity and is the only independent power producer in the electricity industry 319   320       Power Market Structure connected to ZESCO’s transmission system. Lunsemfwa provides electric- ity to a nearby manganese mine and to ZESCO. Reform History Zambia’s government has attempted to improve ZESCO’s performance, but without lasting success. The government and ZESCO signed a three- year performance contract in late 1996 and again in 1999. ZESCO failed to meet most of the targets under the contract because neither the gov- ernment nor ZESCO’s management took the actions needed to reach the targets. Over the next several years there was no measurable improve- ment in ZESCO’s financial performance. The Energy Regulation Board (ERB) was established in 1997 after passage of a 1995 law with a mandate to oversee the entire energy sector, ­ including electricity, petroleum, and coal. ERB reviews and approves ZESCO’s tariffs. A tariff order was issued on January 1, 2008, estab­ lishing a three-year incentive-based regime and approving an increase of 27 p­ ercent on average for nonmining customers only for the first year. The tariff for the mining sector was not increased at that time. ERB’s tariff order also included a list of performance benchmarks as conditions for ZESCO to improve efficiency and quality of services, including (1) metering all new and existing consumers; (2) reducing dis- tribution system loss; (3) reducing staff cost as proportion of operating budget and increasing staff productivity; (4) increasing the revenue col- lection rate; (5) reducing unplanned outages; (6) reducing waiting time for applicants to get connected; and (7) reducing the supply demand gap through demand-side management, efficiency improvement, regional energy import, and so forth. In late 2000 the International Development Association of the World Bank Group (IDA), the International Monetary Fund (IMF), and the Zambian government agreed on a road map for the privatization of the power sector. The first stage consisted of the creation of functionally independent generation, transmission, and distribution entities within ZESCO, with commercial trading arrangements between them, as an important and critical step in the transition process toward private par- ticipation in the sector. This stage was to be followed by privatization of ZESCO through a two-step process. The first step was a concession agreement of not more than ten years, and the second was to be the sale or the concession of individual independent business units. In January 2003 ZESCO’s concession advisers published a proposal to implement the cabinet decision on the divestiture of government interest Zambia       321 in ZESCO. But in April, only three months after its commitment to IDA, the government rescinded its privatization decision. IDA and the IMF agreed to the government’s revised commercialization road map, which they hoped would achieve the same objective of improving ZESCO’s financial performance. To date there has been very little private investment. ZESCO’s vertically integrated and monopolistic structure poses a constraint to pri- ­ vate sector participation and competition. Future prospects of private sector involvement in the power sector lie primarily in three areas: (1) power generation—the government and ZESCO are inviting the pri- vate sector to invest jointly and develop new hydropower plants; off-grid ­ (2) ­ electrification—a few private developers exist for microhydro and solar photovoltaics—and the private sector is expected to be the pri- mary service provider for off-grid electrification; and (3) grid extension—­ although it is difficult for the private sector or cooperatives to provide electricity services under the current low national uniform tariff, ZESCO will hire the private sector as supply and installation contractors for construction of grid extension projects. ­ The challenges faced include, inter alia, inadequate generation capacity locally and regionally to meet increasing demand, tariffs that are below cost, and the associated political economy problem of moving toward cost-reflective tariffs. These challenges have resulted in the perception of higher tariffs as the panacea to all of ZESCO’s operational problems: the inability to attract new investment in the sector; low access rates due to high cost of connections and ZESCO’s inability to connect customers promptly; and a poor population that limits the effective demand for electricity and exacerbates ZESCO’s collection rates. Impact on Sector Structure The power sector is dominated by ZESCO, the vertically integrated state- owned utility. Impact on Sector Performance Evidence of possible impacts from unbundling and other reforms is sought from trends from the early to mid-1990s up to 2008 in the fol- lowing indicators: • Access to electricity supply by the population. Zambia has an overall national electrification rate of 20 percent with about 40 percent of the 322       Power Market Structure population in urban and surrounding urban areas and only 2 percent of the rural population having access to electricity. The proportion of the Zambian population with access to electricity hardly changed between 2000 and 2008. • Customer service quality. ZESCO’s consumers expressed concerns over the poor quality of its electricity services during ERB’s public consultations for tariff adjustments. But these consumers have bene- fited from extremely low tariffs by international standards: below 2 $ cents per kWh up to 2005 and below 2.5 $ cents per kWh thereaf- ter. These low tariff levels have not allowed ZESCO to generate ade- quate income to invest its own resources in maintaining and replacing the distribution networks. Therefore, ZESCO’s quality of service has deteriorated and its current distribution losses are about 23 percent. With the rapid development of new mines and industries and the growth of household electricity needs, the country is experiencing power shortage and load shedding. Unprecedented load shedding occurred during 2008, especially for residential consumers. • Supply security. ZESCO’s system lacks adequate reserve supply capac- ity, especially for the large proportion of hydropower capacity that is subject to highly variable hydrological conditions, which can cause sys- tem reserve capacity to swing between surplus and deficit almost from year to year. No new major generation capacity addition has taken place since the 1970s to match the steady increase in electricity demand. • Financial sustainability. The historically low tariff has resulted in ZESCO’s deteriorating financial performance, as shown by the sharp deterioration in profit, cost recovery, and debt equity ratios since 2003. The average tariff has oscillated around the level of the company’s operating expenditures during the 00s, as shown by its cost recovery index (figure 18.9), which left it without the financial resources for major expansion in access to electricity or system supply capacity. • Environmental sustainability. The total emissions of carbon per unit of electricity generated has oscillated between 50 and 400 tons per gigawatt-hour generated on the system, which reflects the output of hydropower. Zambia is endowed with rich renewable energy resources. To date, however, utilization of renewable energy is quite limited, except for large hydro, due to a number of barriers, including a lack of Zambia       323 policy and regulatory frameworks, such as standardized power pur- chase agreements, technical specifications, and the like, and a limited number of project developers and renewable energy finance providers. Trends in these indicators are shown in the figures that follow. Figure 18.1  Milestones of Power Sector Reform in Zambia 324 First performance contract between ZESCO and Government ZESCO Tariff Nationwide ZESCO ZESCO Energy government review of defining Energy rescinded files power established converted Regulation Act ZESCO operational Regulation from a tariff outages. into a of 1995 proposal, benchmark Board (ERB) privatization petition DSM limited passed, with an of ZESCO introduced share allowing for over a 3-year, established average company private sector period 60% participation increase 1970 1988 1995 1996 1997 2002 2003 2005 2007 2008 Entry of Lunsemfwa ZESCO Lunsemfwa becomes CEC listed on forced to Hydro operational the stock suspend Power exchange. exports Company NEC licensed as IPP by the ERB to distribute electricity in Lumwana Source: An elaboration of the Power Market Structure database. Note: The milestones are reported in different shades: light gray = main government interventions; dark gray = main private sector involvements. CEC = Copperbelt Energy Corporation; DSM = demand-side management; ERB = Energy Regulation Board; IPP = independent power producer; NEC = Ndola Energy Company; ZESCO = Zambia Electricity Supply Corporation. Zambia       325 Figure 18.2  Zambia: Access to Residential Electricity 14 0.30 12 0.25 10 0.20 Thousand Percent 8 0.15 6 0.10 4 2 0.05 0 0 19 0 19 1 92 20 3 20 7 20 8 09 19 3 94 19 5 96 04 20 5 20 6 19 7 19 8 20 9 00 20 1 02 9 9 0 0 0 9 9 9 9 0 0 0 9 19 20 19 19 19 20 20 Population without access Residential customers with access Access rate Source: An elaboration of the Power Market Structure database. Figure 18.3  Zambia: System Losses and Operating Costs 35 3.0 30 2.5 25 $ cents/kWh 2.0 Percent 20 1.5 15 1.0 10 5 0.5 0 0 19 5 19 6 19 7 19 8 20 9 20 0 20 1 02 20 3 20 4 20 5 20 6 20 7 20 8 09 19 0 19 1 92 19 3 19 4 0 0 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 0 0 0 0 0 0 20 19 19 Distribution losses Transmission losses Total opex per unit consumed Source: An elaboration of the Power Market Structure database. Note: kWh = kilowatt-hour; opex = operational expenditures/costs. 326       Power Market Structure Figure 18.4  Zambia: Electricity Generation by Source and Carbon Emissions 12,000 0.010 10,000 0.008 CO2 ton/kWh 8,000 0.006 GWh 6,000 0.004 4,000 2,000 0.002 0 0 19 9 19 2 19 3 19 4 19 5 19 6 19 7 19 8 20 9 20 0 20 1 20 2 20 3 20 4 20 5 20 6 20 7 08 90 19 1 8 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 9 19 19 Thermal Hydro Carbon emissions index Source: An elaboration of the Power Market Structure database. Note: GWh = gigawatt-hour; kWh = kilowatt-hour. Figure 18.5  Zambia: Energy Security and Capital Expenditure 140 0.007 120 0.006 100 $ cents/kWh 0.005 Percent 80 0.004 60 0.003 40 20 0.002 0 0.001 –20 0 20 2 20 3 20 4 20 5 20 6 20 7 20 8 09 19 9 90 19 1 19 2 19 8 20 9 20 0 93 19 4 19 5 19 6 19 7 01 9 9 9 9 9 9 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 9 8 9 19 20 19 19 Energy self-sufficiency System reserve capacity Total capex per unit consumed Source: An elaboration of the Power Market Structure database. Note: Capex = capital expenditures; kWh = kilowatt-hour. Figure 18.6  Zambia: Average Tariff and Operating Costs 3.0 2.5 $ cents/kWh 2.0 1.5 1.0 0.5 0 03 07 95 96 97 98 99 00 01 02 04 05 06 19 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Total opex per unit consumed Average tariff-general Source: An elaboration of the Power Market Structure database. Note: kWh = kilowatt-hour; opex = operational expenditures/costs. Zambia       327 Figure 18.7  Zambia: Labor Productivity 2,500 6,000 employee, MWh/employee Number of customers/ Number of employees 2,000 5,000 4,000 1,500 3,000 1,000 2,000 500 1,000 0 0 90 92 93 94 95 01 02 04 06 91 96 97 98 99 00 03 05 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 19 19 19 19 19 19 20 Number of employees in electricity sector Energy consumed/employee Residential customers/employee Source: An elaboration of the Power Market Structure database. Figure 18.8  Zambia: Capacity Utilization 100 3.0 90 80 2.5 $ cents/kWh 70 2.0 Percent 60 50 1.5 40 30 1.0 20 0.5 10 0 0 19 9 19 0 91 19 2 93 19 4 19 5 19 6 19 7 19 8 20 9 20 0 20 1 20 2 20 3 04 20 5 06 20 7 08 9 8 9 9 9 9 9 9 0 0 0 0 0 0 9 19 19 20 19 20 Capacity utilization Total opex per unit consumed Source: An elaboration of the Power Market Structure database. Note: kWh = kilowatt-hour; opex = operational expenditures/costs. Figure 18.9  Zambia: Cost Recovery Index 1.4 2.50 1.2 2.00 1.0 $ cents/kWh 1.50 Percent 0.8 0.6 1.00 0.4 0.50 0.2 0 0 05 07 95 96 97 98 99 00 01 02 03 04 06 20 20 20 20 20 20 19 19 19 19 19 20 20 Cost recovery index Average tariff Source: An elaboration of the Power Market Structure database. Note: kWh = kilowatt-hour. 328       Power Market Structure Figure 18.10  Zambia: Market Concentration 10,500 10,000 9,500 HHI 9,000 8,500 8,000 7,500 89 90 91 92 96 97 98 99 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 93 94 95 19 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 19 19 19 19 19 Generation Source: An elaboration of the Power Market Structure database. Note: HHI = Herfindahl-Hirschman Index. Figure 18.11  Zambia: Private Ownership 8 7 6 5 Percent 4 3 2 1 0 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Generation Source: An elaboration of the Power Market Structure database. Figure 18.12  Zambia: Private Management 8 7 6 5 Percent 4 3 2 1 0 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 19 20 Generation Source: An elaboration of the Power Market Structure database. Reference World Bank. 2008. World Development Indicators. World Bank, Washington, DC. PA R T 4 Case Studies: Small System Size and Low GDP per Capita Economies CHAPTER 19 Kenya Kenya falls near the upper limit of the category of low system size/low per capita income, with current total installed generating capacity of just over 1,200 MW (megawatts) and per capita gross domestic product of about $800. These parameters are too low to categorize Kenya in the large system size/medium per capita income group of countries. Reform History Since the early 1990s Kenya has periodically carried out some restructur- ing to its power suppliers, without substantially changing the underlying economic structure. It consolidated two distribution companies in the mid-1990s, then consolidated this successor company with the transmis- sion company in 1999. Currently, Kenya Power and Lighting Company (KPLC) is responsible for the transmission, distribution, and sale of elec- tricity throughout the country. In 1998 the first private generators started to supply the Kenyan power market. In 2006 the government sold 30 percent of its stake in KenGen (Kenya Electricity Generating Company) to the public in what was hailed as the best initial public offering ever at the Nairobi Stock Exchange. The gov- ernment had sold part of KPLC to the public in 1972, and over time the 331   332       Power Market Structure government’s stake has shrunk to 40 percent. Because the poor financial condition of these companies prevented them from raising the large amounts of capital needed to fund the required sector expansion, in 2007 the government formed two new companies: Kenya Electricity Transmission Company Ltd. to operate parallel to the Kenya Power and Lighting Company, and the Geothermal Development Corporation to work alongside KenGen. This move was to allow the state to inject funds into the sector.1 On the policy and regulatory front, the enactment of the Electric Power Act in 1996 led to the creation of the Electricity Regulatory Board. This entity was transformed into the Energy Regulatory Commission in 2007 following the announcement of a new energy policy in 2002 and the passage of the 2006 law. The arrangements for trading bulk power were converted in 2009 to bilateral contracting between the generators and KPLC through power purchase agreements. Impact on Sector Structure Overall vertical integration in the sector has not changed much, with transmission and distribution now bundled and generation unbundled into a few suppliers. As a result of the public sale of shares in KenGen and the entry of independent power producers to the power market, the pro- portion of total installed generating capacity under private ownership increased from 16 percent in 2001 to 46 percent in 2007. Despite the creation of a formal regulatory framework in the early and mid-00s, the sector experienced severe financial problems in that period, with average tariffs below operating costs and the sector unable to finance sufficient investments in generation, transmission, and distribution, despite an impressive expansion of medium and low voltage networks between 2002 and 2008. Impact on Sector Performance Evidence of possible impacts from unbundling and other reforms is sought from trends from the early to mid-1990s up to 2008 in the ­following indicators: • Access to electricity supply by the population in terms of new residen- tial connections. Access is a qualified success, as KPLC and its predeces- sor increased its residential connections at a creditably steady rate of Kenya       333 about 8.5 percent per year from 1989 to 2009 while the changes to sector structure and ownership were taking place. Nevertheless, only 16 percent of Kenyan households are connected to the public electric- ity supply. The expansion took place predominantly in urban areas, so that nearly 50 percent of the urban households are connected, com- pared to less than 5 percent of rural households. • Customer service quality. Consumers’ perception of service quality— represented by the number of complaints about supply—improved markedly from about seven complaints per customer in 2002 to about three complaints per customer in 2008. System losses declined sub- stantially from 20 percent to 12 percent of energy supplied to the sys- tem over the same period. These trends coincided with a substantial steady increase in nonfuel operational expenditures/costs per unit con- sumed from 9 $ cents to 16 $ cents per kWh (kilowatt-hour), which was facilitated by a steady increase in tariffs from an average level of about 8 $ cents per kWh in 2002 to 18 $ cents per kWh in 2008. Structural or regulatory reforms do not appear to be the underlying ­ factors, as few—if any—of these reforms occurred during this period. • Supply security. Kenya has relied on hydropower for most of its power generation, which sheltered the country from volatility in interna- tional fossil fuel prices, but exposed it to shortages caused by serious droughts, as occurred around 2000 when hydropower output dropped by around half the normal level. Diversification into more thermal and geothermal power coincided with the policy to attract private investment in this area. Although not successful from initiation in 1998 until 2004, during which capex (capital expenditures) per kWh consumed declined markedly, the situation was reversed subsequently with a substantial increase in capex and growth in privately financed thermal power generation. New capacity has not, however, kept pace with the growth in demand on the power system, as shown by the decline of system reserve capacity to effectively zero by 2007 and the substantial increase in the utilization of total generation capacity from around 40 percent in the early 00s to nearly 60 percent in 2007. The latest reform in 2009 to convert power sales from private thermal generators from a central buyer arrangement with the single transmis- sion and distribution company (KPLC) to bilateral contracts between these generators and KPLC appears to be designed to attract more private investment in power generation. 334       Power Market Structure • Sustainability. This factor has two main aspects—financial and environ- mental. The sector’s financial sustainability has been precarious, with increases in average tariffs lagging increases in operating costs from 1997 until 2007. The cost recovery index has been displaying substan- tial nonpayment problems, but has risen from a seriously low level of about 40 percent in 2002 up to 80 percent in 2008. This situation occurred despite the steady improvements in labor productivity and utilization of generation capacity and decline in system energy losses. It hindered the mobilization of the investment funding needed to increase power supply in line with the increase in demand. Environmental sus- tainability in terms of carbon emissions has declined recently after remaining steady from the mid-1990s (apart from a spike during the drought around 2000). The decline reflects the trend to more thermal power generation in the country. Trends in these indicators are shown in the figures that follow. Figure 19.1  Milestones of Power Sector Reform in Kenya Kenya Electricity Two tariff KPC renamed Transmission increases. as KenGen. Company The two All transmission created. state-owned and distribution First IPP All transmission companies, assets entry by and distribution TRDC and consolidated New Enactment two assets KPC, are under KPLC energy of new private consolidated consolidated Drought policy Energy Act generators under KPLC 1994 1997 1998 1999 2001 2004 2006 2007 2008 2009 1996 Enactment Regulatory Tariff Two-year Electricity Five PPAs of Electric body increase KPLC Regulatory replace Power Act. made management Board the interim Regulatory operational contract transformed PPA body into the Energy between created Regulatory KenGen Commission and KPLC Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: The milestones are reported in different shades: white = main external factors; light gray = main government interventions; dark gray = main private sector involvements. IPP = independent power producer; KenGen = Kenya Electricity Generating Company; KPC = Kenya Pipeline Company; KPLC = Kenya Power and Lighting Company; 335   PPA = power purchase agreement; TRDC = Tana River Development Company. 336       Power Market Structure Figure 19.2  Kenya: Access to Residential Electricity 45 0.16 40 0.14 35 0.12 30 0.10 Percent Million 25 0.08 20 0.06 15 10 0.04 5 0.02 0 0 19 9 90 19 1 92 19 3 19 4 19 5 19 6 97 19 8 99 20 0 20 1 02 20 3 04 20 5 06 20 7 08 09 8 9 9 9 9 9 9 0 0 0 0 0 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 Population without access Residential customers with access Access rate Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Figure 19.3  Kenya: Quality of Electric Service 14 0.18 0.16 12 0.14 Number of complaints, Hours/customer 10 $ cents/kWh 0.12 8 0.10 6 0.08 0.06 4 0.04 2 0.02 0 0 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 99 08 00 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 CAIDI Number of complaints on supply per customer Total nonfuel opex per unit consumed Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: CAIDI = Customer Average Interruption Duration Index; kWh = kilowatt-hour; opex = operational expendi- tures/costs. Kenya       337 Figure 19.4  Kenya: System Losses and Operating Costs 25 0.18 0.16 20 0.14 0.12 $ cents/kWh 15 Percent 0.10 0.08 10 0.06 5 0.04 0.02 0 0 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Transmission losses Distribution losses Total system losses Total nonfuel opex per unit consumed Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: kWh = kilowatt-hour; opex = operational expenditures/costs. Figure 19.5  Kenya: Cost Recovery Index 1.0 20 0.9 18 0.8 16 0.7 14 $ cents/kWh 0.6 12 Percent 0.5 10 0.4 8 0.3 6 0.2 4 0.1 2 0 0 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 97 98 99 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 19 19 Cost recovery index Average tariff Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. 338       Power Market Structure Figure 19.6  Kenya: Average Tariff and Operating Costs 20 18 16 14 $ cents/kWh 12 10 8 6 4 2 0 89 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 90 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 19 Average tariff Total opex per unit consumed Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: kWh = kilowatt-hour; opex = operational expenditures/costs. Figure 19.7  Kenya: Energy Security and Capital Expenditure 100 0.07 90 0.06 80 70 0.05 $ cents/kWh 60 Percent 0.04 50 40 0.03 30 0.02 20 10 0.01 0 0 08 89 19 0 19 1 19 2 19 3 19 4 19 5 19 6 97 19 8 20 9 20 0 01 20 2 20 3 20 4 05 20 6 20 7 9 9 9 9 9 9 0 0 0 0 0 9 0 9 9 20 20 19 19 19 Energy self-sufficiency System reserve capacity Total capex per unit consumed Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: Capex = capital expenditures; kWh = kilowatt-hour. Kenya       339 Figure 19.8  Kenya: Electricity Generation by Source and Carbon Emissions 6,000 0.35 5,000 0.30 Drought 0.25 4,000 CO2 ton/kWh 0.20 GWh 3,000 0.15 2,000 0.10 1,000 0.05 0 0 19 9 19 0 19 1 19 2 19 3 19 4 19 5 96 19 7 19 8 20 9 20 0 01 20 2 03 20 4 20 5 20 6 20 7 08 8 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 0 0 0 0 0 0 19 19 20 20 Hydro Geothermal Thermal Carbon emissions index Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: GWh = gigawatt-hour; kWh = kilowatt-hour. Figure 19.9  Kenya: Labor Productivity 1,200 12,000 employee, MWh employee Number of customers/ Number of employees 1,000 10,000 800 8,000 600 6,000 400 4,000 200 2,000 0 0 19 7 19 8 20 9 20 0 20 1 20 2 20 3 20 4 05 20 6 20 7 08 19 9 19 0 19 1 19 2 19 3 19 4 19 5 19 6 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 8 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 20 19 Number of employees in electricity sector Energy consumed/employee Number of residential customers/employee Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: MWh = megawatt-hour. 340       Power Market Structure Figure 19.10  Kenya: Capacity Utilization 70 0.07 60 0.06 50 0.05 $ cents/kWh Percent 40 0.04 30 0.03 20 0.02 10 0.01 0 0 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Capacity utilization Total capex per unit consumed Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: Capex = capital expenditures; kWh = kilowatt-hour. Figure 19.11  Kenya: System Load Factor 0.720 0.715 0.710 0.705 0.700 Percent 0.695 0.690 0.685 0.680 0.675 0.670 0.665 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Kenya       341 Figure 19.12  Kenya: Market Concentration 12,000 10,000 8,000 HHI 6,000 4,000 2,000 0 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Distribution and transmission Generation Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: HHI = Herfindahl-Hirschman Index. Figure 19.13  Kenya: Private Ownership 50 45 40 35 30 Percent 25 20 15 10 IPO of KenGen 5 0 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Distribution and transmission Generation Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: IPO = initial public offering; KenGen = Kenya Electricity Generating Company. 342       Power Market Structure Figure 19.14  Kenya: Private Management 50 45 40 35 30 Percent 25 20 15 10 5 0 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Distribution and transmission Generation Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Figure 19.15  Kenya: Degree of Vertical Integration 100 90 80 70 60 Unbundling of generation from Percent 50 transmission and distribution 40 30 20 10 0 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Between transmission and distribution Between generation and transmission, and between generation and distribution Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note 1. This move took into account the restrictions placed by the Nairobi Stock Exchange listing and trading rules on the existing publicly listed power compa- nies KPLC and KenGen. According to the laws regulating the stock market, if the government is to inject new capital into any listed company, it can do so only by buying additional shares, either in a rights issue or increased issued Kenya       343 shares. The most direct effect of such a move would be to alter the shareholding structure and, in the case of KenGen, from the current 70:30 percent share structure. Any such changes would most likely see KenGen run afoul of the Capital Markets Authority rules on continuous listing obligations, which require any listed company to have at least 25 percent of its issued shares held by the public. “State’s Big Return in Power Business,” Daily Nation, July 27, 2009. CHAPTER 20 Tanzania Tanzania falls into the category of low system size/low per capita income (gross national income of $440 per capita in 2008 [World Bank 2008]). Its total installed generating capacity reached just over 1,100 MW (mega- watts) in 2008–09, but the capacity of a company to produce energy was lower because output from its substantial proportion of hydropower capacity (amounting to about half of the total capacity1) is highly uncer- tain under the region’s variable hydrology. Reform History In 1992 Tanzania’s first National Energy Policy included plans to involve the private sector in energy sector development—both electricity and natural gas. In the same year, facing a drought-induced electricity crisis and extensive load shedding, the government lifted the monopoly on genera- tion held by the state-owned vertically integrated power corporation— Tanzania Electric Supply Company (TANESCO)—to attract private generation and alleviate power shortages. This policy laid the basis for the introduction of the first power plant developed by an independent power producer (IPP) under project financing arrangements in 2002, and a sec- ond one based on off-shore natural gas resources in 2004. 345   346       Power Market Structure From the early 1990s onward, the government and donors financed considerable efforts to improve TANESCO’s operating and financial per- formance from a generally poor level, but without much success. In 1997 TANESCO was put under the president’s Parastatal Sector Reform Commission, created in 1992 to oversee the privatization of state-owned enterprises in industry and manufacturing. A 1999 cabinet decision out- lined an electric industry policy and restructuring framework to unbundle and restructure for privatization, but no progress was made. Instead, from 2002 to 2006 TANESCO was placed under a manage- ment contract with NETGroup Solutions, a private consulting firm. NETGroup doubled TANESCO’s cash flow in two years mainly by improved collections. Its subsequent efforts to extend the gains into other operational areas were unsuccessful partly because of external financial constraints to the contract. The main external constraints were poor hydro- logical conditions that reduced hydropower production and necessitated purchases of thermal power from the IPPs, the high costs of IPP power under the terms of the power purchase agreements, and tariff rates insuf- ficient to allow TANESCO to invest in system improvements. In 2005 the government took TANESCO off the list of utilities for privatization. Impact on Sector Structure The addition of two thermal power plants developed by IPPs between 2002 and 2004 changed the primary energy mix for power generation from nearly 90 percent dependence on hydropower to 60 percent depen- dence on thermal power. One reason for the relative decline in depen- dence on hydropower was a prolonged drought throughout East Africa in the mid-1980s. These plants contribute approximately 300 MW or about one-third of the country’s present generation capacity of 900 MW. As a result, the market concentration index as measured by installed capacity has fallen from 1.00 before 2002 to just below 0.40. The transmission and distribution segments remain monopolies. Impact on Sector Performance Evidence of possible impacts from unbundling and other reforms is sought from trends from the early to mid-1990s up to 2008 in the fol- lowing indicators: • Access to electricity supply by the population in terms of new residen- tial connections. Access is a qualified success. TANESCO increased its residential connections at the creditable rate of about 11 percent per Tanzania       347 year from 1990 to 2008, but only 11 percent of Tanzanian households are connected to the public electricity supply. The expansion took place predominantly in urban areas, so that nearly 40 percent of the urban households are connected, compared to less than 2 percent of rural households. • Customer service quality. The available data are not adequate to detect quantifiable trends in service quality. But TANESCO’s generally poor performance indicates that service quality to its customers also was poor. • Supply security. In a power supply system that has such a large propor- tion of hydropower capacity subject to highly variable hydrological conditions, security of power supply is subject to the deterioration experienced during the extended East African drought of the early 00s. Tanzania’s system reserve capacity has swung between surplus and deficit almost from year to year. The advent of the two thermal plants under private development and ownership has partly stabilized this situation, but the country still faces a shortage of stable power capacity with the definition of firm hydropower capacity based on long-run hydrological records. • Sustainability. TANESCO’s financial situation has been consistently precarious. Its operational expenditures/costs and capital expenditures have been low, and its tariffs appear to have consistently lagged costs, especially once it started to incur payments under the first private power sales agreement. Total system energy losses increased steadily from 10 percent in 1996 to around 25 percent in 2008. The only posi- tive trends occurred during 2002–06 when TANESCO was under a management contract. Tariffs grew, labor costs went down, and unserved peak load fell. The latter promptly declined after the management con- tract ended. Tanzania increased its carbon emissions with the advent of the privately owned thermal plants, but these emissions are moderate relative to the energy produced because the main private plant uses natural gas, rather than liquid fuel. The total emissions per unit of elec- tricity generated has oscillated between 50 and 400 tons per gigawatt- hour generated on the system, which reflects the variable output of thermal power to complement changes in output of hydropower. Clearly, the reforms undertaken to date have not been effective in resolving the basic problem facing TANESCO’s performance. Trends in these indicators are shown in the figures that follow. 348 Figure 20.1  Milestones of Power Sector Reform in Tanzania First national IPTL, a diesel-fired • TANESCO Second TANESCO Tariff energy IPP, begins selling management national management increased policy power in 2002. contract energy expires and by framework TANESCO enters renewed for policy- is not EWURA into a two-year another 2.5 framework renewed management years contract with • Songas, a NETGroup natural Solutions of gas IPP, goes South Africa online in July 1992 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 Regulatory 2003–2006: Energy and law severe droughts Water Utilities passed Regulatory Authority (EWURA) established in late 2006 Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: The milestones are reported in different shades: white = main external factors; light gray = main government interventions; dark gray = main private sector involvements. EWURA = Energy and Water Utilities Regulatory Authority; IPP = independent power producer; IPTL = Independent Power Tanzania Limited; TANESCO = Tanzania Electric Supply Company. Tanzania       349 Figure 20.2  Tanzania: Access to Residential Electricity 45 14 40 12 35 30 10 Percent Million 25 8 20 6 15 4 10 5 2 0 0 19 0 19 1 92 19 3 19 4 19 6 97 19 8 20 9 00 20 1 02 20 3 04 20 5 06 20 7 20 8 09 95 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 0 0 0 0 0 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 Population without access Residential customers with access Access rate Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Figure 20.3  Tanzania: Quality of Electric Service 1,000 7 6 800 5 $ cents/kWh GWh/year 600 4 400 3 2 200 1 0 0 95 96 97 98 99 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 19 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Total volume of load during unplanned outages Total nonfuel opex per unit consumed Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: GWh = gigawatt-hour; kWh = kilowatt-hour; opex = operational expenditures/costs. 350       Power Market Structure Figure 20.4  Tanzania: System Energy Losses 35 7 30 6 25 5 $ cents/kWh Percent 20 4 15 3 10 2 5 1 0 0 19 0 19 1 92 19 3 19 4 95 19 6 19 7 98 20 9 00 20 1 20 2 20 3 04 20 5 20 6 07 08 9 9 9 9 9 9 0 9 0 0 0 0 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 Total system losses Nontechnical losses Total nonfuel opex per unit consumed Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: kWh = kilowatt-hour; opex = operational expenditures/costs. Figure 20.5  Tanzania: System Load Factor 72.0 71.5 71.0 70.5 70.0 Percent 69.5 69.0 68.5 68.0 67.5 67.0 66.5 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Figure 20.6  Tanzania: Electricity Generation by Source and Carbon Emissions 5,000 0.5 4,000 0.4 CO2 ton/kWh 3,000 0.3 GWh 2,000 0.2 1,000 0.1 0 0 19 0 91 19 2 19 3 94 19 5 96 19 7 19 8 99 20 0 01 20 2 03 20 4 05 20 6 07 20 8 09 9 9 9 9 9 9 0 0 0 0 0 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 Nonrenewable sources Renewable sources Carbon emissions index Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: GWh = gigawatt-hour; kWh = kilowatt-hour. Tanzania       351 Figure 20.7  Tanzania: Energy Security and Capital Expenditure 100 14 90 12 80 70 10 $ cents/kWh 60 8 Percent 50 40 6 30 4 20 2 10 0 0 90 93 94 96 97 98 99 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 91 08 92 95 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 19 19 Energy self-sufficiency System reserve capacity Total capex per unit consumed Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: Capex = capital expenditures; kWh = kilowatt-hour. Figure 20.8  Tanzania: Average Tariff and Operating Costs 12 10 $ cents/kWh 8 6 4 2 0 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 90 91 92 20 20 20 20 20 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 Average tariff Total opex unit consumed Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: kWh = kilowatt-hour; opex = operational expenditures/costs. 352       Power Market Structure Figure 20.9  Tanzania: Labor Productivity Number of customers/employee, 1,200 8,000 Number of employees 1,000 7,000 6,000 MWh/employee 800 5,000 600 4,000 400 3,000 2,000 200 1,000 0 0 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Total employees in electricity sector Energy consumed/employee Residential customers/employee Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: MWh = megawatt-hour. Figure 20.10  Tanzania: Capacity Utilization 70 14 60 12 50 10 $ cents/kWh Percent 40 8 30 6 20 4 10 2 0 0 19 0 19 1 19 2 93 19 4 19 5 19 6 19 7 19 8 20 9 20 0 20 1 02 20 3 20 4 20 5 20 6 20 7 08 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 19 19 20 Capacity utilization Total capex per unit consumed Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: Capex = capital expenditures; kWh = kilowatt-hour. Tanzania       353 Figure 20.11  Tanzania: Cost Recovery Index 140 12 120 10 100 $ cents/kWh 8 Percent 80 6 60 4 40 20 2 0 0 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 20 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 19 Cost recovery index Average tariff Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: kWh = kilowatt-hour. Figure 20.12  Tanzania: Market Concentration 10,000 9,000 8,000 7,000 6,000 HHI 5,000 4,000 3,000 2,000 1,000 0 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Generation Distribution and transmission Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note: HHI = Herfindahl-Hirschman Index. 354       Power Market Structure Figure 20.13  Tanzania: Private Ownership 60 50 40 Percent 30 20 10 0 97 98 99 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 20 20 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Generation Distribution and transmission Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Figure 20.14  Tanzania: Private Management 60 50 40 Percent 30 20 10 0 08 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 00 05 07 01 02 03 04 06 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 19 19 19 19 20 19 19 20 20 Generation Distribution and transmission Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Tanzania       355 Figure 20.15  Tanzania: Degree of Vertical Integration 100 90 80 70 60 Percent 50 40 30 20 10 0 19 0 19 1 19 2 20 9 20 5 93 19 4 19 6 19 7 19 8 00 20 1 02 20 3 04 06 20 7 20 8 09 95 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 0 0 0 0 0 19 20 19 19 20 20 20 Between distribution and transmission Between generation and transmission, and between generation and distribution Source: An elaboration from the Power Market Structure database. Note 1. Installed hydropower capacity in 2007 was 557 MW, according to Monitoring Performance of Electric Utilities: Indicators and Benchmarking in Sub-Saharan Africa. Washington, DC: World Bank, 2009. Reference World Bank. 2008. World Development Indicators. World Bank, Washington, DC. CHAPTER 21 Uganda Uganda falls in the category of low system size/low per capita income, with a current total installed generating capacity, largely hydropower, of about 400 MW (megawatts) and per capita gross domestic product of about $400. Reform History In 1999 Uganda’s government decided to reform the power sector by dissolving the monopoly of the Uganda Electricity Board (UEB), attract- ing private investment and management to the sector, and setting up a regulatory framework for this purpose. It passed the Electricity Act later that year to implement the policy. At about the same time, the first power purchase agreement (PPA) for a major private investment was signed to develop the 200 MW Bujagali hydropower project. The Electric Regulatory Authority was created in 2001. This step was fol- lowed by the unbundling of UEB’s business into three separate compa- nies to handle generation, transmission, and distribution. The transmission company became the single buyer of bulk power in Uganda. The assets of the generation company were privatized under a long-term concession in 2002, and the business of the distribution company was privatized 357   358       Power Market Structure under a concession in 2005. Also in 2005 a new PPA was signed with a different developer, the first developer having withdrawn from its agreement much earlier. Impact on Sector Structure From the late 1940s until 2005 Uganda obtained its electricity from one hydropower plant. Emergency thermal generation capacity was brought onstream in 2005 to fill the widening supply deficit, which started the diversification of bulk power supply. This diversification will increase as new hydropower and thermal power capacity are commissioned in the next few years. The impact of the reforms on the trend is that generation will no longer be a monopoly; rather, this new capacity will be developed by various private investors. Trading in the wholesale power market is likely to remain under bilateral contracts, with the transmission company acting as a single buyer for the foreseeable future. The prospects for a more competitive arrangement would become serious were Uganda to join the putative Eastern Africa Power Pool. Impact on Sector Performance Uganda’s substantial reforms have had modest success to date relative to the potential substantial gains for the sector and its customers. Three factors have impeded progress toward sector unbundling and regulatory reforms. Arguably, these factors are largely out of the control of govern- ment and the sector management. One is the severe decline in hydro- power output from the existing capacity due to the drought in East Africa, which undermined the financial position of the distribution company. The second is the financial crisis for international investors in 2001–02, which contributed to the withdrawal of the first independent power producer for the Bujagali hydropower project. Had that devel- oper gone ahead as scheduled, the output from this project would have come onstream around 2005–06 and prevented the energy shortage that took place. The third factor is the huge increase in operating costs because of the increase in thermal generation based on costly fuel. The fuel cost imposed a major stress on sector finances and resulted in steep tariff increases that not only hit efforts to reduce theft but also put electricity beyond the affordability of many households, both the rela- tively few that were already connected and the many that aspired to be connected. Uganda       359 The distribution and retail supply parts of the power system remain the most problematical and where the reforms to date—a concession— have yet to show real progress. The potential gains from the concession arrangement may appear once bulk power supply increases sufficiently to meet demand at an affordable cost, because the main issue for distribu- tion and retail supply has been the lack of financial sustainability. Evidence of possible impacts from unbundling and other reforms is sought from trends from the early to mid-1990s up to 2008 in the fol- lowing indicators: • Access to electricity supply by the population in terms of new residen- tial connections. Uganda has not matched Kenya or Tanzania in the rate of increase of residential connections, mainly because of a falloff since 2007. From 1996 to 2007 Uganda increased residential connections at an average of nearly 9 percent per year, but then the rate of new con- nections declined sharply, partly because of lack of energy to supply them. Only 9 percent of Ugandan households are connected to the public electricity supply. This expansion took place predominantly in urban areas, so that nearly 5 percent of the urban households are con- nected, compared to less than 3 percent of rural households. • Supply security. Uganda has lacked any real system reserve generating capacity for some years due to drought in East Africa and the lack of investment in new capacity. To overcome the acute shortage of energy supply relative to demand, Uganda took short-term leases on 100 MW of thermal plant capacity in 2005 and 2006 and is leasing another 50 MW and developing 50 MW of its own thermal capacity. A new 200 MW hydro- power station will be commissioned soon. • Sustainability. The financial sustainability of the power sector has been undermined by the persistently high total system energy losses in the distribution networks—varying between 30 percent and 40 percent—of which nonpayment and theft are reportedly major components. These losses were reduced from the higher bounds of this range to the lower when the distribution concession to private opera- tors came into force. Further reductions have been impeded by the lack of financial resources for the necessary investments and by the rise of electricity theft after tariffs were increased substantially. The environ- mental sustainability of the power sector has been good, as Uganda historically has emitted little carbon from power generation. With the 360       Power Market Structure use of thermal power generation, however, the sector has begun to emit more carbon. The commissioning of major new hydropower capacity in the near future will displace production from thermal generators on short-term leases, and so return carbon emissions to low levels. Trends in these indicators are shown in the figures that follow. Figure 21.1  Milestones of Power Sector Reform in Uganda First PPA UEB unbundled signed into generation Second PPA with IPP to (UEGCL), UETCL signed with develop the transmission becomes another IPP Bujagali (UETCL), and the single to develop hydropower distribution buyer of the Bujagali project (IPP (UEDCL) bulk power hydropower withdrew later) companies in Uganda project 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006–07 Cabinet Electricity UEGCL’s UEDCL’s Drought in approves the Regulatory assets are distribution East Africa Power Sector Authority privatized business is region cuts Restructuring (ERA) under a privatized hydropower and Privatization created long-term under a output Strategy (PSRPS). concession concession Electricity Act with UMEME then passed. Source: An elaboration of the Power Market Structure database. Notes: The milestones are reported in different shades: white = main external factors; light gray = main government interventions; dark gray = main private sector involvements. IPP = independent power producer; PPA = power purchase agreement; UEB = Uganda Electricity Board; UEDCL = Uganda Electricity Distribution Company Limited; UEGCL = Uganda Electricity Generation Company Ltd.; UETCL = Uganda Electricity Transmission Company. 361   362       Power Market Structure Figure 21.2  Uganda: Access to Residential Electricity 35 0.06 30 0.05 25 0.04 Percent Million 20 0.03 15 10 0.02 5 0.01 0 0 19 6 19 7 19 8 20 9 20 0 20 1 20 2 20 3 20 4 20 5 20 6 20 7 20 8 09 19 2 19 3 19 4 19 5 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 19 Population without access Residential customers with access Access rate Source: An elaboration of the Power Market Structure database. Figure 21.3  Uganda: Quality of Electric Service 600 500 Number, hours 400 300 200 100 0 01 02 03 04 05 20 20 20 20 20 Number of unplanned outages per year Total duration of unplanned outages Source: An elaboration of the Power Market Structure database. Figure 21.4  Uganda: System Energy Losses and Operating Costs 40 0.9 35 0.8 30 0.7 $ cents/kWh 0.6 25 Percent 0.5 20 0.4 15 0.3 10 0.2 5 0.1 0 0 19 0 91 19 2 93 19 4 19 5 96 19 7 19 8 20 9 20 1 02 20 3 20 4 20 5 00 06 20 7 08 9 9 9 9 0 0 0 0 9 9 9 0 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 Total system losses Nonfuel opex per unit consumed Source: An elaboration of the Power Market Structure database. Note: kWh = kilowatt-hour; opex = operational expenditures/costs. Uganda       363 Figure 21.5  Uganda: System Load Factor 100 80 Percent 60 40 20 0 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 00 20 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 Source: An elaboration of the Power Market Structure database. Figure 21.6  Uganda: Electricity Generation by Source and Carbon Emissions 2,500 0.25 2,000 0.20 CO2 ton/kWh 1,500 0.15 GWh 1,000 0.10 500 0.05 0 0 20 7 19 8 20 9 20 0 20 1 20 2 20 3 20 4 20 5 20 6 19 3 19 4 19 5 19 6 19 7 19 0 19 1 19 2 08 0 0 0 0 0 0 9 9 0 0 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 19 Hydro Thermal Carbon emissions index Source: An elaboration of the Power Market Structure database. Note: GWh = gigawatt-hour; kWh = kilowatt-hour. Figure 21.7  Uganda: Energy Security and Capital Expenditure 100 90 80 70 Percent 60 50 40 30 20 10 0 04 06 07 08 90 91 92 93 99 00 94 95 96 97 98 01 02 03 05 19 20 20 20 20 19 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 19 19 19 19 Energy self-sufficiency System reserve capacity Source: An elaboration of the Power Market Structure database. 364       Power Market Structure Figure 21.8  Uganda: Average Tariff and Operating Costs 7 6 5 $ cents/kWh 4 3 2 1 0 01 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 00 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Average tariff Opex per unit consumed Source: An elaboration of the Power Market Structure database. Note: kWh = kilowatt-hour; opex = operational expenditures/costs. Figure 21.9  Uganda: Labor Productivity employee, MWh/employee 1,200 4,000 Number of customers/ Number of employees 1,000 3,500 3,000 800 2,500 600 2,000 400 1,500 1,000 200 500 0 0 19 0 19 1 19 2 19 3 19 4 19 5 19 6 19 7 19 8 20 9 20 0 20 1 20 2 20 3 20 4 20 5 20 6 20 7 08 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 19 Number of employees in electricity sector Residential customers/employee Energy consumed/employee Source: An elaboration of the Power Market Structure database. Note: MWh = megawatt-hour. Figure 21.10  Uganda: Capacity Utilization 80 70 60 50 Percent 40 30 20 10 0 95 96 99 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 90 91 92 93 94 97 98 20 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 19 19 20 20 19 Source: An elaboration of the Power Market Structure database. Uganda       365 Figure 21.11  Uganda: Cost Recovery Index 7 6 5 $ cents/kWh 4 3 2 1 0 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Average tariff Source: An elaboration of the Power Market Structure database. Note: kWh = kilowatt-hour. Figure 21.12  Uganda: Market Concentration 10,000 9,000 8,000 7,000 6,000 HHI 5,000 4,000 3,000 2,000 1,000 0 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Generation Distribution and transmission Source: An elaboration of the Power Market Structure database. Note: HHI = Herfindahl-Hirschman Index. Figure 21.13  Uganda: Private Ownership 120 100 80 Percent Privatization of the main 60 generation company Privatization of 40 under a long-term concession the main distribution company 20 0 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Generation Transmission Distribution Source: An elaboration of the Power Market Structure database. 366       Power Market Structure Figure 21.14  Uganda: Private Management 120 100 80 Percent Privatization of the main 60 generation company Privatization of 40 under a long-term concession the main distribution company 20 0 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Generation Transmission Distribution Source: An elaboration of the Power Market Structure database.